You are on page 1of 549

Chongqing Lifan Industry(group) Imp.&Exp.co.,Ltd.

Add:NO.60 Zhangjiawan,Shangqiao,Shapingba District,Chongqing,China.


Webiste: www.lifan.com/car
E-mail: iecauto@lifan.com
August,2012 the first edition
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
Foreword
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN

Content
320
Welcome to use LF320. To assist you for better use and maintenance of LF320, do please read this manual carefully.
Major technical specifications and vehicle identification of LF320 2
LF320 applies electronic fuel injection engine with complicated circuit structure of the entire vehicle. Please do not add or Chapter 1 Operation of instrument and controller 7
install electrical equipment that is not recommended by the original factory yourself. Otherwise, the fault generated will not 1-1 Appearance of instrument panel and controller 8
be covered by the warranty of the Company.
1-2 Key and door 12
In this manual, for places with note of “safety warning” or “vehicle damage”, operation shall be carried out following the 1-3 Seat, seat belt and rearview mirror 22
notice content carefully to avoid personal injury or vehicle damage. 1-4 Illumination, wiper and defroster 46
1-5 Instrument and maintenance indicator lamp 52
The note expression as follows: Safety mark
1-6 Ignition switch, manual transmission and parking brake 61
1-7 Audio system 64
Notice 1-8 Air conditioning system 69
Items must be followed for inspection convenience 1-9 Other equipments 75
Chapter 2 Drive guide for LF320 78
Chapter 3 Starting and driving 87
Warning
Chapter 4 Urgent trouble treatment 93
Avoid items endangering The safety mark in above picture means “can not
vehicle or personal safety do this” or “can not make this happen” Chapter 5 Anti-corrosive and vehicle exterior maintenance 106
Chapter 6 Maintenance instruction 112
The pictures in this manual are all illustrations, only for reference. For this manual is the general description of this vehicle Chapter 7 Self-maintenance 115
model which covers various schemes of the model, part of the description features might not be applicable for your specific 7-1 Engine Compartment appearonce 116
vehicle. For vehicle purchase, please consult the real product. 7-2 Engine and chassis 120
Lifan Indusry(Group) IMP.& EXP. CO.,LTD maintains the modification right of the technical features and content of this
manual without any restriction and giving prior notice. 7-3 Electrical Components 127
Thanks for choosing LF320. Any precious idea and suggestion are welcomed Chapter 8 Maintenance Specification 131

1
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Major technical specifications and vehicle identification of Lf320 Major technical specifications

Product model LF7132 LF7132A LF7132B


Major technical specifications…………………………………………………… 3
Length mm 3745
Vehicle identification of Lf320………………………………………………………5
Signs…………………………………………………………………………………6 Overall Width mm 1620

Height mm 1430

Wheel base mm 2340

Front mm 1385
Track
Rear mm 1365

Curb weight kg 900

Gross vehicle weight kg 1250

Tire specification 165/70R14

Approach angle ° 20

Departure angle ° 23

Front overhang mm 790

Rear overhang mm 615

Seats 5
2 3
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN

Vehicle identification of Lf320


320
Vehicle identification number (VIN)
Product model LF7132 LF7132A LF7132B As shown in the figure, vehicle identification number
Maximum speed km/h 155 (VIN) locates in place 1 of the engine comparment
1 which is used for owner registration.
Engine model LF479Q3
Factory nameplate locates in place 2 of the
In-line4-cylinder, 16-valve, DOHC, multi-point 2 engine compartmentcompartment which
Model contains vehicle identification number too (VIN).
electronic injection

Displacement ml 1342

Maximum power kW 65

Maximum torque N•m 115

Idle speed r/min 800±50


As shown in the figure, the engine
identification number locates on the engine
Fuel consumption cylinder block.
of comprehensive L/100km 6.8
operation mode

Grade ability % ≥30

Emission
Euro Ⅲ Euro Ⅲ Euro Ⅳ
standard

4 5
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Indicator and warning sign
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN

Section 1-1
320
1 Operation of instrument and controller
2 3

Appearance of instrument panel …………………………………………………8


Manual air conditioning controller ………………………………………………9
Appearance of instrument cluster ……………………………………………10

4 5

1.Power steering fluid warning sign Tire pressure sign, locating in the middle of Fuel sign, locating in the inner side of the
2.washer fluidWindshiled washer fluid warning the two hinges of left front door. fuel tank cap.
sign
3. Oil filling and coolant warning sign
4. A/C refrigerant warning sign
5. Engine coolant warning sign

Indicator on instrument cluster

6 7
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN

Appearance of instrument panel


320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN

Manual air conditioning controller


320
1. Side vent 1. Left combination switch (light)
2. Side defroster outlet 2. Right combination switch (wiper & washer)
1 2 3 2 1
3. Central vent 1 2 3 3. Emergency alarm lamp
4. Power window switch 4. Vehicle audio (CDMD-X)
5. Glove boxClove box 5. Air conditioning controller
6. Cup holderholder 6. Cigarette lighter
7. Parking brake lever 7. Rear fog light switch
8. Gear shift lever 8. Front fog light switch
9. Ashtray 9. Power rearview mirror control switch
10. Safety lock 10. Central control lock switch
11. Background light adjustment switch
11
4 4
10

9 8 7 6
10 4 9 8 7 6 5

8 9
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN

Appearance of instrument cluster


320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN

Indicator on the instrument cluster


320
Brake fluid level warning indicator Air bag indicator

1 2 Seat belt indicator Headlamp highbeam indicator

Charging indicator Turn signal indicator (lightened separately)

svs

Oil pressure warning indicator Rear fog lamp indicator

OBD indicator(Check engine) Parking brake indicator

Low fuel level warning indicator Anti-theft indicator


3 4 5

1.Speedometer 2. Tachometer 3. Fuel gauge 4. Odometer 5. Clock display ABC indicator svs Engine electronic injection system fault indicator

Door open warning indicator Engine coolant temperature warning indicator

10 11
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN

Section 1-2
320 Key
Owner’s Manual LIFAN

Remote controller (optional)


320
Remote controller is an electronic component;
Operation of instrument and controller please follow the following instruction to avoid
controller damage.
1 ● Do not put the remote controller at places
Key and door
2 with high temperature like instrument panel.
Key ………………………………………………………………………………13 ●Do not disassemble it.
Remote controller………………………………………………………………13 ● Avoid severe hit on other objects or
3
dropping on the ground.
Vehicle anti-theft system………………………………………………………14 ●Avoid placing it in water.
Door………………………………………………………………………………16 For failed door operation by remote controller or
Central control system…………………………………………………………17 failed operation in correct distance, or dim or unlit
indicator of remote controller:
Power window……………………………………………………………………18 ● Check the existence of radio station or radio
Each vehicle has 2 keys. 1. Lock switch
Trunk lid…………………………………………………………………………19 These keys can open all of the locks. 2. Unlock switch transmitting set of an airport which have interference
3. Indicator effect on the normal operation of the controller in the
Engine hood……………………………………………………………………19
neighborhood.
Fuel tank cover…………………………………………………………………21 For sufficient power supply of the remote controller, ● The battery power might be depleted. Check the
the control distance is no less than 20m. battery of remote controller. For battery replacement,
please refer the “Remote Controller Battery
Replacement” of this section.
For loss of remote controller, please contact with
LIFAN service station as soon as possible to avoid any
theft and accident.

12 13
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN

Remote controller battery replacement


320
Locking operation Vehicle anti-theft system (optional)
For locking or unlocking all doors of the vehicle, please Door locking with remote controller can set the
Battery model: CR2016/3V Replace remote controller battery in the following procedures:
press the switch of remote controller slowly and accurately. anti-theft system of LF320.
Warning After battery replacement,
Locking: press the lock switch, and all doors of the Press the lock switch of controller can make the check whether remote
Great attention shall be paid to remote
vehicle are locked simultaneously. At the moment, vehicle enter anti-theft condition. controller can work normally.
turn signal lamp flashes twice. controller battery or component replaced
If it still can not work
Under anti-theft condition, press unlock switchlock to avoid being swallowed by children.
normally, please contact
Check whether the doors are locked. switch can disable anti-theft condition and enter with LIFAN service station.
normal condition. Anti-theft indicator flashes rapidly.
If any door is open, lock switch can not be applied Note
After opening the door or starting the ignition switch,
to lock the door.
anti-theft indicator goes off. If turn signal lamp
●Do not lose any component during 1. Open remote controller with flat- 3. Put new battery into remote
flashes once, locked doors are unlocked
Unlocking: press unlock switchlock switch, all the doors are remote controller battery replacement. tip screwdriver or similar tools. controller with positive side
unlocked simultaneously. At the moment, turn signal lamp simultaneously.
upwards. The controller cover
flashes once.
Unlocking operation Under anti-theft condition, press lock switch to lock ● Can only apply battery of the same must be closed tightly.
After using unlocking function of remote controller, the doors, turn signal lamp flashes twice. If door is model recommended by LIFAN service
not locked, turn signal lamp flashes 3 times. Note
doors can be opened in 30 seconds. If door is not station for the replacement.
opened within this period, all the doors will be ● Do not bend connector.
locked again automatically. Under anti-theft condition, if open the door or start
ignition switch, turn signal lamp keeps flashing. ●Do not leave waste remote controller ● Confirm remote controller is installed with correct
For press lock or unlock switchlock switch continuously, battery around. Please send waste battery positive and negative sides.
locking or unlocking can not be operated repeatedly. Within 30 seconds after disabling anti-theft to recycling collection site with approval. ● Do not replace battery with wet hand. Water can cause
Please loose the switch and press it again. condition, if the door is not opened and the ignition accident rust.
switch is not at ON, the control system will recover 2. Remove waste remote controller ● Do not touch or move any component of remote
After pressing lock or unlock switch, control module will anti-theft condition automatically. battery.
accept a feedback signal from the actuator. For wrong controller. Or correct operation will be interfered.
feedback signal (e.g.: actuator electric motor damage), Under anti-theft condition, anti-theft indicator is in ● Please pay attention not to bend electrode or leave dust
turn signal lamp flashes 5 times to remind the owner slow flashing, engine can not be started. or oil in remote controller box when putting in battery.
that the door is not locked (or not opened).
14 15
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Door
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Child-Protection Door Lock Central control system (optional)
Warning For speed over 20km/h, only hitting unlocking
order is valid, all other unlocking operations
Ensure all the doors are locked before are invalid. For speed less than 20km/h, other
driving, especially with child in your car. unlocking operations are allowed.
Correctly using seat belt and locking the
doors can protect you from serious injury For speed over 20km/h, if the vehicle is not
when crash occurs and prevent the doors locked, it will be locked automatically. And it
opening accidentally. will not be unlocked when speed is less than
20km/h. (This function is not available for
simple controller)

For traffic collision, the vehicle will be


unlocked automatically. When receiving the
Locking and unlocking with key Door lock button As shown in the figure, move the lock bar Driver side central control system
collision signal from the air bag, the
to “Lock” position.
controller will execute the unlocking function
Put the key into keyhole and turn it. Unlocking: pull the button up. Press the switch on control plate. Each press
3 times successively to ensure the unlocking
Locking: press the button down. When the children protective device is will change the central control system once,
state of the door lock. (This function is not
Locking: turn the key anticlockwise. locked, the rear door can not be opened with namely from unlocked state to locked state,
available for simple controller)
Unlocking: turn the key clockwise. For demand of door locking from the outside, inside door handle. This function is or from locked state to unlocked state.
remote key controller can be applied to lock recommended at any time with child in your
the doors. car.

16 17
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Power window (optional)
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Trunk lid Engine hood
Use of switch on driver’s door Note
Door window lock switch
Automatic: press for less than 300ms to enter ● Button pressing duration of less than
automatic descending operation, glass window 300ms: if the window controlled by the
stops automatically after reaching the due button is in lifting operation, the window
place. lifting operation will be stopped;
otherwise automatic work condition will
Manual: press for 300ms or more to enter be applied.
manual ascending or descending operation, ● Button pressing duration of 300ms or
press the button and hold it to operate, leave the more: if the window is in operation with the
button to stop operation. lifting direction different with the operation
direction controlled by the button, the
Time delay: window regulator system can work original operation will be stopped, then
manual lifting work condition will be Passenger’s window operation
Door window locking switch in 60s after turning off the ignition switch; if To open the trunk lid, pull up the trunk lid Open engine hood:
Switch on each door can operate the relevant press the remote controller lock switch within applied; for same direction, manual lifting open handle at the driver’s seat.
work condition will be applied directly. Any switch on passenger’s door or switch on
window the 60s, vehicle enters anti-theft condition, in 1. Pull up the open handle of engine hood,
driver’s door can control passenger’s window.
which condition window regulator system is To close the trunk lid, pull down and press the the engine hood will jump upwards slightly
Ignition key must be put at position “II”. prohibited from working. trunk lid. After closing it, try to pull it up to check
Open: press the switch.
whether it is closed tightly. Warning
Close: pull up the switch.
Operation of driver’s window Remote control: if press the remote controller
If the window lock switch of driver’s door side Warning Before driving, please confirm engine
lock switch and holding on, four glass windows
is pressed, operation of passenger’s side hood is closed and locked tightly.
Open: press the switch. will ascend to top, the frame riser stops when the Trunk lid must keep close in driving. Then
window is invalid. Otherwise, in driving, the possible sudden
Close: pull up the switch. switch is released or glass touches the top. luggage throwing out can be prevented, open of engine hood can cause accidents.
exhaust gas can be kept out of the vehicle.
18 19
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Fuel tank cover
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Warning
After putting engine hood brace rod into
the hole, please confirm the brace rod is
supporting the engine hood firmly to avoid
head or body injury caused by engine
hood falling.

Note

Before closing engine hood, please confirm


that engine hood brace rod is in original
2.Take the cover lock off from the engine 3.Put engine hood brace rod into the holder. Closing engine hood with loose 1.Pull up the open handle of fuel tank 2. Turn the fuel tank cover anticlockwise
hood and lift engine hood. engine hood reinforcement plate hole to brace rod can cause engine hood cover. slowly and take it out.
keep engine hood in open condition. deformation.
When refilling fuel, engine must be shut
Before closing engine hood, must check down.
whether tool or tatter, etc, are left in the
engine hood. Put brace rod to its original Warning
position. Then put engine hood down and
confirm it is locked in its position. No cigarette in fuel refilling to avoid burning
caused by generated spark or flame.

20 21
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN

Section 1-3
320 Seat
Owner’s Manual LIFAN

Front seat
320
—Precautions for front seat Driver’s seat
Operation of instrument and controller In driving, passenger of the vehicle shall Warning
adjust the seat back to a comfortable position drivers’ seats, when they completely lean
and use seat belt correctly. SRS front seat air bag will be extended with forward, the distance of 250mm can be
Seat, seat belt and rearview mirror great power. Especially, severe injury and achieved by merely leaning the seat back
Warning death of front passenger can be caused by backward slightly. If it is difficult to see the
Seat… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …23 road after leaning the back pad backward,
over short distance between front seat
Front seat… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …23 ● Do not drive before passengers use solid nonskid cushion to lift or apply
passenger and the air bag.
s i t t i n g c o r r e c t l y. P r o h i b i t a n y elevated seat if it is available by the vehicle.
Rear seat… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …25 passenger from sitting on folded seat
For the 50-75mm of initial charging is the
dangerous area of driver air bag, 250mm off
Headrest… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …26 back or in luggage or on goods. For
from the driver air bag can guarantee a clear Shall adjust the seat following the above
emergency brake or collision,
Seat belt… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …26 incorrect seated position or seat belt
safety range. The distance is the measured recommended measures. Besides control
distance from the center of steering wheel on the pedal and steering wheel, and
Air bag (SRS)… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …31 application can cause severe personal
to breast bone. If the distance of current observation on instrument panel must be
Electric exterior rearview mirror… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …44 injury.
seat is less than 250mm, seat position can maintained.
Interior rearview mirror… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …45 ●In driving, any passenger is not allowed to be adjusted by the following measures:
stand up or move between seats. Otherwise, ● Remove seat backwards as much as
Vanity mirror… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …45
severe injury can be caused on emergent possible and keep comfortable stepping on
accidents like emergency brake or collision. the pedal at the same time.
● Lean the seat back backward slightly.
Although vehicle design varies, for many

22 23
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Front passenger seat
Owner’s Manual LIFAN

—Precautions of rear seat adjustment


320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN

Rear seat
320
Warning Warning Front seat adjustment 1. Seat position regulator handle Warning
Hold the middle of handle and pull
SRS front seat air bag will be extended ● Do not adjust seat when vehicle is still upward. Then make use of slight body When recover rear seat back to vertical
with great power. Especially, severe injury moving, which could cause accident move pressure to slide the seat to the needed position, to prevent personal injury in
and death of front passenger can be and make driver lose control of the vehicle. position; release the handle. accident or emergency brake, the
caused by over short distance between following protective measures must be
front seat passenger and the air bag. ● Attention shall be paid to ensure no 2. Seat back angle regulator handle followed:
Front passenger seat shall be removed by collision between seat and passenger or seat Lean forward, and pull the handle upward;
adjusting seat back; the longer distance and luggage. then lean backward to the needed angle; ●Push and pull the upper part of rear seat
release the handle.
between the seat and the air bag the back forward and backward to confirm the
better. ●After seat adjustment, loose the rod, try to rear seat back is locked tightly. Otherwise
slide the seat forward and backward to check the normal operation of seat belt will be
whether the seat is locked in due position. Pulling the buttons on the top of rear seat influenced.
back upward can unlock the seat back
●Do not put things under seat. Otherwise, and then it can be folded downwards. ● Confirm the ribbon of seat belt is not twisty
seat locking structure can be influenced or or jammed in the rear seat back. Put it in the
seat position regulator handle can be pushed right position for use preparation.
upwards accidentally which can cause
sudden seat move and make driver lose
control of the vehicle.

●For seat adjustment, do not put hand under 1 2


seat or near parts which are in operation.
Otherwise, hand or finger might be injured.

24 25
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Headrest
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Seat belt
For security and comfort, headrest must —Precautions for seat belt Warning
be adjusted before driving touch the safety part of shoulder. On front liquid or abrasive for cleaning, which are also
LIFAN reminds you that driver and
In driving, all passengers of the collision accident, the over lean of seat can not allowed to contact with seat belt directly.
Higher: pull headrest upward. passengers on the vehicle shall buckle seat
vehicle must sit on the seat with seat increase the danger of personal injury or death. Otherwise, seat belt can be greatly damaged.
Lower: press lock release button, press belts at any time to reduce injury or severe
headrest. belt correctly applied. Otherwise,
injury possibility in accidents.
severe body injury or death can be ●Note: do not damage belt or hardware of
The closer to the head position, the better
The seat belts of the vehicle are designed to fit caused much easier in emergency seat belt. Do not make them seized or
protective effect will the headrest have.
Therefore, it is not necessary to use cushion on adults, and a child can sit on a rear seat with brake or collision accident. jammed in the seat or door.
the seat back. protection of the seat belt. According to accident
statistics, a child sitting in rear seat with proper Use seat belt following instructions below: ● Check seat belt system regularly. Check
protection are much safer than whom sitting in for the existence of parts with incision,
Front front seat. ●In the same period, a seat belt can only be abrasion or loose. Do not disassemble or
Warning
applied by one person alone. It is not modify the system.
If a child has to sit in the front seat, seat belt
●Adjust, make the central part of headrest allowed to use one seat belt by 2 or more
must be applied correctly. For improper
close to the upper side of ears. people jointly, even for children. ● For severe collision accident, seat belt
application of seat belt in accident, the rapid
devices (including bolts) must be replaced.
● After adjustment, confirm it is locked extension of air bag can cause severe injury or
on the position. ●Avoid over lean of seat back. When driver and The entire device must be replaced even
death to the child.
front passenger sitting straight against the seat, though the damage is not obvious.
●Do not drive without headrest. No matter in front seat or rear seat, do not allow child to seat belt can provide maximum protection for
stand up or kneel on the seat. For emergency brake or front or rear collision accident. If lean on the ●Keep seat belt clean and dry. For cleaning
collision, the unprotected child can suffer severe injury or seat, seat belt part of waist can slide to breech necessity, apply neutral soap water or mild
even death. Besides, do not put child on your leg which and press pressure on abdomen, or neck will warm water. Do not use bleaching agent, fuel
Rear can not provide sufficient protection to the child.

26 27
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
—Buckle front and outside seat belts Content
For emergency brake or collision, retractor Warning Adjust position of waist and shoulder seat
will lock seat belt. It will also lock up for too belt parts
rapid forward lean. Seat belt can stretch out ● After putting in the belt head, please
Tighten loose part
for slow and stable move for free action. confirm the belt and lock catch are
Keep waist seat belt buckle at breech position as
locked firmly and seat belt ribbon is not
much as possible — do not keep it at waist part.
For failed seat belt pulling from the retractor, twisty. Too high
Then pull the shoulder part upward by the bar plate,
seat belt can be pulled out from the retractor adjust seat belt to a proper position.
smoothly by pulling it tightly first and then ● Do not put things like coin and clip into the
releasing it. lock catch to prevent blockage on the correct
buckle of belt head and lock catch. Keep it at breech position as well as you can

When the shoulder seat belt of rear


passengers is fully stretched, slight ●For abnormal seat belt function, inform
Adjust seat according to requirement and sit LIFAN service station immediately.
shrinkage can lock seat belt and it can not
straight on the seat with back against the seat. For Before seat belt repair, do not use the Tighten loose part Warning For seat belt release, press the open button
stretch any more. Release the seat belt again
need to buckle seat belt, pull it out from the seat, for its failed protection to on lock catch, ribbon will automatically
for full shrinkage, then it can be pulled out ● For collision or other accidents, waist
retractor and put the belt head into the lock catch. passenger can cause personal injury. retract into the retractor.
again. Too high seat belt at high position and loose seat
After putting belt head into the lock catch, you can belt can cause severe injury for slide of
Keep it at breech position as well as you can waist seat belt. Keep waist seat belt at For unsmooth automatic seat belt retraction, pull
hear a clatter.
breech position as much as possible. seat belt out to check for possible twist.
The ribbon length of seat belt can be adjusted
automatically according to the passenger
figure and seat position. ● Shoulder seat belt can not be
positioned under arms.

28 29
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
—Buckle rear middle seat belt tightly Air bag (SRS)
Warning — SRS for Driver and Front Passenger
Pull out
● For safety, please carefully read the
● After putting in belt head, please following information before use.
confirm that belt head and lock catch Information for use of SRS and air bag:
are locked firmly and seat belt is not ● Carefully read the Information Manual and
twisty. check your vehicle for the installation of air
Too high bags (driver side air bag and passenger side
●Do not put things like coin and clip into Adjust to suitable air bag).
the lock catch to prevent blockage on the position
● The front passenger SRS includes 2 air
correct buckle of belt head and lock catch.
Keep it at breech position as well as you can bags:
● For abnormal seat belt function, ●Driver side air bag
Pull out i n f o r m L I FA N s e r v i c e s t a t i o n Too high ●Passenger side air bag
Keep it at breech position as well as you can Adjust to suitable position
immediately. Before seat belt repair, do
not use the seat, for its failed protection
Sitting on rear seat, to tighten seat belt to passenger can cause personal injury. Retract the overlong seat belt ribbon, adjust the For seat belt release, press the open button The driver side air bag is installed at the
center of the steering wheel. The passenger
buckle, put belt head into lock catch. seat belt position. on lock catch.
side air bag is installed in the dash board
After putting belt head into the lock catch, you For seat belt ribbon retraction, pull the Warning under the cover marked with SRS/AIR BAG
can hear a clatter. unfixed end of the seat belt. above the glove box. While deploying at a
For collision or other accidents, waist high speed, the impact force of the air bag is
Please keep the waist seat belt at the breech seat belt at high position and loose seat very strong. The air bag can not well protect
For improper ribbon length of seat belt, make
position as much as possible — can not lock belt can cause severe injury for slide of the driver and the front passenger individually
belt head and seat belt at right angle, then pull
at the waist position; then adjust seat belt to waist seat belt. Keep waist seat belt at unless working together with the knee
the belt head to adjust ribbon length.
suitable position. breech position as much as possible. protection board within the dash board as
well as the seat belt.

30 31
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
●The main parts of the system include: ● Lower risk of personal injury in such Caution Caution Caution
●Steering wheel assembly accident as rollover or crash on the rear
● Steering wheel side air bag module without the deployment of air bag Seat belt must be used.Safety belt must The children should not be seated in Rearward-facing children restraint
component/passenger side air bag module ● Lower risk of personal injury in the frontal be used. the front, or serious personal injury will system: extremely dangerous!
component crash without the deployment of air bag occur.
●Passenger side module cover ●Lower risk of being thrown out ●The electronic air bag system is only a part
● Lower risk of lower body and leg injury in of the front passenger restraint system, which It is very dangerous to seat a child of 12 years Do not adopt the rearward-facing children
Spiral cable an accident can not provide protection individually unless old or below in the front, since the child may restraint system for the front passenger seat.
● Air bag module electronic control unit ● Restraint of driver for better control on working together with the seat seat belt. be seriously injured and even die under the Hit by the deployment of the air bag, the
(ECU) vehicle deployment of the air bag. If possible, please children restraint system will be moved
●Air bag harness ● The electronic air bag will not be deployed seat the child of 12 years old or below in the backward and seriously injure the children
● Rear cover plate of steering wheel, ECU Important safety tips in such accidents as crash on the rear, rear and adopt the special restraint system and even make them die. Never use the
bracket, connection screw, and other rollover, or the frontal crash without sufficient for children with suitable size. rearward-facing children restraint system for
accessories. force and so the upper body and lower body the front passenger seat with an air bag.
of the driver and passenger in the vehicle are Caution
● The air bag SRS is a supplementary only protected by the seat belt at this
restraint protection system designed for the moment. The air bag system will only be In front of the air bag: it is extremely
driver and front passenger under a particular deployed under a huge impact force and you dangerous to put your hand or foot too
situation. Without the seat belt, the air bag will be better protected only if you are in a close to the air bag.
will fail to give enough protection in an correct sitting posture.
accident. Therefore, the seat belt is also very
important for the safety of passengers.
Restraint of passenger body, keeping the
passenger away from the inflating air bag

32 33
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
While deploying at a very fast speed, the To protect the passengers in the vehicle, the Adjustment of vehicle suspension will component by the harness (the dismantling of incorrect deployment of the system. After the action of the system, the deployment
impact force of the front air bag is extremely electronic air bag system will be deployed in cause potential risk. If the vehicle height some interfaces requires special skills). In of the gas generator will generate a lot of heat
strong. If too close, serious personal injury a flash. Accordingly, the air bag system or suspension changed, the vehicle will addition, the gas generator in the system All the components of the air bag system are energy, so the components touching it will
may occur. Driver’s hand should always hold needs to be deployed by a huge opening fail to check the crash correctly and then includes some chemicals and the deployment exclusive for your vehicle model, thus they become hot and the hot air bag gas generator
on the rim of the steering wheel. The legs of force. The driver and passenger should sit as cause incorrect actuation of the air bag. of the generator is realized through the can not be moved and installed on other is dangerous. At the moment of the air bag
the front passenger should rest on the floor. backward as possible in a comfortable The accidental deployment of air bag may electrical signal; therefore, only the vehicle models. The installation of such deployment, the steering wheel and dash
Keep the front passenger seat as backward posture, leaving a space in front for the result in serious personal injury. personnel having received the training course components on other vehicle models may board will be very hot, so you may be burnt.
as possible and adjust the seat back for a deployment of the air bag. Do not put the of electronic air bag system can move some lead to injuries caused by the system After the deployment of the air bag, do not
normal sitting. Always wear your seat belt. child or any other thing between the front Do not place any sign or label on the component of the system appropriately inefficiency. touch the components within the air bag
passenger and the air bag. While deployed, steering wheel or on the front air bag, during the repairing, otherwise the non- deployment area. Maybe chemicals remained
Caution the air bag will greatly hit the driver or front which may influence the deployment of the professionals’ unnecessary maintenance and are contained as well. Therefore, after the
passenger if too close to the air bag or even air bag or even injure the passengers in movement may cause the unnecessary fault action of the system, please try to avoid
Do not put a child or any other thing injure the children more seriously if sit the vehicle while flying to the passengers of the system and even after-effect on the
Caution touching these places and wash the naked
between the front passenger and the air between the front passenger and the air bag. during the deployment of the air bag. future work. After the action of the system, avoid skin with the neutral soap.
bag. touching the middle of the air bag
Caution Do not try to maintain or remove any part Any component design in the system cannot bracket or the inside of the air bag.
of the electronic air bag system by be modified without the permission of the
Installation of front and rear devices yourself (only operated by the qualified qualified professionals, because the position
(e.g. front bumper): snowplow or technician). of any component and the linkage between
winch will cause potential risk, which components in the system are designed
may actuate the air bag collision professionally, and any modification may
sensor system. As a result, the air bag The sensor of air bag system is installed on cause the inefficiency of some components or
may be accidentally deployed, or fail to the chassis of the vehicle. Due to its even the whole system during the collision of
be deployed in an accident. performances, it is connected to every the vehicle, or even cause injuries due to the

34 35
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Air bag indicator in the instrument Notes for air bag deployment
cluster This air bag system is designed not to be The speed of the air bag inflation and the gas dashes out from the center of the is not deprived of driving functions, the air bag system properly. If you do not install a
maintained. The air bag indicator in the dash deflation of the electronic air bag system is steering wheel and upper right of the dash driver can go on driving. The driver ’s air new air bag system (if the harness is not
board indicates the working condition of the so fast that you cannot know how the action board, the nylon material of the air bag may bag can be inserted into the protective cap damaged, keep the harness), you may
air bag system. That the warning lamp happens. The air bag is designed to deflate cause the bruise and/or erubescence of the at the center of the steering wheel for increase the injury risk during the next
illuminates or flashes for 6 to 8 seconds and quickly after the inflation to (A) absorb the driver and the front passenger. Such bruises driving convenience. The front passenger ’s collision.
then goes out means the normal condition of impulsive force of passengers’ head going are similar to that by ropes or carpets or air bag can be inserted into the cap at
this air bag system. ahead and (B) ensure passengers’ eyeshot floors, which are not caused by chemicals, upper right of the dash board. However, if
and guarantee the driver ’s driving so the symptoms will never last for a long the collision happens again, your safety
Please go to Lifan service station for capability after the collision. Do not touch time. If the blister appears on the skin, cannot be guaranteed.
maintenance if the following conditions the components in the system after the please go to hospital.
appear when starting up the vehicle: deployment to avoid burning. The Once the electronic air bag system acts, it
passengers will find the special gas and During the air bag deployment, all the cannot be used, so for your safety, the vehicle
● The warning lamp does not illuminate or smoke on their seats. That is normal and propellants will be used up, but some may should be maintained with the normal ways
flash for 6 to 8 seconds; the gas thus generated is harmless. These be left inside the air bag or at the edge of and the electronic air bag system as a whole
● The warning lamp always illuminates or particles will result in the irritant effect on the bag. Do not touch such exposed should be dismantled (if possible, keep the
flashes in driving. the skin, eyes, noses or throats. Please chemicals and do not cut the air bag having harness) and a brand new system should be
wash the skin or eyes with cold water and acted, but replace it with a new complete installed. Abnormal maintenance and no
turn to fresh air. If the effect cannot be one, which should be carried out by the m a i n t e n a n c e o f t h e v e h i c l e ’s b r o k e n
relieved, please go to hospital. If the qualified professionals dealing with air bag components will cause bad effect on the
particles drop on clothes, please clean the system technology. Wash your hands and whole air bag system. After the action of the
clothes according to the washing face with the neutral soap after the air bag air bag, please drive your car to Lifan service
indication. action. station and make the technicians change a
new electronic air bag system for you. The
At the moment of air bag deployment, when After the air bag deployment, if the vehicle technician will dispose and withdraw the used

36 37
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Maintenance and service of air Air bag activation/deactivation
bag system Working principle of air bag Front air bag activation
Frequent maintenance is unnecessary if Caution The front air bag will expand for the following
there is no failure of air bag system (Self- collisions exceeding moderate degree:
checking will function when starting the Savagely driving on rough road on
system each time). The design can ensure purpose or cleaning up accumulated The front of the vehicle bumps against the
normal operation for 10 years from the day of snow with the vehicle with electronic hard wall at a speed over 22km\h (14mph).
installation. 10 years later, the professional air bag system may result in incorrect
technician of air bag system will renew it with deployment or malfunction of the
a new system. system.

Please send your vehicle to Lifan service The air bag system is exclusive for your
station in the following conditions: vehicle model, so any change of the original
● Air bag system indicator is continuously spare parts may result in adverse effect to
blinking. the air bag system.
●Air bag system indicator is always on.
When the air bag collision sensor detects a The vehicle bumps against curbstone, Hard landing or vehicle falling.
●Air bag system indicator can not illuminate
signal of collision exceeding medium power in pavement steps or hard objects.
when the ignition switch is on.
●Air bag is expanding. front or at side, it will send a current to the gas
generator.
When the air bag is full of gas, it will deflate
gas quickly.
The air bag can only be used for once. After
that, it doesn’t work and must be replaced. Front collision in an angle within 30.
Only the technician having received
professional training can renew the air bag
system.

38 39
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
The vehicle bumps against cement The vehicle bumps against the lower The vehicle bumps against the wall at The rear is bumped by another
pillar, tree or other long thin objects. part of the truck. its side part. vehicle.

The vehicle drives into a big hole or bumps Limit of front air bag activation The rear is bumped against by another The vehicle bumps against the wall at its side Front air bag deactivation The deployment of the front air bag may not
against the far side of the hole. vehicle or the vehicle bumps against the part, thus the resistance from the collision is The air bag will not deploy in the following occur when the vehicle turns over on one
lower part of the truck, but such collision is not strong enough to activate the air bag. cases. side.
Depending on the impact strength, the front
not strong enough to activate the air bag.
air bag may not expand in the following
The rear is bumped by another vehicle.
conditions:

The vehicle bumps against a tree or pole, but


the severe damage to the cover is not strong
enough to activate the air bag.

40 41
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Maintenance
Regular maintenance is unnecessary for the Caution Dismantling of inside components:
The side is bumped by another vehicle.
air bag system, but please send your vehicle
to Lifan service station in case of the following Private maintenance of air bag safety Remove spare parts in the air bag and
conditions: system: components in the sensor. Front seat, front
● The air bag system indicator is dash board, components, steering wheel,
continuously blinking. It’s very dangerous to privately maintain or spare parts on the front and rear window
●The air bag system indicator is always on. modify the system. The occasional operation posts and the roof edge are very dangerous,
● The air bag system indicator can not or thorough damage of the air bag system because they contain the main parts of the air
illuminate when turning on the ignition
may cause much severe damage. Never bag. The occasional start-up of air bag may
switch.
●Air bag is expanding. m o d i f y t h e s y s t e m p r i v a t e l y. A s k t h e cause a series of adverse effects. Please ask
The air bag brake system indicator will technician having received professional the technician having received professional
illuminate in case of the following training to repair it. training for advice before moving these parts.
conditions:
●Children restrain system is not available Damaged air bag sensor: Handling of air bag:
The deployment of the front air bag may not occur when the side is bumped by another Real time monitoring on the front seat.
vehicle. ● There is a passenger or things on the It’s very dangerous to drive the vehicle with a It’s very dangerous to handle the air bag
The following components of the air bag front seat. damaged air bag sensor. The sensor can be inappropriately and if there is an active air
system are monitored by the diagnostic Children restrain system designed for air
damaged by minor collision that even can not bag in the vehicle. Please obey all the safety
bag brake system is installed on the front
system: activate the air bag. If collision persists, the measures so as to avoid any injury. Please
seat, but the air bag brake indicator can
not illuminate. air bag won’t expand for the damaged sensor. ask the technician having received
After the collision, please ask the technician professional training for how to handle the air
having received professional training to bag safely or scrap the useless vehicle with
check the air bag system. an air bag.

42 43
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Other matters Electric exterior rearview mirror (optional) Electric exterior rearview mirror switch Interior rearview mirror
● If you want to transfer or demolish your Note Warning
vehicle, read the manual carefully and inform the
● Do not operate the switches or scrape Do not adjust the rearview mirror when
new owner or demolishing unit that your vehicle 1 the surface of rearview mirror if the mirror driving. Otherwise, this action may cause
has been equipped with air bag system, and
suggest them to read this manual carefully. is frosted. Adjust it after the deicing with driver to steer the vehicle by mistake, thus
L . R spray deicer or other methods. accident happens.
●Avoid contacting the air bag module assembly 1 2
directly (otherwise you may suffer scald or Vanity mirror
toxicosis) after the air bag system played its role. Warning
Adjust the interior rearview mirror to a proper
Removal work for air bag should be done by 2 ● Do not touch the rearview mirror when position so that you can see the rear part of
LIFAN service station. Once the air bag system vehicle in the mirror.
moving,avoiding injuries and rearview mirror
plays its role, replace a new one at once.
fault. Adjust the interior rearview mirror as per the
●Do not drive the vehicle when the rearview direction 2 shown in the figure above to
●Air bag system plays its role in case of a front Adjust the electric exterior rearview mirror 1.Selection switch, used to select the exterior
mirror is folding backward. Unfold and weaken the light from the Headlamp of
collision to certain extent. No problem may exist to the position that you can see the side of rearview mirror which needs adjusting. Press
correctly adjust the rearview mirror at driver vehicles behind it and prevent against dazzle
vehicle in the rearview mirror.
in the system itself even though it is not switch to “L” (left) or “R" (right). when driving at night.
and passenger side.
triggered. Damage of vehicle or abnormal repair
Warning Joystick at Position 1 in daytime: Rearview
can affect normal operation of air bag system. 2. Control switch is used to adjust exterior rearview
mirror boasts a good definition at this position.
Do not adjust the rearview mirror when driving. mirror. Press the switch as per the direction
required. Joystick at Position 2 at night: Bear in mind Fold down the sunshade and open the cover
This action may cause driver to steer the
that to decrease glare,the definition of rearview when using the mirror.
vehicle by mistake, thus accident happens.
mirror will be reduced.
The mirror can be adjusted when the key is at
“I” or “II”.

44 45
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Section 1-4
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Headlamp and turn signal lamp Turn signal lamp
Operation of instrument and controller
3 1
2
2
Illumination, wiper and defroster 1 2
Headlamp and turn signal lamp…………………………………………………47 OFF

Warning light………………………………………………………………………48 OF F

2 OF F

Front fog light……………………………………………………………………48


Rear fog light……………………………………………………………………49 1 1
Front dome light…………………………………………………………………49
Front windshield wiper and washer……………………………………………49 Headlamp High/low beam-Turn the left combination Press the left combination switch forward or backward
switch to the Headlamp position and push to Position 1 before sending the turn signal.
Rear windshield wiper and washer……………………………………………50 Turn on the following lights the switch handle forward (Position 3)
Defroster of rear windshield……………………………………………………51 when using high beam. And turn the Key should be located at “II”.
Position 1-Turn on the position light, license plate switch handle to Position 2 when using
lamp and taillight. low beam. The switch handle will be returned to its original
position automatically after the vehicle turns a corner.
Position 2 -Turn on the Headlamp and all the above
Front: the direction when driving forward
lights. Move the switch handle forward or backward to
Rear: the direction in reversing
pressure point (Position 2) and keep this action when
Warning Headlamp high beam indicator (blue) on
sending the lane change signal.
instrument cluster indicates high beam is on.
To avoid the battery discharging, do not
keep the lights on for a long time when the Overtaking signal (Position 1) - Uplift the switch
handle, and then the Headlamp beam twinkles.
engine is not in operation. When releasing the lever, the Headlamp high beam
46 glitters and then is turned off. 47
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Emergency warning lamp Front fog light Rear fog light Front dome light Front windshield wiper and washer
Note
3
To avoid the battery discharging, do not keep
the lights on for a long time when the engine
2
is not in operation.
ON OFF
1

High-mounted brake lamp


(optional)

This lamp will light up with rear brake lamp when


Press this switch and all turn signal lamps stepping down the brake pedal, warning other To turn on front fog light, turn the knob on Turn the knob on the left combination switch Slide the switch as shown in the figure As shown in the figure, move the control
will twinkle if you want to turn on the drivers that the vehicle brakes, and avoiding the left combination switch to lamplet or to lamplet or Headlamp position. When front when turning on the Front dome light. lever to the set position needed when using
Emergency warning lamp. Repress it if accident. Headlamp position, press front fog light light is on, press rear fog light switch, rear the front windshield wiper.
you want to turn off the lamp. switch, the front fog light will light up. fog light will light up. The Front dome light switch has the following The key must be at position “II”.
locations:
Indicator of rear fog light on the instrument Lever position Mark Speed setting
The emergency light should be turned on to “ON”-Front dome light is on
cluster indicates the rear fog light is on.
caution other drivers if the vehicle stops at the Front dome light is on Intermittent
Position 1 INT
place where a traffic accident may occur.
“OFF” -Front dome light is off Position 2 LO Low speed
Try to stop the vehicle at the safety zone far
“O”-Front dome light is turned on when Position 3 HI High speed
away from the main lane.
opening any door. It will be turned off after all
doors are closed.
48 49
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Rear windshield wiper and washer Rear defroster button
For the one-time wiping on the windshield, Push down the control lever when Defroster will be closed when pressing the switch
uplift and then release the control lever. spraying washer fluid. again.
After the washer fluid spraying, release the
Push up the control lever when spraying 2 control lever at once with the screenwiper to The rear defroster is equipped with the prolonging
washer fluid. wipe one time. function and will stop automatically 15 minutes after
its operation starts.
1
Release the control lever immediately after
spraying washer fluid. However, the wiper will
still work for several times. Note
In the chilly days, use defroster to warm the
windshield before cleaning, this can prevent Do not scratch or damage the heating coil
the washer fluid against freezing on the or connector when cleaning the inner side
windshield. Otherwise, clear vision will be of the rear window.
As shown in the figure, move the control lever Press this button when demisting or defrosting
affected. to the set position needed when using the rear the rear windshield.
windshield wiper.
Note The key must be at position “II”. The ignition switch must be at position “II”.
Do not use the wiper when the windshield
is dry. Otherwise, the shield will be Lever position Mark Speed setting Heating cord at the inner side of rear windshield
scratched. will quickly make the rear windshield surface
Position 1 OFF Close clear. The indicator will be on, indicating defroster
is in operation.
Position 2 ON Open

50 51
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Section 1-5
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Fuel gauge Tachometer Milometer and trip odometer
Operation of instrument and controller

Instrument and Maintenance Indicator

Fuel gauge………………………………………………………………………53
Tachometer…………………………………………………………………… 53
Milometer and trip odometer…………………………………………………53
Dashboard lamp luminance adjustment…………………………………… 54 svs

Warning indicator………………………………………………………………55 svs

The gauge indicates the fuel volume in the Tachometer shows the rotation speed of engine
fuel tank when the ignition switch is at with 1/1000 of “ rpm” (round per minute). Its
“ON”. function is to select the right shift time to prevent
the engine from lugging down and overrunning.
Close to fill up --- pointer near “2/2”
3
Close to use up --- pointer near “0” The engine will be abraded excessively and waste
the fuel if driving the vehicle when the engine
overruns. 1
Caution to fill fuel-the yellow fuel warning lamp
illuminates. The cursor of fuel gauge will sway Note 2
when braking, accelerating or turning a corner,
which is caused by the sloshing fuel in the tank. Do not let the cursor turn into the red zone,
which may cause a serious damage to engine.
52 53
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Dashboard lamp luminance adjustment Warning indicator
The display shows the following information.
If the indicator illuminates Please do as per the sign instruction
1. Clock shows the 24-hour time.
Check whether the brake fluid is insufficient; if it is sufficient, please
2. Odometer (ODO) displays the total traveled mileage (a)
stop at once and contact the with LIFAN service station.
L . R
and short-distance mileage of the vehicle.

3. Buttons for setting set the return-to-zero for the clock (b) Fasten seat belt.
and the trip odometer as well as the switch of the
odometer display.
(c) Stop and check.
When switching odometer display, press this button so
that the odometer display will be switched between the
Move this button to adjust the illuminance of (d) Stop and check.
total mileage and the short-distance mileage.
the dashboard lamp.
When adjusting the clock, switch the odometer display to
(e) Vehicle brought to the LIFAN service station for check and repair.
the total mileage display, press the button till the clock
twinkling and press the button to adjust the time.
Vehicle brought to the LIFAN service station for check and repair. If the warning
(f) lamp also illuminates, stop the car immediately and contact the LIFAN service
If you want to adjust the TRIP to zero, press the button till
station.
the instrument is set to zero after the display shows the
reading of TRIP.
(g) Close all doors.

54 55
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
( a ) Brake fluid low level indicator Warning (b) Seat belt indicator
If the indicator illuminates Please do as per the sign instruction This light will call drivers’ attention to fasten
When the ignition key is at position “II”, the Upon any of the following the seat belt.
brake fluid is not sufficient or EBD is with
circumstances, stop the car at a safe Once the ignition key is turned to “II” or “III”, if
malfunctions, this indicator illuminates.
(h) Vehicle brought to the LIFAN service station immediately for check and repair. place immediately and contact the the driver doesn’t buckle up, the indicator will
LIFAN service station. illuminate. Unless the driver buckles up, the
Warning indicator will continue to illuminate.
(i) Water temperature warning for engine coolant. Stop and check. ●This lamp illuminates when the engine is (c) Charging indicator
If the brake fluid level is low, it will be running. Under such circumstance, the The lamp is used to warn for the discharge
dangerous to drive normally and brake probably is in malfunction, which state of battery.
(j) continuously. may result in a longer braking distance.
Fuel warning. Fuel filling is required. If it illuminates in driving, it means that
Step on the brake pedal forcibly to make an something goes wrong in the charge system.
During the operation, the fact that the warning emergency brake. Turn off the electrical equipment like A/C,
(k) Vehicle brought to the LIFAN service station immediately for check and repair. indicator illuminates for a short while doesn’t fan, radio, etc. immediately, and vehicle
mean any problem. ● While the “ABS” warning lamp is brought to the nearest LIFAN service station
illuminating, the warning lamp of brake for check and repair.
system also illuminates.
(d) Oil pressure warning indicator
Under such circumstance, when a braking
The lamp is used to warn for over low oil
is made, the ABS doesn't serve, moreover,
pressure.
the car is extremely unstable as well.

If the lamp flickers or continues to illuminate


in driving, it is necessary to stop the car at a
safe place and stop the engine immediately.

56 57
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Contact the LIFAN service station for help. (e) OBD indicator If any of the following circumstances occurs, it (g) Door open indicator times or continues lighting. Warning indicator for checking and maintenance
It illuminates when the electronic injection means the part monitored by the warning lamp is ● The lamp illuminates or flickers during driving.
When the engine idles, the lamp may flicker now system of engine is at fault. at fault. It is necessary to Vehicle brought to the The lamp keeps illuminating, till all doors close 1. Pull the parking brake.
and then or it illuminates for a short while after an LIFAN service station for check. completely. (I)Temperature warning indicator of engine The indicator for parking brake system should
emergency brake. During the gradual acceleration When it illuminates, it is necessary to contact ● When the ignition key is turned to “II” position, coolant illuminate.
of engine, if the lamp is out, it is normal. the LIFAN service station for check and the lamp does not illuminate or continues to (h) SRS indicator Used to warning for overheated engine coolant, if
repair as soon as possible. illuminate for about 3s. the lamp flickers or keeps illuminating during 2. Open any of the doors.
●The lamp illuminates in driving. When the ignition key is turned to “II” driving, it is necessary to stop the car at a safe The door open indicator will illuminate.
The oil level should be within the top and bottom
(f) ABS indicator position, SRS indicator will illuminate for place and stop the engine immediately.
limitation of oil dip rod.
When the ignition key is turned to “II” position, During the operation, the fact that the warning about 6 times, which indicates that the air 3. Close doors.
the “ABS” fault indicator will illuminate for lamp illuminates for a short while doesn't mean bag and front seat belt pretensioner work Check the quantity of engine coolant and refill; The door open indicator is out.
about 3s. After that, if the system goes wrong, any problem. normally. meanwhile, check the working state of electronic fan.
the lamp will continue to illuminate. 4. Turn the ignition key to “II”, but not start the
Warning The warning lamp system is used to monitor (j) Low fuel level indicator engine.
Note When the “ABS” fault indicator illuminates (the the air bag ECU, seat belt pretensioner Please fill fuel as soon as possible. All warning lamps except the door open
warning lamp of brake system is out), the ABS While the warning lamp of brake assembly, air charging device, warning lamp, indicator will illuminate. After about 3s, the
No driving when the warning lamp system doesn't work, but the brake system system is illuminating and the “ABS” connection and power supply. (k)Indicator for electronic injection fault of “ABS” fault indicator is out. And after
illuminates,even if just a short distance,or works normally. fault indicator illuminates as well, stop engine illuminating for 6 times, the SRS fault
else the engine will be damaged. the car at a safe place immediately and If any of the following circumstances occurs, It illuminates when the electronic injection system of indicator is out.
When the “ABS” fault indicator illuminates (the contact the LIFAN service station. it means the part monitored by the indicator is engine is at fault.
warning lamp of brake system is out), the wheel Under such circumstance, when a braking at fault or closed down. It is necessary to When any of the indicators for maintenance
may be blocked since the ABS system doesn't is made, the ABS doesn’t serve, moreover, contact the LIFAN service station for check. When it illuminates, it is necessary to contact doesn’t work as per the procedures above, it
work when an emergency brake is made or the LIFAN service station for check and is necessary to Vehicle brought to the LIFAN
the car is extremely unstable as well.
braking on slippery road. ● When the ignition key is turned to the position repair as soon as possible. service station for check.
of “II”, this light does not keep twinkling for six

58 59
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Section 1-6
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Ignition switch
speedometer may move, which doesn’t mean
Operation of instrument and controller something goes wrong.
1 3 5
5
3
PUSH Once the ignition key is turned to “I”, auxiliary equipments 1

R
Ignition switch, transmission and parking brake Ⅰ Ⅱ like radio are powered on, but the engine isn’t.
2
4

2 4 R
B


Ignition switch……………………………………………………………………61
“B”-The engine is not connected to the power and the
Manual transmission……………………………………………………………62 steering wheel is locked. The key can only be inserted or
Parking brake……………………………………………………………………63 drawn out at this position.

It is necessary to insert the key completely to turn the key


Once the ignition key is turned to “III”, the engine is from “I” to “B”. The gear of manual transmission is shown at the
ready to be started. The key returns to “II” position shift button head, refer to the fig. above.
upon releasing automatically. When the engine starts, it seems that the key is blocked at The gear of manual transmission is shown at knob of the
For guidance of starting, refer to Section 3. “B” position. To release it, at first it is necessary to make gear shift lever.
sure that the key is inserted completely, then turn the key
When the ignition switch is turned to “III” position, the while joggling the steering wheel. Select proper gear position
pointer of tachometer, fuel gauge or thermometer for Select proper gear position according to the speed of
engine coolant returning to zero doesn’t mean car and the rotation speed of engine, which will save
Note
anything goes wrong with the car. fuel, protect the engine and lengthen its service life.
When the engine is not running, the key is It will result in engine lug down if shifting to higher gear
Once the ignition key is turned to “II”, the engine is ready to not allowed to be at “II” position, to avoid too quickly or to lower gear too slowly, possibly bring
start and all auxiliary equipments are powered on. that the battery discharges and igniter is about knock as well. Frequently operating the engine at
damaged. the maximum rotation speed at all gears will result in
When the ignition switch is turned to “II”, the pointer of over abrasion of engine and fuel waste.

60 61

LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN

Economical driving
320 Parking brake
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Warning parking brake (position 3). Note
The fuel consumption has close relationship with ●Avoid the full throttle acceleration and try to drive
Don’t shift the gear to the position of reverse personal driving style; application of the following steadily. Unnecessary acceleration or brake will ● Before driving, it is necessary to confirm
For indicating that the parking brake is set, the
in driving so as to prevent the gear box from instructions will decrease the fuel consumption of increase the fuel consumption. if the parking brake is completely released
your car. 1 warning lamp of brake system on the instrument
damage. It is necessary to confirm the vehicle illuminates till the parking brake is released. and the indicator of the parking brake
comes to a full stop before practicing ●Stop the engine in the traffic jam. system goes out.
transmission reverse speed shift. ● It is suggested to choose the high gear low 2
Please do not step your foot on the clutch accelerator but not the low gear long distance ●Regularly check the tyre’s pressure. ●If the parking brake does not be completely
pedal; or the clutch will be worn out or driving in normal driving. Under the same speed, released in driving, the brake will be
damaged. the fuel consumption in gear 2 and gear 3 is two 3 overheated, which will result in poor braking
times and 1.5 times as the gear 4 respectively. or braking failure.

●Prevent the engine from high speed operation.


Warning
When stop the car, pull up the parking brake, to
When shifting during driving on slippery ●Don’t shift to low gear unless the engine cannot
avoid car slip.
road, be careful. A sudden gear shift will operate steadily.
result in slip or spin of the car.
Setting: pull the handle of parking brake. For better
●Avoid continuous driving at the highest speed. It
retentiveness, first keep stepping on the brake pedal
is suggested to drive at the speed of 60-80km/h.
till the parking brake is pulled up.
Note

Keep vehicle’s speed within the legal limits. Release: Pull up the parking brake handle
(position 1) gently, press the lock release
button (position 2) and then release the

62 63
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Section 1-7
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
CDMD-X functions
Operation of instrument and controller 1. Power switch/Volume control knob
1 2 3 4 5 2. Dispaly screen

Audio system 3.Button for clock, band equalizer


4. Mode changebutton
Utilization of CDMD-X……………………………………………………………65
5. Band selection button
6. Manual scanning button
MODE BAND
7. System resetting button
DISP A.PS 8. Button for automatic scanning/storage
R ES E T MP3 DE CO DI NG 9. Pre-setting button 1, pause
1 2 IN T 3 RP T 4 R DM 5 D 6 D 10. Pre-setting button 2, skimming play
11. Pre-setting button 3, repeating play
12. Pre-setting button 4, random play
13. Pre-settingbutton 5, (Select upward the

7 10 12 14 document file when playing MP3)


14. Pre-setting button 6, (Select downward
6 9 11 13 15 8 the document file when playing MP3)
15. USB/SD card/audio-in cover

64 65
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Instruction for plate function
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Instruction for reception of a radio
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Playing USB/SD card Browse play Hunting for designated position Radio station storage 3. In the state of receiving the FM, keeping knob clockwise or counterclockwise can adjust the
pressing down the key of “A.PS”, the radio will sound volume between 0 and 63.
1. Press the power switch on the plate and the When USB/SD card is playing, pressing “21NT” starts When USB/SD card is playing, keep pressing “ ” According to the order you select, 18 FM radio stations automatically scan and store 18 radio stations in 2. Bass pattern (BAS)
mainframe will be turned on. the browse with every song played 10 seconds of its or “ ” can speed or fast reverse. When locating the (six FM1, six FM2 and six FM3) and 12 AM radio this section of band wave with the strongest
beginning; pressing this key again will resume the position needed, press “ ” again and the music will stations (six AM1 and six AM2) can be stored at most. signal. After storing, the stations stored will be In the pattern of BAS, turning the volume control knob
2. Insert the U Disk/SD card into the USB/SD card normal mode and continue playing the current song. continue playing from the current position. browsed according to their order. Repeating the clockwise or counterclockwise can adjust the bass
interface, the display will show “READ” and start 1. In the state of receiving the radio, repeatedly operation mentioned above in the state of receiving volume between -14 and +14 at random.
searching, and then it will play automatically. Repeating play Choosing document file to be read press the key of “BAND” on the plate to choose the AM can store 12 radio stations in this section of
the wave band. The initial state of receiving the band wave with the strongest signal. 3. Treble pattern (TRE)
3. The following will be displayed during playing: When USB/SD card is playing, pressing the key of When playing USB/SD card, shortly pressing the radio is FM1. Every time you press the key, the In the pattern of TRE, turning the volume control knob
“3RPT” will repeat the current song and pressing pre-setting key 5 and 6 can carry out the document band wave will be changed as follows: Receiving the radio station stored clockwise or counterclockwise can adjust the treble
Track Time passed this key again will cancel this function. file selection directly, and the radio will play the FM 1 FM 2 FM 3 AM 1 AM 2 volume between -14 and +14 at random.
music in that document file from the first song on 1. Choose the band wave through the key of “BAND”
4. When USB/SD card is playing, pressing“ ” Random play according to the order. and press the number keys to confirm the station stored. 4. Balance pattern (BAL)
will pause and if pressing this key again, the play 2. In the state of receiving the radio, keeping In the pattern of BAL, turning the volume control knob
will be resumed. When USB/SD card is playing, pressing the key of pressing the key of “ ” or “ ” on the plate will 2. In the state of receiving a radio, shortly pressing the key clockwise or counterclockwise can adjust the volume of
“4RDM” will enter the mode of random play and automatically hunt for the next or the last clear radio of “A.PS” and the radio will skim the radio stations stored the left and right track between L15 and R15 at random.
5. When USB/SD card is playing, drawing out the U pressing this key again will cancel this function and station. Pressing on the “ ” or “ ” on the plate for a in this section of the band wave. Pressing the number
Disk/SD card will withdraw from playing and enter the mode of play according to the order. short time will manually hunt for the next or the last key marked the station can receive the radio station. 5. FAD pattern (FAD)
entering the radio. clear radio station. After receiving the signal, keep In the pattern of FAD, turning the volume control knob
Hunting for designated songs pressing down any number key for two seconds and Sound volume adjustment clockwise or counterclockwise can adjust the volume
this station will be stored on this number key. In case of the front and rear track between L15 and R15 at
When USB/SD card is playing, shortly pressing “ ” this number has been occupied by other station, the 1. Sound volume pattern (VOL) random.
and choose the next song while “ ”, the last song. formation station will be replaced. In the pattern of VOL, turning the volume control

66 67

LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Other functions
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Section 1-8
Clock setting (DISP) Note Radio, USB/SB card, audio in switch
1. When active, repeatedly and shortly press the When the radio is in normal operation, if you
After the completion of clock adjustment, it
keep pressing the key of “MODE”, you can
Operation of instrument and controller
key of “DISP” and the radio will display the clock is unnecessary to press any key and the
normal pattern will be resumed after 5 switch patterns of radio, USB/SD card and
display and sound pattern selection according to the
seconds and the clock setting will be the audio play. In case of USB/SD card not
following order: inserted, continuously press “ MODE” and A/C system
stored.
BAS (Bass) TRE (Treble) switch between radio reception and band
DISP (Clock)
only; in case of both USB and SD card
Manual A/C system
inserted, continuously press “MODE”, and
VOL
(Sound volume)
FAD
(Front and rear tra ck balance)
BAL
(Left and rig ht tra ck balance) the radio will switch according to this state:
Control plate………………………………………………………………………70
The normal pattern will be resumed if the Air vent mode setting……………………………………………………………72
key is not pressed for 5 seconds. Radio USB play SD card play Audio in Operating essentials……………………………………………………………72
Vent………………………………………………………………………………74
2. In the pattern of clock display, keeping
If only one device of the USB and SD card is
pressing the key of “DISP” can enter the
inserted, repeatedly press the key of “MODE”
pattern of clock adjustment. When the clock and the radio will switch patterns according to
is flashing, pressing the key of “ ” and “ ” orders as follows:
to adjust the clock; press the key of “DISP” Radio USB play/SD card play Audio in
again and when the minute clock is flashing,
press the keys of “ ” and “ ” to adjust the
minute. After the completion of setting,
press the key of “DISP” again to end the
clock adjustment.

68 69
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Manual A/C control plate
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Recirculation control knob

1. “A/C” switch Fan speed knob Turn the knob to select blow direction

6 5 4 2. Recirculation control knob Turn the knob to adjust the blower speed;: 1. Panel: the air flow blows to the face of
clockwise for increase, counterclockwise for passengers through the central vent at dashboard
3. Defroster switch of rear decrease.
and the side vent.
windshield Temperature control knob
2. Panel/Floor: the air flow blows to both the face and
4. Temperature control knob Turn the knob to adjust the temperature: clockwise
feet of passengers through the central vent at
dashboard, side vent and down vent.
for increase, counterclockwise for decrease. Press keys to select air source
5. Fan speed knob
3. Floor: the air flow blows to the feet of passengers
6. Mode selector knob Mode selector knob through down vent. Press the button and the indicator will be
illuminated to recycle the air in the car. Press
4. Defroster/Floor: the air flow blows to the feet of it again, and the indicator willoff to take in the
passengers and the windshield through the down vent air outside of the car.
and defrost vent.
1 2 3 4 5 “A/C” Switch
Apply when the Recirculation control knob is at To start the A/C system, turn on the fan speed
outer circle position. knob, then press the “A/C” switch, indicator
1 2 3 illuminating. To shut down the A/C system,
5. Defrost and Demist: the air flow blows to the press the “A/C” switch again and reset the fan
windshield through the defrost vent. speed knob to zero.
Apply when the Recirculation control knob is at
outer circle position.
70 71
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Air vent mode setting
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Operating essentials Heating Cooling Demist

In order to gain the perfect effect, please set In order to gain the perfect effect, please set Inside of windshield
● To quickly cool down the car which has parked under hot the controller at: the controller at: In order to gain the perfect effect, please set the
controller at:
sunshine, drive it for several minutes with window open. Air volume adjustment-air volume switch turned on Air volume adjustment-air volume switch turned on
● In wet weather, don’t let cold air blow to the windshield, since Air volume adjustment-air volume switch turned on
Temperature-toward warm zone (red zone) Temperature-towards cold zone (blue zone)
Temperature-towards warm zone (red zone) to raise
the temperature difference inside and outside of it will help mist Inlet-outer circle (air outside) Inlet-outer circle (air outside)
the temperature Towards cold zone (blue zone) to
growing. Air flow-down vent Air flow-top vents decrease the temperature
● The lower part of front seats should be kept as open space A/C-shut downt A/C-start up Inlet-outer circle (air outside)
Air flow- defrost, demist
to ensure full air circulation in the car.
● For a quick temperature increase, turn on the ● For a quick temperature decrease, turn the A/C-start up
● Make sure that the inlet grille in front of the windshield is not inner circle for several minutes. To avoid mist Recirculation control knob at inner circle for several
blocked by things like leaves or snow. Defrosting
growing on windows, after the temperature rises minutes.
● Close all windows when driving the car on the road with to certain degree, turn on the outer circle. Outside of windshield
Venting
much dust. If after doing this, the dust still goes into the car, it is In order to gain the perfect effect, please set the In order to gain the perfect effect, please set
● During defrost or demist of windshield, select controller at: the controller at:
recommended to temporarily set the Recirculation control defrost, demist and down vent for temperature
Air volume adjustment-air volume switch turned on
knob at inner circle and set the rotation speed selector of increase in the car.
Air volume adjustment-air volume switch turned on Temperature-towards warm zone (red zone)
blower at any position except “zero”.
Temperature-towards cold zone (blue zone) Inlet-outer circle (air outside)
● In cold weather, it is necessary to set a high rotation speed
Inlet-outer circle (air outside) Air flow-defrost, demist
of blower for one minute to clean the snow or moisture in the air
Air flow-top vents A/C-shut down
inlet passage, thus to reduce the mist growing on windows.
A/C-shut down
72 73
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Vent
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Section 1-9
Operation of instrument and controller

Other equipments
Cigarette lighter and ashtray……………………………………………………76
Glove box…………………………………………………………………………76
Cup holder…………………………………………………………………………77

The passenger may adjust the mechanism


of the vent to change the air flow direction.

74 75
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Cigarette lighter and ashtray Glove box Cup holder
Cigarette lighter
Press lightly to use the cigarette lighter, which will
then spring out automatically to be at service.
If the engine is not running, the key should be at “I”
position.
It is strictly prohibited to press the cigarette lighter for
long.
When changing for another lighter, use the kind
designated by LIFAN.
Ashtray

Rear ashtray To use the ashtray, pull it out.


After enjoying a cigarette, it is necessary to crash out Turn the knob and open the glove box. It is used to firmly hold a cup or a beverage can.
the stub in the ashtray completely, for avoiding a fire.
Make sure that the stub is crashed out before Warning
pushing the tray back.
To decrease the accidents in driving or
possibility of injury caused by
Warning emergency brake, close the glove box
Completely close the ashtray after use, to reduce after utilization.
the possibility of personal injury due to accidents
or emergency brake during driving.

76 77
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Chapter 2
Run-in time No overloading: The first maintenance

LF320 enjoys an excellent performance. Make sure that the loading weight during the run- The first maintenance during run-in time
Lf320 Driving Guide However, this performance will reach the best in time will not reach the 80% of the maximum should be implemented after the first
state only after a proper run-in time and the first load; otherwise, damage will be caused to those mileage of3000km, to ensure a good using
Run-in time………………………………………………………………………79 maintenance. The effect for this run-in time components which have not been run in well. state of the vehicle. This maintenance is
mainly relies on the driving way within the first available at the LIFAN service station.
Fuel………………………………………………………………………………80 2000km.
No driving for a long distance:

Three-way catalytic converter…………………………………………………80 No high-speed driving: No driving for a long distance during run-in time; Note
otherwise, it will extend the continuous working
Engine exhaust warning……………………………………………………… 81 No driving at full speed within the initial mileage hour of the engine and cause damage to the The first maintenance should be
Oil consumption…………………………………………………………………82 of 2000km. engine parts.
carried out at the LIFAN service station
Brake system……………………………………………………………………83 Maximum driving speed for all gears during run- Avoid emergency brake: to ensure a good maintenance quality
in time: and the best performance of your
Brake pads over-wear alarm……………………………………………………85 Reduce the emergency brake times as possible
vehicle.
Gear Speed (km/h) as you can; otherwise the brake system will be
Notes of luggage loading………………………………………………………86 Gear 1 25 impacted, and the engine will suffer from a bigger
impact load from the chassis. Do not carry out
Suspension and chassis……………………………………………………… 86 Gear 2 40
emergency brake within the initial mileage of
Gear 3 60 300km except for necessary situations.
Gear 4 90
No trailering the vehicle within the first
Gear 5 100 2000km:
The maximum rotation speed allowed for An incorrect trailering may cause damage to the
the engine within the initial mileage of vehicle.
2000km is 4000r/min.

78 79
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Fuel Three-way catalytic converter Engine Exhaust Warning
The correct selection of fuel is the base for check, in case of a knock or regular knocking in Warning
Warning Warning
the full performance of the engine. a good road condition at a stable speed under
the condition of using the recommended fuel. Lots of incompletely burnt gas entering the three- pushing. ● Avoid inhaling the exhaust gas from the
way catalytic converter will cause the converter to ● Do not close the ignition switch during engine.
The damage to the engine due to the improper ●Always check the exhaust system and make
be over-heated and even a fire. Please abide by driving.
fuel will not be included in the guarantee scope the following precaution measures to prevent any sure there is no leakage or looseness in the
● Maintain a good operation state of the exhaust system. Immediately check the vehicle
of LF320. danger:
engine. The abnormal function in the electrical in case of a collision during driving or any
system, ignition system or fuel system of the abnormal exhaust sound.
Fuel type ●Only unleaded gasoline can be used. engine will cause an abnormally high ● Do not operate the engine in a garage or a
close place to avoid the danger due to an
●When the engine is working, don’t check the temperature in the three-way catalytic
unsmooth exhaust of the engine.
Warning engine by cutting off the cylinder supply and converter.
Unleaded gasoline In case of engine knock. ●Do not park the vehicle for a long time in case
The three-way catalytic converter is an emission misfiring. ● Immediately check the vehicle, in case of a of a running engine. If necessary, please park it
Forbid using the leaded gasoline. The
control device installed in the emission system ●Do not drive the vehicle with an extremely hard start or frequent running stop of the at an open place to let the fresh air flow into the
utilization of the leaded gasoline will lead
Please contact the LIFAN service station for with an aim to reduce the pollutants in the low oil level; the operation without sufficient oil engine. vehicle.
to inefficiency of the waste gas cleaning
exhaust. will lead to a misfire of the engine and increase ●Pleasecarryoutaregularcheckandmaintenance ● The luggage boot cover should be closed
device and the venting pollution control during driving. An open or unclosed luggage
device as well as increase the the over-load of the three-way catalytic forthevehicleaccordingtothemaintenancescheme
Warning boot will cause a flow of exhaust gas into the
maintenance cost. converter. of LIFAN so as to guarantee the normal operation of vehicle.
When the engine runs, the high- ● Do not run the engine at a high or low idle the three-way catalytic converter and the entire ● Please make sure that there is no snow,
temperature gas will be exhausted. speed for a long time. emissioncontroldevice. leaves or other barriers in the inlet grille, to
Therefore, any person and flammable guarantee a normal ventilation system of the
●Avoid running the engine at over-speed.
vehicle.
materials should be kept away from the ● No starting the vehicle by trailering or ●In case of an exhaust gas smell in the vehicle,
exhaust pipe. please immediately check the cause and correct
it.
80 81
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Brake System
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Oil Consumption
Oil function The oil consumption will increase with a high- Warning It is a two-circuit brake system. In case that Note This system is used to prevent the wheel
The oil mainly works for lubricating and cooling the speed driving, frequent acceleration or one brake system loses effect, the other from being locked during braking on a wet
inside of the engine to keep a normal working state. deceleration. If a regular check at the oil level can not be one will still work. Meanwhile, it is harder ● In case of a misfire of the engine, do not and slippery road. It is helpful for ensuring
than usual to step down the brake pedal and
achieved, a severe trouble will be caused step on the brake pedal repeatedly, because the stability and steering function of the
the brake distance will also increase. vehicle under the above-stated situation.
Oil consumption More oil will be consumed due to the piston, piston to the engine due to a relatively low oil every stepping will consume parts of
The engine will consume some oil during a normal ring and cylinder wall of a new engine, all of which level. Note vacuum pressure. Effective ways for stepping on ABS brake pedal:
operation. In a normal case, the engine consumes have not been run in. ● The brake will still be effective even if the When the anti-lock system operates, you can feel
oil due to the following causes: Do not drive the vehicle for a long distance the impulsive motion of the brake pedal and also
vacuum power is entirely lost. However, the
Percentage of oil and fuel: ≤0.3% in case of only a brake circuit working. hear a noise. Under this situation, you can step
force to step on the brake pedal will be much
● Lubricating the piston, piston ring and cylinder: Please immediately repair the ineffective down the brake pedal with bigger force than usual,
When the piston moves down in the cylinder, it will bigger than usual and the brake distance will
Importance for checking the oil level brake system. and then the anti-lock brake system will work. In
leave a layer of oil film. When the vehicle decelerates, also increase.
Keeping the oil level at the best level is one of the case of an emergency brake, do not step on the
the high negative pressure will absorb such oil into key points for the normal maintenance for a brake repeatedly, because that will increase the
the combustion chamber. Like part of oil film left on Vacuum booster If the braking device is immersed in water brake distance.
vehicle, which will not weaken the function of the
the cylinder wall, this oil will be combusted by the oil. Therefore, it is very important to check the oil It is used to assist the braking by the inlet Seeper, heavy rain or cleaning, water film will be When the engine starts or after the vehicle starts, you
high-temperature combustion gas. level regularly. You are recommended to check the negative pressure of engine. In case the formed on the brake drum or brake disc will affect the may hear a click sound or motor noise from the
oil level every time you fill oil. engine stops during driving, a pedal force braking effect. Therefore, if the braking device is engine compartment for several seconds
● Lubricating the intake valve stem: The oil and the bigger than usual is required to stop the immersed in water, please take extra attention to continuously. That means the anti-lock brake
inlet air will be together absorbed into the vehicle. vehicles ahead or at the back, and drive it at low speed system is under self-checking.
combustion chamber and combust with the fuel. and meanwhile lightly step down the brake for times
The high-temperature waste gas will also combust to dry the brake pads until the brake effect resumes to When the anti-lock brake system works, the
the oil used for lubricating the exhaust valve stem. a normal state. following situation may occur. They do not
represent faults in the system.
Anti-lock brake system (with ABS
The consumption of oil is related with its
indicator-optional) ● Hearing the operation sound of the anti-
viscosity, quality and the vehicle use state. lock brake system and feeling the impulsive

82 83
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Brake Pads Over-wear Alarm
motion of the brake pedal together with the lock brake system will not work, but the Warning
control to the vehicle if the non-skid
vibration of the vehicle body and steering
performance of the tire exceeds the brake system will still work normally.
wheel. The motor noise from the engine In case of an illuminating warning
compartment will be heard even if the vehicle admissible ability or in case of a wheel spin.
lamp of brake system together with
has been parked. The anti-lock brake system is not used to When ABS indicator illuminates, the anti- illuminating ABS indicator, please
shorten the brake distance. Compared with lock brake system will not work. Therefore, park the vehicle at a safe place and
● The brake pedal may move forward a little at the
end of the operation of the anti-lock brake system. vehicles without anti-lock brake system, a the wheels may be locked in case of an contact LIFAN service station.
longer brake distance may be needed under svs emergency brake or braking on slippery
In this case, the anti-lock brake system
the following situations: roads. will not be effective and the vehicle will
● Driving on a bumpy road and road covered also become extremely unstable during
Note withsmallstonesorsnow. Any of the following cases indicates a faulty braking.
component monitored by the warning lamp system.
Do not overrate the anti-lock brake system: It ● Vehicleswithtirechains.
You must immediately contact the special service
is significant to abide by all notes and keep
● Driving on the steps at the junction of ABS indicator indicator station of LIFAN for check. A disc brake has an in-built over-wear alarm
proper vehicle speed and vehicle spacing, Drum parking brake
roads. which will produce warning sound when the
although this system is helpful for
Install tires with specified specifications on If the ignition key is turned to the position “II”, the light ● In case that the ignition key is turned to the position brake pads are overworn and need to be
controlling the vehicle; because, even if it The vehicle is equipped with a drum parking
performs, the effect for the stability of all wheels: The anti-lock brake system uses will illuminate. If the anti-lock brake system works replaced.
“ON”, the light will not illuminate or illuminate brake. This brake system should be checked
vehicle and the operation of steering wheel the speed sensor to measure the vehicle normally, it will go out after several seconds. Then, it continuously. In case of scream or friction noise during
and adjusted regularly.
is limited. speed to get the rotation speed of each will illuminate again in case of any trouble. driving, please immediately drive to the
wheel. Other undesignated tires can not closest special service station of LIFAN for
When driving in rainy days, the anti-lock ● It will illuminate during driving.
measure the correct rotation speed and will When ABS indicator illuminates, the anti- check or replacing the brake pads. No driving
brake system will be unable to maintain a extend the brake distance. A short illumination of the warning lamp indicates no
the vehicle continuously in case of alarm
trouble.

84 85
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Chapter 3
sound. Suspension and Chassis
Notes for Luggage Loading Warning
Starting and Driving
When loading luggage or goods, please abide by Do not refit the suspension or chassis Before starting the engine… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …88
the following instructions: randomly, because that will change the
operation performance and then cause
Engine starting ways… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …88
● Put the luggage or goods into the luggage boot
the vehicle to lose control. Safety-check before driving… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …89
as possible as you can and make sure that all
objects have been fixed tightly. Driving guidance under different situations… … … … … … … … … … …90
● Keep the balance of the vehicle and put the Driving tips in winter… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …91
weight forward as possible as you can to achieve How to save fuel and extend the service life of the vehicle… … … …92
balance.

● Do not load unnecessary heavy objects to save


fuel.

86 87
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Before Starting the Engine Engine Starting Ways Safety-check before Driving
1. Check the situation around the vehicle (a) Before starting (b) Starting the engine You’d better carry out a safety-check before Headlamp, brake lamp, position lamp,
before entering the vehicle. driving the vehicle. A check for minutes will steering indicator lamp and other Battery and cable: Check if there is any
2. Adjust the position of the seat, the angle 1. Check the parking brake. Please make sure that all steps in “(a) be beneficial for your safe and enjoyable illumination all work. Check the aiming of corrosion, looseness or crack at the
the Headlamp. harness connector and check if the cable
of seat backrest, the height of headrest and 2. Turn off all lights and accessory electrical Before starting” have been processed, driving.
and connection is good.
the angle of the steering wheel. equipments. before starting the engine. The inner vehicle
3. Adjust the rearview mirrors inside and 3. Set the shift lever at neutral position.
Note Harness: Check if there is damage or
Spare tire, jack and wrench for wheel looseness to the harness.
outside the vehicle. 4. Release the anti-theft system. Normal starting
In case of a check in a closed garage, nuts: Check the pressure of the spare tires
4. Tighten the seat belt. Turn the key to “Ⅲ ” and start the engine. and make sure there is a jack and wrench Fuel pipe: Check if there is leakage and
make sure that the garage is well
Release the key after the engine starts. for wheel nuts. looseness at the pipeline joint.
If you have set the vehicle anti-theft system, ventilated. The waste gas exhausted
from the engine is harmful. Seat belt: Check if the buckle can be tightly Oil level: Park the vehicle on flat ground
you must cancel this system before starting In case of a misfire of the engine…
fixed and make sure there is no wear nor and check if the oil level is correct.
the engine; otherwise the engine can not be Carry out another starting according to the
scratch on the belt. After the engine starts
started. correct starting process. Check before Starting the Engine
Instrument and controller: Specially make Exhaust system: Check if there is gas
If the engine can not start… The outer vehicle sure that indicator, instrument illumination leakage. In case of a leakage, immediately
Refer to “If the vehicle can not start” in Tire: Check the tire pressure with a tire and defroster work normally. repair it
Chapter 4. pressure gauge and check carefully if there Brake: Make sure that there is enough free
is cut, damage or excessive wear. During driving
clearance for the pedal and ensure a normal
Wheel nuts: Make sure no looseness or braking. Instrument: Make sure that indicators and
loss of nuts. gauges of all kinds in the instrument cluster
The inside of the engine compartment work normally.
Spare fuse: Make sure there are fuses of all
Leakage: Check if there is leakage of oil or specifications for rating carrying capacity in
liquid under the vehicle after the vehicle Brake: Find a safe place and make sure
the fuse box. that the vehicle does not pull to one side
stops for a while. (It is normal in case of
drips from A/C in operation.) Coolant level: Make sure that the coolant when braking.
level is correc Pay attention to the initial stage and check
Illumination: Make sure that the
carefully if there is abnormal noise.
88 89
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Driving Guidance under Different Situations Driving tips in winter
1.Stopping the vehicle ●Drive slowly against the wind. It is convenient Note Make sure that the coolant has the right station for assistance. Avoid ice and snow accumulated under
for controlling vehicle. function of freeze protection. the mudguard
The vehicle should not be stopped at once Prevent the door lock from being frozen
when the engine is working, especially at a high ●Drive slowly on the ashlar at the side of street ● Before driving, make sure that the The ice and snow accumulated under the
parking brake has been fully released Only coolant designated by LIFAN can be
rotation speed with high load. It should be and keep the correct angle as possible as you used. Fill the coolant with proper type Spray the deicing agent or glycerin into the mudguard will cause difficulty in steering.
stopped after 3-5 minutes low-speed run. can. Avoid driving on high and sharp-edged and the parking brake indicator has door lockhole to avoid freezing. When driving in cold winter, please always
according to the ambient temperature into
objects or other road barriers; otherwise the tire gone out. check if there is ice and snow under the
the cooling system.
2. Rainy day or wading through water will be damaged abnormally. ●The engine should work at idle speed An improper coolant will damage the Use the washer fluid with antifreeze. mudguard.
for minutes for warm-up. cooling system.
Make sure that the air cleaner has been sealed ● Decelerate when driving on a bumpy road; This kind of product is available at LIFAN
well when running on the road with seeper in
● In case of a long-distance driving Yo u are recommended to take some
otherwise the tire or wheel will be seriously down on a steep hill, please decelerate Note service station. necessary instruments according to different
rainy days or wading through water in normal damaged. driving conditions, such as tire chain, window
the vehicle and shift to a low-speed Warning
times; otherwise, the water may enter the No use of clean water. scraper, a bag of sand or salt, signal flash
engine cylinder and cause damage to the ●If the vehicle is parked on the hillside, rotate gear. Remember that too many times of
the front wheels to make them contact the stepping on the brake will cause over- device, small shovel and connecting cables.
components such as engine connecting rod. Inspect the battery and cable Do not use the antifreeze or other
roadside and use the parking brake to make heating and result in abnormal working
substitute as washer fluid; otherwise the
3. Warming the engine in winter them not slip. If necessary, place a crosstie of the brake. A cold weather will decrease the charge
under the wheels. ● Be careful in case of accelerating, paint of the vehicle will be damaged.
In winter with relatively low temperature, the capacity of the battery. Therefore, the battery
shifting to a high-speed gear or low- should keep a sufficient charge capacity to be
viscosity of oil will increase and its lubrication ● The brake will become damp in case of
speed gear or braking on a slippery helpful for starting in winter. And the
effect is worse than that in summer. Therefore, cleaning or passing by water. Check if the brake
road surface. An abrupt acceleration or inspection of charge level can be carried out
the engine should not work under large load at is normal under a safe condition. If the brake is In winter the parking brake may be frosted.
abnormal due to the dampness, you can lightly braking may cause a skid or spin. at LIFAN service station.
high speed immediately after it is started. It Therefore do not use it in such a case.
should be warmed for minutes at idle speed to step on the brake pedal while driving carefully ● Do not continue to drive the vehicle
normally when the brake is damp. In Make sure that the oil viscosity is suitable
increase the temperature of the oil and coolant. under a condition of using the parking brake. If for driving in winter. When parking in winter, set the shift knob at
Only after the engine is fully lubricated, can you it still can not work normally, please stop the case of a damp brake, a relatively long the first gear or (reverse gear) and block the
drive the vehicle. In case of driving when the vehicle and contact LIFAN service station. brake distance is needed and the In winter, use of summer oil will cause rear wheels. Do not use the parking brake;
engine is not well lubricated, the components of vehicle may be pulled to one side when difficulty in starting the engine. In case of otherwise the parking brake device will be
the engine may suffer from over wear or even braking. Likewise, the parking brake uncertainty about the oil type, please turn to frosted by seeper or snow, and then cause a
be locked. also can not stop the vehicle urgently. the sales service store or LIFAN service hard release to the parking brake.

90 91
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
How to save fuel and extend the service life of the vehicle Chapter 4
It is simple and easy to save fuel. It is also the engine: Select a proper gear according ●The chassis should be kept clean without
helpful for extending the service life of a to the road conditions. slurry: That will not only ease the load of
vehicle. The following are tips for saving
● Avoid continuous acceleration and
vehicle body but also prevent corrosion. Emergency Trouble Treatment
fuel and repair expense:
deceleration: A driving with frequent stops ●Adjust the vehicle and maintain it under the If the vehicle can not start…………………………………………………………94
● Maintain a correct tire pressure: An will increase the oil consumption. best working state: The performance of the
insufficient tire pressure will cause wear to engine will be affected and the oil If the engine misfires during driving…………………………………………… 97
the tire and waste fuel. Refer to Section 7-2 ● Avoid unnecessary parking or braking: consumption will also be increased by the
for instruction. Keep a stable vehicle speed. Coordinate unclean air cleaner, improper valve clearance, If the vehicle is over-heated………………………………………………………97
with the traffic light to achieve minimum unclean spark plug, oil and lubricant and If the tire leaks…………………………………………………………………… 98
● No unnecessary loads on the vehicle: parking times; or keep space to avoid unadjusted brake. A regular maintenance
Excessive weight will increase the load of the emergency brake when driving on the road should be carried out for a longer service life If the vehicle gets stuck…………………………………………………………103
engine and cause an increase of oil consumption. without traffic light, which will also reduce of all components and a reduction in operation
the wear of brake. expense. In case of frequent driving under If the vehicle needs trailering……………………………………………………103
●Avoid warm-up idling for a long time: Start extreme condition, a more frequent
driving the vehicle once the engine operates ●Avoid passing by area with busy traffic or maintenance should be implemented.
stably, but it must be stable. Be careful, it traffic congestion as possible as you can.
will take a longer time for the warm-up of the Warning
engine in winter. ● Keep proper vehicle speed on the
expressway: The higher the vehicle speed
●Slow and stable acceleration: Avoid rapid is, the more oil will be consumed. No stopping the engine when driving
starting. You should drive at a high-speed down the slope. Once the engine is
gear as quickly as possible. ● Maintain a correct alignment of the front stopped, the power steering and
wheels: Avoid colliding with the road edge
●Avoid engine idling for a long time: In case vacuum booster will not fully display
and drive slowly on bumpy road. An
of parking to wait for someone for a long time incorrect alignment of the front wheels will their performance. Likewise, emission
in a place with no busy traffic, you’d better result in a fast wear to the tires and also control device can work correctly only
stop the engine and restart it later. increase the load of the engine, namely when the engine is running.
●Avoid lug down or over-speed rotation of expand the oil consumption.

92 93
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
If the vehicle can not start
(a) Simple inspection Note In that case, step down the accelerator (c) Jump-starting
pedal to the bottom and meanwhile turn the continuously on the way to hospital. Booster battery
Before these examinations, make sure if No starting the vehicle by trailering or key to “START”, and retain the accelerator The following instructions must be abode by ● The gas discharged by the battery will
you have started the engine according to pedal and the key and then release them 5 explode in case of flame or spark around.
the correct starting procedures described in
pushing. Otherwise, damage or to avoid serious personal injury as well as
During the jump-starting, you must use
a
seconds later; and then restart the engine damage to vehicle or electrical fittings due
“Engine Starting Ways” in Chapter 3, and collision may be caused to the vehicle standard jumper cable and must not smoke
when the accelerator pedal is under a free to battery explosion, sulphuric acid Discharged battery
check if the fuel is sufficient. At the same when the engine starts. Meanwhile, the state. or light a match.
corrosion and electrical combustion.
time, check whether another key can start three-way catalytic converter will be
the engine. If another key can start the over-heated to cause a fire. If the engine still can not start after 5- Note
engine, it is manifested that the key has second starting, release the key and restart
You are strongly recommended to seek help Positiv e terminal connector
b
from the service station of LIFAN, if you are not (“+”)
been damaged, so please contact the the engine several minutes later. The discharged battery must be 12V. Do Positiv e terminal connector
special service station of LIFAN for check. If clear about the process. Jumper cable
not carry out the jump-starting before (“+”)
all the keys cannot work, the engine must If the engine still can not start, an adjusting confirming the correct discharged
have faults; please contact the special If the engine rotates at a normal speed or repair is needed. You can contact LIFAN Warning battery. 2. If necessary, remove all orifice plugs of
service station of LIFAN. but can not start service station. discharged battery and booster battery. Cover
● The battery contains corrosive and toxic Jump-starting process the open battery orifice with a cloth. (This can
If the engine can not rotate or rotate too 1. Turn the ignition key to “I” or “B”, and then sulphuric fluid. Therefore, you must wear reduce explosive danger, personal injury and
restart the engine. Note burn)
slowly protective goggles during jump-starting. 1. In case that the discharged battery is
2. When the engine can not start, “engine Avoid sulphuric acid spattering on your installed in another vehicle, you must confirm
Each starting period should not exceed 3. In case that the engine of the vehicle with
1. Check if the battery connector is tightly flooding” may be caused due to restarting that the vehicles have no contact with each discharged battery does not rotate, start it and
3 to 5 seconds, otherwise the engine skin, clothes or the vehicle body.
screwed down and clean. repeatedly. other and turn down all unnecessary lights run for several minutes.
3. If the engine still can not start, a repair or ● In case of sulphuric fluid spattering on
2. If the battery connector works normally, and circuit will be over-heated. and accessory equipments. During jump-starting, lightly step on the
adjusting is needed. You may contact LIFAN your body or into eyes due to carelessness, accelerator pedal and operate the engine at a
please turn on the compartment light.
3. The battery has been used up if the light service station. immediately take off the clothes with For battery charging, corresponding battery rotation speed of 2,000 rpm (round/minute).
does not illuminate or illuminate dimly or the (b) Starting “flooded engine” sulphuric fluid and clean the affected part of battery with higher quality shall be
with clear water and then seek medical help. applied. Any other battery can cause 4. Connect the cable according to the process
vehicle can not start. in a, b and c.
If the light illuminates, but the engine can When the engine can not start, “engine If possible, use sponge or clean cloth with difficulty to jump-starting.
a. Connect the clip of the positive terminal (red)
not start, a repair or adjusting is needed. flooding” may be caused due to clean water to wash the affected part of the jumper cable to the equivalent connector
restarting repeatedly. For jump-starting is difficult, charge battery (+) of the booster battery.
Please contact LIFAN service station. for a few minutes.
94 95
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Jumper cable
the accelerator pedal and make the engine If the engine misfires during driving If the vehicle is over-heated Warning
d rotate at a speed of 2,000 rpm.
The engine may be over-heated in case of Your hands and clothes should keep a
If the Engine Misfires during Driving
6. Carefully dismantle the cable reverse to water temperature warning lamp lights up, certain distance with the fan and engine
1. Slowly decelerate the vehicle and belt in operation when the engine runs.
the installation procedure; firstly dismantle or loss of power, or a knocking sound or
carefully drive the vehicle off the road to a
the negative terminal cable and then the bang noise. Please take the following
safe place. treatment procedures… 4. Immediately stop the engine in case of a
positive terminal cable. 2. Open the emergency light. leakage of coolant. Contact the special service
c 3. Turn the ignition key to “I”, and restart 1. Drive the vehicle safely off the road, park it station of LIFAN for help.
Booster battery
7. Carefully take off the cloth on the battery the engine. 5. Check the coolant Coolant reservoir in case
and open the emergency light. Set the shift
which may be stuck to by electrolyte knob at neutral position and pull up the parking of no evident leakage. In case that the Coolant
Negative terminal connector Discharged battery
If the engine still can not start, refer to “ If brake. In case of using A/C, close it. reservoir is dry, fill it with coolant to the
(“-”)
In case that the battery discharges due to the Vehicle Can Not Start” of this section. 2. Stop the engine in case of coolant or steam standard scale during the engine runs.
unclear reasons (e.g. the light still ejecting from the radiator or Coolant reservoir. 6. Recheck the coolant level in the Coolant
b. Connect the clip of the other end of the Connection points of engine illuminates), you should contact LIFAN Note Open the engine hood after the steam fades reservoir when its temperature decreases to
positive terminal (red) of the jumper cable to Do not contact the jumper cable to any authorized service station for check. away. Keep engine working and close the normal. If necessary, refill the coolant to half of
the equivalent connector (+) of the movable components during starting the In case that the engine does not run, the ignition switch in case of no coolant or steam the tank. A serious loss of coolant indicates a
discharged battery. engine. power assisting device of the brake and ejection. leakage in the system. In that case, contact
If first starting fails steering gear will not fully work. LIFAN authorized service station for immediate
c. Connect the clip of the negative terminal Check if the clip of jumper cable is fixed Therefore, it is much difficult than usual Warning check.
(black) of the jumper cable to the equivalent 5. Start the engine in the normal way. firmly. Recharge the booster battery for a to carry out the steering and braking.
connector (-) of the discharged battery. Before starting the engine, lightly step on few minutes with the jumper cable To avoid personal injury, keep the engine Warning
d. Connect the clip of the other end of connection method. Then start engine in hood closed until there is no steam any
negative terminal (black) of the jumper normal way. more. The flowing of steam or coolant Do not dismantle the radiator cap when
cable to an unpainted metal fixed point in indicates a rather high pressure. the engine and radiator are in a high-
If the starting still fails, the battery is
the vehicle with a booster battery. temperature state.
indicated to be fully discharged. It shall be
checked by the special service station of 3. Check if there is an evident leakage in the
Connection points are shown as below: LIFAN. radiator, hose and underside of the vehicle.
However, it is normal in case of drips from A/C
in use.
96 97
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
If the Tire Leaks Tools required and spare tires
1. Slowly decelerates the vehicle and drive Warning Note
it off the road to a safe place far away from
ground, pull up the parking brake tightly
traffic. Avoid parking the vehicle on the Never drive a vehicle with a flat tire, 1
central turnout track. Park the vehicle on a and turn the transmission to the neutral because even a short distance driving
solid and even ground. position. If necessary, set a baffle plate will result in a tire damaged too badly
2. Stop the engine and open the Emergency under the tire in the diagonal direction of to be repaired.
warning lamp. the replaced tire.
3. Pull up the parking brake and turn the ● Make sure that the jack has been set on
shift knob to the neutral position. 1 2
the correct jacking point. An incorrect
4. All persons on the vehicle must get off to
jacking position will cause damage to the
a safe place.
vehicle or make the vehicle drop from the
5. Please read the following instructions
carefully. jack and cause personal injury.
● Any person should not be under the
Warning vehicle supported only by a jack. 1.Take out the tools required and spare Turn the jack joint Screw off the bolts and remove the spare
Please follow the instructions below ●The vehicle can be supported by a jack tires tire, and then take off the spare tire from the
when raising the vehicle by a jack to only when replacing the tire. Removal: Turn the joint according to vehicle.
avoid severe personal injury: ● No jacking the vehicle in case of 1. Spare tires direction 1 until the jack becomes loose.
● Follow the instructions about jacking. anybody in the vehicle. If you have to repair the vehicle by yourself S t o r a g e : Tu r n t h e j o i n t a c c o r d i n g t o Put the spare tire with the outside up into
under an urgent state, you must be familiar direction 2 until the jack is fixed tightly to the storage compartment when storing the
● Do not make any part of your body
with the usage and storage place of the jack prevent the jack from being thrown forward spare tire. And then fix it, reverse to the
under the vehicle supported by a jack to ● Do not place any object on or under the
and various tools. in case of a collision or an emergent brake. above removal procedures to prevent the
avoid personal injury. jack when raising the vehicle.
tire from being thrown forward in case of an
● Do not start or run the engine when the ● Only raise the vehicle to a height at emergent brake or collision.
vehicle is supported by a jack. which the tire can be taken off and
● Park the vehicle on flat and firm replaced.

98 99
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Block the wheels Screw off the wheel nuts Jack alignment Lifting the vehicle Replace the wheel

2. Set a baffle plate under the tire in the 3.Screw off all wheel nuts of the flat tires. 4.Put the jack at the correct jacking point 5.Raise the vehicle by a jack to the proper height 6. Remove the wheel nuts and then Brush all the corrosives on the installation
diagonal direction of the replaced tire when according to this fig. at which the spare tire can be installed after replace the tire surface by a wire brush before installing the
using a jack, to avoid vehicle slide. When Screw off the wheel nuts before lifting the ensuring that there is no people in the vehicle. wheels. A bad contact between the metal
blocking the wheel, put the baffle plate in vehicle. Make sure that the jack is put on flat and Roll the spare tire to the installation faces of the installation surface during the
firm ground. Before lifting the vehicle, insert the jack knob into
front of the front wheel or behind the rear the jack (loose contact), and then turn it clockwise. position. Align the bolts to the wheel hole. installation will make the wheel nuts loose
Turn the wheel nuts counter-clockwise and
wheel. screw them off. To get a maximum torque, When the jack contacts the vehicle and starts Then raise the wheel until the bolt at the and cause the wheel to fall off during
put the wrench into the nut according to the rising, recheck if it is at the correct position. uppermost goes through the screw. Rotate driving.
fig. above and make the wrench knob at the tire and push it backwards until other
right. Hold the end of wrench knob and pull Warning bolts go through the screw.
it up. Be noted that the wrench should not
slip out from the nut. Do not remove the nut, Personnel should not be under the
only screw it off for one and a half turns. vehicle supported by a jack only.

100 101
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Reinstall the wheel nuts Lower the vehicle After replacing the wheel If the vehicle gets stuck If the vehicle needs trailering
order shown in the fig., and screw them Check the tire pressure after replacement Try to push the vehicle back and forth to
tighter each time. Repeat this process until release it from the trouble if the vehicle is
all nuts are screwed down tightly. Adjust the tire pressure to the value regulated stuck in snow, mud basin and sands. Trailering from the front
in Chapter 8. In case of an air pressure lower
than the regulated value, drive the vehicle
Warning Warning
1 slowly to the close service station for inflation
● When lowering the vehicle, please to make the air pressure reach the correct When driving a stuck vehicle, do not
make sure that all people have left to value. push the vehicle back and forth to let it
4 3 avoid any injury due to the vehicle Remember to install the valve cork, otherwise move if there is people or object near the
descending. the dust and moisture will enter the valve core vehicle, because the vehicle, when it is
2 ● Immediately use a torque wrench with and may cause a leakage. In case the valve being pushed, will suddenly move
120N•m torque to screw down the wheel cork is lost, immediately replace a new one. forwards or backwards after escaping
7. Reinstall all wheel nuts nuts after replacing the wheel. Otherwise, from the trap, which may cause an injury
Store all tools, jack and flat tires properly Trailering from the back
When reinstalling the wheel nuts (the the nuts will become loose and cause the to the people or damage to objects
wheel to fall off, and then cause a serious around.
wedge-shaped end facing inward), screw After wheel replacement, use the torque
8. Completely lower the vehicle and accident.
down the nuts to full, push the wheel inward wrench to screw down the wheel nuts to the
screw down the wheel nuts to fall off and bring severe accidents. In
to see if it can be further screwed down. torque value regulated in Chapter 8. The flat
case of oil or lubricant on the bolt or nut,
Warning Rotate the jack knob counter-clockwise to clean them out. tires should be repaired by the professional
lower the vehicle. personnel.
Do not apply oil or lubricant onto the bolt
or nut, because that may cause the nut to Only the wheel nut wrench can be used to Warning Use a platform truck
be screwed down over-tightly and even
screw down the nuts. No use of other tools
damage the bolt. The nut will become Before driving, make sure that all tools,
loose for that, which will cause the wheel or any other lever except your hands. Make
sure that the wrench has been tightly set jack and flat tires are fixed at the storage
to fall off and bring severe accidents. In place to reduce the possibility of
case of oil or lubricant on the bolt or nut, on the nuts.
personal injury in case of emergent brake
clean them out. or collision.
Screw down the nuts according to the
102 103
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN

Urgent trailering
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
The application of proper trailering In case of a need for trailering, the LIFAN
equipments during trailering process will service station are recommended to handle Note Note
Warning
ensure no damage to the vehicle. that for you.
Special care should be taken when Only use the special towing cable or In case that the engine does not run, the
Wrong towing methods will cause damage In case that a trailer company can not be trailering a vehicle. Avoid abrupt starting chain and fasten them at the towing power assisting device of the brake and
to the vehicle. Mistakes may always occur found during an urgent trouble, you can or unstable driving operation, because pothook. steering gear will not work. Therefore, it
although most of towing personnel are fasten the towing cable or chain at the
these will cause huge pressure on the is much difficult than usual to carry out
familiar with the correct methods. urgent towing pothook and trailer the
urgent towing pothook and towing cable Before trailering, release the parking brake and the steering and braking.
Therefore, the following precautions must vehicle temporarily. Extra care must be paid
be abided by to protect the vehicle from during trailering. or chain. The pothook and towing cable turn the shift knob to the neutral position. And
damage. or chain may be broken and then cause the key should be at “I” (engine closed) or “II”
Note severe injury to people or damage to the (engine running).
Front
Precaution measures for trailering: vehicle.
● Only the specified towing pothook can
All trailering should use a safety chain
be used, otherwise the vehicle may be
system and abide by the laws of the damaged.
state/province or municipality and the local
● Do not trailer the vehicle backwards in
government. The wheels and axle case of four wheels on ground; otherwise
contacting the ground should be at a good the vehicle may be damaged.
state. In case of any damage, apply a
platform truck.
The driver must sit in the vehicle for driving
and operating the brake.
This trailering way can be used only on hard
ground at low speed for a short distance.
Meanwhile, the wheel, axles, transmission
system, steering wheel and brake must be
Back at a good state.

104 105
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Anti-corrosive on Vehicle Body
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Chapter 5 A correct maintenance of the vehicle can The above shows that it is very important to Check the paint and trims: In case of any
protect it from corrosion for long. keep the vehicle clean as much as possible, fragment or crack on the paint layer, please
especially the bottom of the vehicle body, and immediately go to the service station of LIFAN for
Most common causes for vehicle corrosion:
Anti-corrosive and Outer Maintenance of the Vehicle repair the damaged paint and protection layers repair to prevent corrosion. In case of fragment
as soon as possible. or crack falling off the metal surface, please go to
●The underside of vehicle is covered with salt
the service station of LIFAN for repair.
Anti-corrosive on vehicle body…………………………………………………107 and alkali, dust and moisture. Follow the rules below to prevent LF320
Vehicle cleaning and waxing……………………………………………………108 ● Protective paint cover scratched by a light from corrosion: Check the inner vehicle compartment: The
collision or stone and grit. moisture and dust covering the floor mat will
Inner cleaning……………………………………………………………………109 Always clean the vehicle: A regular cleaning cause corrosion. Please always check the place
It is essential to take an extra care in case of may keep the vehicle body clean. Please abide under the mat and make sure it is dry. Take an
living in a special region or operating the by the following rules to avoid corrosion. extra care during the transportation of chemicals,
vehicle under special environment. cleanser, fertilizer, salt and other materials which
● Clean the running part of the vehicle at least should be transported by proper containers. In
● The salt and alkali or dust with chemical once each month to avoid corrosion in case of case of any spill or leakage, please immediately
materials on the road will accelerate the driving on the road with salt and alkali in winter clean and keep it dry.
corrosion. Even in the coastal area or industrial or at coastal areas.
pollution region, there is still salinity in the air. Application of mudguard: The mudguard can
● High-pressure or steam is very effective for protect the vehicle in case of driving in salty and
●A high humidity will accelerate the corrosion, cleaning the chassis and wheel cover. It is hard alkali region or on gravel roads. It is better if the
especially in case of a temperature barely to see all the slurry and dirt in those two places. mudguard is bigger and closer to the ground.
above zero. Therefore, an extra attention must be paid. It
will cause more serious danger in case of only Park the vehicle in a fully-ventilated garage
● A certain part of the vehicle being wet or roughly moistening but not cleaning the slurry or a place with roof. Do not park it in a damp
damp for a long time will be corroded, although and chips. The drain holes of door lower brim, and airproof garage. The garage will become
other parts keep dry. doorsill plate and the vehicle frame must not be damp due to cleaning vehicle in it or the vehicle
obstructed by dust; otherwise the seeper in driving through a seeper or snow road, resulting
●A high room temperature will cause corrosion in corrosion. Although the garage is very dry,
those parts will cause corrosion;
to the vehicle components which can not get bad ventilation will also cause corrosion to a
dry fast due to the lack of correct ventilation. ●Completely clean the chassis after winter. damp vehicle.

106 107
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Vehicle cleaning and waxing
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Cleaning LF320 Note containing abrasive. Warning from the manufacturer carefully; the chrome you should turn the front wheel to make it
plating and paint surface both need contact with the edge of the road, so that the
Clean the car in normal way. Be careful not to hurt your hands when Asphaltum: Clean it by turpentine or the No using organism (petrol, kerosene, polishing and waxing too. vehicle can’t slip. Please use the parking
cleaning the underside of the floor or the cleanser labeled no harm to the paint. naphtha or strong dissolvent);
The following cases will cause the paint chassis. brake. If necessary, a sleeper should be
otherwise, poisoning or damage will be placed under the wheel.
layer to fall off or result in corrosion to the Note
vehicle body and components. Please caused.
1. Wash away the loose dirt by a water pipe,
immediately clean the vehicle and repair and wash away all the slurry on the vehicle Warning In case redoing the waxing and parking ● Cleaning the vehicle or driving through
that. bottom and depressed part of the wheel or the vehicle in a painting workroom at deep water may wet the brake. Check
Do not install the seriously damaged Waxing of LF320 high temperature, take off the plastic
the salt and alkali on the road. whether the brake is normal under a safe
●Driving in the coastal region plastic wheel trims; otherwise, the bumper; otherwise, it will be damaged
Polishing and waxing for the vehicle body is due to the high temperature. condition, if the wet brake causes braking
2. Clean the vehicle with neutral washer wheel trims will fly off the wheel and
recommended for maintaining a shining abnormally, you can use the parking brake,
● Driving on the road covered with fluid. The mixture of washer fluids should be cause an accident during driving.
antifreeze carried out according to the instructions of outlook of the vehicle. drive carefully and tread the brake lightly at
● Please drive slowly against the wind to the same time. If you can’t brake normally
the manufacturer. Dip a soft cloth with
● Stuck by coal tar, resin, ornithocopros washer fluid and wipe away the dirt by suds 3 . Wa s h a w a y t h e s u d s c o m p l e t e l y ; A waxing should be implemented for once control the vehicle easier. still, please stop the vehicle and contact the
and dead insects and clean water. Do not wipe it forcefully. otherwise, it will become speckles when it is each month or anytime when the vehicle
● Be slowly when you drive on the street service station of LIFAN for help.
dry. In case of cleaning in summer, clean surface can not be well water-resistant.
● Driving in a region with a great deal of Plastic wheel trims: The plastic wheel trims each part with clean water correctly. with stones, and if possible, keep the right
soot, coal ash, dust, scrap iron or chemical are easily damaged by organism. In case of 1. Before waxing, do wash the vehicle first angle to avoid driving on the road with
materials any organism spattering on the trim, do 4. Use a clean soft towel to dry the vehicle a n d d r y i t s b o d y, e v e n i f u s i n g t h e sharp-high objects or other obstructions; or
wipe it away by clean water and check if the body to avoid water marks. Do not wipe or compound of cleanser and car wax. the tyre will be damaged abnormally.
●Being evidently dirtied by dust and slurry trim is damaged. press the vehicle forcefully; otherwise the
paint surface will be damaged. 2. Use high-quality polish agent and car ● Please drive slowly when driving at the
Manual cleaning of LF320 Aluminum-quality wheel: Only use
neutral suds or neutral washer fluids. wax. In case that the car polishing has rough roads; or the tyre or wheel will be
Clean the vehicle after its body feels not hot seriously effloresced, use the cleaning damaged badly.
in a shady place. Plastic bumper: Take care of cleaning the polish agent separately from waxing. Follow
bumper. No wiping it with washer fluid the instructions and precaution measures ● If the vehicle is parked on the hillside,

108 109
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Inner Cleaning
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Note Seat belt A/C control plate, acoustics, dashboard, Leather trims inside the vehicle body Note
control plate and switch
Do not clean the inner floor by water or The seat belt can be cleaned by neutral The leather trims can be cleaned by neutral ● The nylon brush or synthetic fiber
make water flow into the floor when suds or lukewarm water. Clean them with a moist soft cloth. cleanser applied to woolen textiles. cloth will scratch the good texture on
cleaning the inner or outer vehicle. Water the leather surface
Use sponge or soft cloth for cleaning. Do Moisten a clean soft cloth in water or Wipe the dust by a soft cloth immersed with ● Dirty leather trim will produce
may enter the carpet (or mat) or the
check if the belt is excessively worn, lukewarm water, and then wipe away the solution with 5% neutral cleanser applied to mildew. Be extremely careful to avoid
acoustics components or other electrical
frazzled or has shear mark. dust lightly. woolen textiles. And then wipe away the oil stain and always keep the trim clean.
components on and below the carpet and ● A long-time exposure to the
residual cleanser completely by a clean
cause a malfunction, and even result in sunshine will result in surface
Note Note moist cloth.
corrosion on the vehicle. hardening or shrinkage of leather.
●The seat belt should not be cleaned by a ● No using organism (dissolvent, In case of any moistened part of the leather Therefore, park the vehicle at a shady
kerosene, alcohol, petrol etc.) or acid and or after cleaning, clean it with a clean cloth place, especially in summer
staining agent or bleaching agent which
Carpet alkali solution, which will result in fading, and lay it at a ventilated and shady place for ● Since the temperature of the inner
will weaken the strength of the belt.
drying. vehicle becomes high easily in hot
●No using the belt before it is dry. staining or peeling of the surface.
Clean the carpet with high-quality foam summer, you should avoid placing any
washer fluid. ● Confirm that the components do not Note object made of vinyl plastic, plastic or
Door and window have the above-stated materials in case material containing wax, because these
Use a dust collector to wipe away the dust of using cleanser or polish agent. ● In case that the dirt can not be wiped objects will stick to the leather under a
possibly. There is various foam washer The door and window can be cleaned by any ● Do not spatter the fluid into the inner away by the neutral cleanser, a cleanser high temperature.
fluids for use. Some is stored in an aerosol cleanser for home-use surface of the vehicle in case of using a not containing organic solvent can be ● A wrong cleaning of the leather trim
can; others are powder or fluids which new-type washer fluid, because it may applied. will result in color fading or stain.
produce foams when mixed with water. Note contain the above-stated components. ● No using organism such as naphtha,
Clean the carpet by a sponge or brush alcohol, petrol or acid and alkali solution In case of any question about cleaning,
Clean all the spattered fluid immediately
immersed with foams. Wipe it in a circle Take care not to scratch or damage the please contact with the special repair
in the above-stated way. for cleaning the leather, because these
way. heating wire or connectors when station or local sales service store of LIFAN.
materials will result in color fading.
cleaning the inside of rear window.

110 111
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Chapter 6 Maintenance Whether the Vehicle Needs to Be Repaired?
Maintenance Instructions It is important and necessary to carry out Where to get maintenance? Pay attention to the change in performance
a regular maintenance. and sound of the vehicle. Some important
Routine maintenance must be done in the cases as below:
Maintenance………………………………………………………………………113 LIFAN strongly advises you to carry out a repair station of LIFAN.
regular maintenance according to the ● The engine misfires, is unstable or
Whether the Vehicle Needs to Be Repaired…………………………………113 maintenance scheme, which will be helpful All the technicians in authorized repair sounds bang noise
for: station of LIFAN have received professional ● Power decreases evidently
trainings in LIFAN Automobile before ● Abnormal noise from engine
● Saving fuel practices. They know about the latest ● Oil and water leakage under the vehicle
● Extending the service life of the vehicle service information of technology (the drip from the A/C is normal)
● Enjoying the fun in driving magazine, maintenance guidance and the ● Change in exhaust sound (That may be
● Safe driving inner training scheme of agents. due to the leakage of dangerous CO. Drive
● Stable traveling with the window open and immediately
● Meeting the guarantee regulation A u t h o r i z e d r e p a i r s t a t i o n o f L I FA N check the exhaust system)
● Conform to the government regulations contributes a great deal of capital to provide ● Leakage of tire; excessive tire noise
special tools and maintenance equipments when turning; uneven tire wear
L I FA N c a r h a s b e e n d e s i g n e d f o r for all styles of LIFAN vehicles. That will be ● The vehicle pulls to one side during a
economical driving and maintenance. Many greatly helpful for accomplishing the straight-line running on flat ground.
maintenance items required before are not maintenance work and reducing the ● Abnormal noise relevant with the
needed now or not needed as much as expense. movement of suspension equipments
before. The maintenance must be carried ● Ineffective brake; stepping on the brake
out according to the maintenance scheme Authorized LIFAN service station provides pedal or clutch pedal feels like on a sponge;
to guarantee the vehicle operating at the reliable and economical maintenance the pedal nearly contacts the floor; the
best running efficiency. service for all vehicles according to the vehicle pulls to one side when braking
maintenance scheme.

112 113
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
● Continuously high temperature of engine
coolant
Chapter 7
Self-maintenance
In case of any case described above,
immediately contact the authorized repair
station of LIFAN. The vehicle maybe needs Engine Compartment Appearance……………………………………………116
adjusting or repair.
Notes for Maintenance DIY……………………………………………………117
Warning Alignment of Jack………………………………………………………………119

No continuing to drive an unchecked


vehicle; otherwise, that may cause
damage to the vehicle and injury to
persons.

114 115
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Engine Compartment Appearance Notes for Maintenance DIY
1. Power steering fluid reservoir To carry out maintenance DIY, it is Warning ignition switch is turned on, if the
1 2 3 4 2. Oil filler cap necessary to do as per correct
temperature of engine coolant rises or
3. Brake fluid reservoir procedures in this section. ● When engine runs, hands, clothes
and tools should be far away from the the A/C is turned on, the electrical
4. Coolant reservoir
running fan and engine belt. (Better to cooling fan of engine will run
5. Fuse and relay box Be careful, incorrect or incomplete
6. Battery maintenance work will lead to operation take off things like ring, watch and automatically.
7. Oil dipstick trouble. tie.) ● When disposing the battery, be
8. Windshiled washer fluid reservoir ● When the car has exactly finished a especially careful, for the battery
This section is just for some maintenance driving, the temperature of engine contains corrosive electrolyte.
work which is easy to carry out for users. As c o m p a r t m e n t — e n g i n e , r a d i a t o r, ●When the car is only jacked by body
mentioned in Chapter 6, some items should exhaust pipe, power-assisted steering jack, people don’t come under the car,
be carried out by professional technicians fluid storage tank, spark plug etc. is do support the car with support frame
using special tools. or other strong strut.
very high. So be careful not to touch.
During maintenance work, be especially ●Whether working above or below the
The temperature of oil, coolant and
careful to avoid incidental injuries. The car, goggles are to be worn, for
spark plug is also very high.
following prevention measures should be avoiding falling or dropping articles
abided by especially. ● If the engine is too heated, then
don’t take off the radiator cap or loose and spattering fluid.
the drainage plug, for avoiding burns.
● Never leave behind such flammable
articles as paper, cloth in the engine
compartment.
● Before working around the grille
plate of cooling fan or radiator, it is
8 7 6 5 necessary to make sure that the
ignition switch is turned off. When the
116 117
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Vehicle Lift
Note ● When closing the engine hood, Note

● Both battery and ignition coil bear check whether there is anything like Strictly prohibit from jacking the car at
high current or voltage. Be careful to tools, cloth etc left behind the engine
the place of engine, transmission, rear
prevent accidents resulting in short compartment.
axle or front axle, etc, or it will result in
circuit. serious damage.
● Prevent any miscellany from
dropping into the spark plug hole.
● Strictly prohibit from prying the
outer electrode beside the central
electrode of spark plug.
● Only use the spark plug of
designated model.
● No overfill the power-assisted
steering fluid, or the power-assisted
steering will be damaged.
●If the brake fluid is overflowing, it is
necessary to clean it with water, for
avoiding damaging components or
paint coat. Make sure that the liftadjustable arm locates under the correct position as shown in the
illustration;
● Strictly prohibit from driving when
the air cleaner is taken off, or it will Removable lift
result in excessive wear of engine. Thesupport position should be in accord with the position as shown in the illustration.
● Be careful not to scratch the To avoid damage of body, add rubber attachment, if necessary.
windshield by the wiper.
118 119
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Daily Maintenance Chapter 7-2 Check the oil level
Note Check the engine coolant level
Low level High level

Noted that not drop any oil on the When the engine is under cooling state, check
Engine and Chassis the coolant level in the Coolant reservoir, if it is
components of the car.
between the marking lines of “FULL” and
Check the oil level………………………………………………………………121 If the oil level is below or just a little above “LOW”, it conforms to the requirements. If the
Check the engine coolant level………………………………………………121 the low level, it is necessary to fill the oil of oil level is on the low side, it is necessary to fill
the same type. coolant. (For the type of engine coolant, refer to
Check the radiator and condenser……………………………………………122 the “selection of coolant type” below.)
The coolant level in the Coolant reservoir will
Check the tire pressure…………………………………………………………122 To fill Correct Overfilled
Take off the oil filler cap, fill small quantities
change along with the temperature variation,
of oil every time and check the oil rule.
Check and replace the tire………………………………………………………122 however, if the level is at or below the “LOW”
line, it is necessary to fill coolant, to make the
Install tire chain…………………………………………………………………123 When the engine is under working When the oil level reaches the right range,
level reach the “FULL” line.
temperature, shut down the engine, put on the filler cap and screw it down.
After filling coolant, if the level of coolant
Tires replacement………………………………………………………………124 check the oil level with oil rule. declines within a short time, then some leakage
Note
Notes for aluminums alloy wheel………………………………………………126 exists in the system. It is necessary to check
1. To obtain correct reading, it is necessary the radiator, hose, radiator cap, drain plug and
to park the car at flat ground, shut down the ● Avoid overfilling, or the engine will be water pump.
engine and wait for several minutes, let the damaged. If no leakage is found, it is necessary to test the
oil gather at the bottom of engine. ● When the filling is finished, recheck the oil cap pressure and check whether there is any
2. Pull out the oil rule and clean its end. level on the oil rule. leakage at the LIFAN service station.
3. Insert the oil rule again, and try to stick it ●Insufficient oil will cause under-pressure of
to the bottom, or else the reading is engine oil, resulting in poor lubrication,
inaccurate. Warning
bringing about intensified wear and poor
4. Pull out the oil rule and check the oil
cooling of engine, causing frequent troubles To avoid burns, when the engine is at hot
level.
and affecting the service life of engine. condition, don’t take off the radiator cap.

120 121
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Check the tire pressure Check the tire
Coolant selection Check the radiator and condenser Maintain a correct tire pressure. When checking the tire pressure, it is
Warning
necessary to abide by the following
Only use the coolant designated by LIFAN. When either radiator or condenser has For the recommended cold tire pressure Maintain a correct tire pressure, or instructions:
It is necessary to fill proper type of coolant already extremely dirty or their condition and tire size, refer to Chapter 8. else, the following circumstances or
into the cooling system as per the ambient can’t be made sure, it is necessary to even serious injuries will occur. ●Check the tire pressure only when the car
temperature. Vehicle brought to be checked and repaired It is necessary to check the tire pressure is cold. Only when the car has been parked
at service station of LIFAN. once every two weeks or at least every for at least 3h or drives less than 1.5km, can
Note Low tire pressure (insufficient charge)
month. Don’t forget to check the pressure of the reading of tire pressure be correct.
spare tire. ●Excessive wear
Don’t use clean water. ● Do use tire pressure gauge, since to
Note ●Supernormal wear
judge the tire pressure by experience may
To avoid burns, when the engine is under Incorrect tire pressure will lead to oil waste, ●Hard to control lead to error. Although the variation of tire
Use of improper coolant will damage the
hot condition, be careful not to touch the lowered driving comfort, shortened tire ● Leakage resulting from overheated pressure may be tiny, it will also reduce the
cooling system of engine.
radiator or condenser. service life and lowered driving safety. tire driving comfort and operating stability. Check the tire
For details, contact the service station of
LIFAN. ● Weakened sealing performance at ● After driving, don’t deflate the tire or
If the tire needs to be charged too the hoop of tire reduce the tire pressure randomly. The tire The wear indicating mark is used to help
Note
Warning frequently, it is necessary to demand pressure after driving is always high, which check the tire tread. If it is observed, it is
● Deformed wheel and/or tire
To avoid the damage of radiator and service station of LIFAN for checking. is normal. necessary to replace the tire.
condenser, don’t carry out operation by separation
It is necessary to obtain enough coolant ● Make sure the valve cork is installed.
for the cooling system to ensure the yourself. The tire of LF320 is embedded with wear
Without valve cork, dust or moisture will
normal operation of engine, or “boiling” High tire pressure (overcharge) indicating mark for indicating the time for tire
enter the valve core, and result in leakage.
of car will occur. When the engine is ●Hard to control If the valve cork is lost, it is necessary to replacement. When the wear depth of tire
working under overheated condition, the ● The central of tread pattern is over tread reaches 1.6mm or less, the wear
service life will be affected, so much as install a new one.
worn indicating mark may be seen. If there is wear
resulting in bad accidents like engine
●The hard part of road will more likely indicating mark between two or more adjacent
scraping.
cause tire damage. pattern grooves, it is necessary to replace the
tire. The thinner the tire tread is, the greater

122 123
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Tires replacement
the risk or slipping and tire burst is. Replacement of tires No using any old tire on Lf320. abnormally worn due to the incorrect tire Warning
pressure, improper wheel alignment and
If damages like cut, rupture, crack which In case of replacing the tire, use a tire of the It is very dangerous to use tires without unbalanced wheel or frequent braking. ● When using tire chain, the driving
is so deep that cord fabric is exposed, same specification and model with the replaced clear identification. speed should not exceed 50km/h or the
and bulging occur to the tire, which one and whose carrying capacity is equal to or Install tire chain lower speed limit specified by the tire
indicates the inner damage of tire, it is larger than that of a common one. You are advised to replace the four tires chain manufacturer.
necessary to replace the tire. at the same time, or two front tires or two Selection of tire chain ● When using tire chain, be careful in
Use of a tire of any other model will cause a driving to note the ridge, hole and sharp
rear ones at least.
If tire leakage is frequently experienced or the serious impact to the vehicle driving and riding, Use the tire chain of correct size. turn of the road, which may result in the
calibration of the speedometer/odometer, jump of car.
size and location of cut and other damages Refer to “If the Tire Leaks” in Chapter 4 for The use rules of tire chain will change
are not proper for correct repair, then it is ground clearance and the space between the ● When using tire chain, avoid sudden
steps of tire replacement. according to different places or roads,
vehicle body and the tire or the tire chain. turn or wheel lock brake, which may
necessary to replace the tire. If you’re not therefore, make sure the local rules before bring about bad effect to the operation of
sure, contact service station of LIFAN. Keep the wheels balanced when installing the tire chain. the car.
If leakage occurs in driving, don’t drive any Warning replacing tires.
Installation of tire chain ● When the car is installed with tire
more, because just a little more driving will You are recommended to exchange the tires
Follow the instructions below; otherwise, a chain, the driver should be careful to
cause unrepairable damages. Unbalanced wheels will effect the vehicle after each mileage of 10,000km so as to decelerate before making a turn, for
serious injury or even death will be caused. maintain the same wear of the tires and Try to install the tire chain at the front tires
operation and the service life of the tires. as tight as possible. Don’t use tire chains at avoiding losing the control over the car,
If any tire serves more than 6 years, ● Radial tire, bias belted tire and The wheels may loose balance in case of a extend their service life. However, the or accident will occur.
proper time for that should be determined rear tires. After driving for 0.5-1.0km, tighten
although no obvious damage is seen, it is diagonal-ply tire can not be mixed in a normal use. Therefore, carry out a regular the tire chain again.
necessary to be checked by professional vehicle; otherwise a typical operation according to the habit of the driver and also
check-up to keep them balanced. the road conditions.
technicians. danger will be resulted in and then cause When installing the tire chain to the tire, be
the vehicle to lose control. The air valves must be replaced with new Refer to “If the Tire Leaks” in Chapter 4 for careful to abide by the guidance of the tire
Although the tire is unused or seldom used, chain manufacturer.
● Do not use any tire with a size not ones in case of a tire replacement. steps of tire replacement.
the aging will lead to quality decline. recommended by LIFAN; otherwise a
Check if there is uneven wear and damage on When the wheel house is used, it may be
These are suitable to spare tires as well. typical operation danger will be resulted in
the tires when exchanging them. The tire will be scratched by the tire chain, so it is necessary to
and then cause the vehicle to lose control. take off the wheel house before installing the
tire chain.
124 125
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Replace wheel
Chapter 7-3
When to replace the wheel ground and the space between the tire or Notes for aluminum alloy wheel Daily Maintenance
tire chain and the vehicle body and chassis.
If there are damages like twist, crazing or Don’t use old wheels for replacement, because ● The car installed with aluminum wheels,
severe corrosion in the wheel, it is necessary these wheels may be treated or serve a long after the initial 2,000km, it is necessary to
Electrical components
to make a replacement. mileage, and may go wrong without any warning. check whether the nut is screwed.
Meanwhile, the twisted wheels having undergone Check the battery…………………………………………………………………128
If don’t replace the damaged wheel, then alignment always have structural damages, so ● In case of the exchange, repair or
the tire may separate from the wheel or it don’t use them either. Don’t use the inner tube replacement of tires, check whether the nut
Check and replace fuse …………………………………………………………129
will make the car lose control. specially designed for tires without inner tube is screwed after driving for 2,000km.
inside a flat tire.
Selection of wheel ● When using the tire chain, be careful not
to damage the aluminum alloy wheel.
Warning
In case of replacing the wheel, be sure to
use a wheel of the same specification Since wheels of different sizes will cause ● Only use the wheel nut and wrench
and model with the replaced one. typical operation danger which in turn specially designed for aluminum wheel.
makes the car lose control, therefore, do
The service station of LIFAN can carry out not use any wheel with a size not ●When using the tire chain to adjust the wheel
correct wheel replacement. recommended by the manufacturer. balance, only use balancer or tools equal to it
Otherwise, accident will occur. and plastic hammer or rubber hammer.
Wheels of different sizes or types will bring
about bad effect to the control, service life ● Like all vehicles, it is necessary to check
of wheel and bearing, cooling of brake, whether there is damage of aluminum wheels
calibration of the speedometer/odometer, timely. If damages are found, it is necessary
brake performance, Headlamp aiming, to replace it for a new one immediately.
height of bumper, car height above the

126 127
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Check and replace fuse
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Check the battery Check the external part of battery
Notes
If the Headlamp or other electrical Find out which fuse is in trouble. The circuit name for
Warning Note components don’t work, it is necessary each fuse is identified on the cover of the fuse box.
to check the fuse. If the fuse has been See Chapter 8 for the control function of each circuit.
Notes of battery: ● Before carrying out the maintenance, it
blown, replace it for a new one.
Overcharge of battery will produce is necessary to make sure that the engine Pull out type A fuse with a picker.
flammable and volatile oxygen and and all auxiliary equipment have been Shut down the ignition switch and
hydrogen. shut down. If it is impossible to confirm whether the fuse
corresponding components, and
● To check the battery, it is necessary to has been burned or not, replace the fuses
● When using tools around battery, vertically pull out the possible blown
possible in trouble
sparks are to be prevented. take off the ground cable connected to fuse for check.
Good Blow out
● Don’t light a cigarette or fire around the negative terminal (“一 ” marking) Install new fuse for the jacket if the old fuse has
battery. first and install it last. been burned.
● Don’t let children approach to ● Be careful, do not cause short circuit Type A
Install the fuse with the amperage specified on
battery. when using tools.
the cover of the fuse box.
● To clean the battery, be careful not to
Check whether there is any corrosion or let the washing liquid enter the battery If the specified fuse is not available, the fuse with
loose joint, crazing or loose hold-down case. relatively low amperage should be adopted.
of battery.
However, the fuse with lower amperage than the
a. If the battery joint has been corroded, it is specified amperage may be burned again, which
necessary to clean it with the mixture of is not an essential problem. Renew correct fuse
warm water and saleratus. Lubricate the as soon as possible, and place the temporary
Good Blow out
outside of joint with grease to prevent fuse back to the original jacket.
further corrosion.
b. If the connection of joints is loosened, Prepare a set of spare fuse in your car for
screw the nut. emergent application.
Type B

128 129
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320 Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Chapter 8
The electrical system may have trouble if Maintenance specification
the renewed fuse is burned immediately.
Then, go to the repair station of LIFAN for
maintenance.
Maintenance specification………………………………………………………132
Warning
Using the fuse with overhigh amperage
or making any other subject as the fuse
is forbidden. Otherwise, serious damage
or fire may occur.

130 131
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD. LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Maintenance Specification
Owner’s Manual LIFAN
320
Type and Amount for Fluid Filled

Oil level
S/N Item Amount Specification & Type API SG level or above
Amount 3.2L
Recommended viscosity
Brak fluid (without ABS) 0.5L

1 DOT4
Brak fluid (ABS) 0.6L

2 Coolant 7.0L Lucent -30℃

Expected temperature range before


3 Transmission oil 1.8L SAE85W/90 API GL -4 level
the next change of oil
Dimension of tire
ESSO ATF.D2 165/70R14
4 Steering fluid 1.0L
Pressure of the tire kPa
Front/rear 230/230
120N·m
5 Fuel 37L 93# or above Gasoline without lead Wheel nut torque N.m (kgf.m)
120N·m

6 A/C refrigerant 480g R134a

132
LIFAN INDUSTRY(GROUP) IMP, & EXP. CO., LTD.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

LIFAN320 Service Manual

Chongqing LIFAN Industry (Group) Imp. & Exp. Co., Ltd.


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Foreword

LF7132 Service Manual on common treatment of troubles is to help you correctly use and
maintain your beloved sedan.
This manual, with illustrative figures and easy-going words, thoroughly introduces the
structure features, use and maintenance of LF320 sedan, which will be a good guide for wide
users and maintenance technicians. Meanwhile, LF7132 Spare Parts List will also be referred
if necessary. For any questions and doubts, please do not hesitate to contact the service
stations of Chongqing Lifan Passenger Vehicle Co., Ltd.
The figures, notes, specifications etc. contained in this manual will take effect as of the date
of printing, which can be modified and terminated at any moment by Chongqing Lifan
Passenger Vehicle Co., Ltd. without any notice in advance.
Any comment on anything improper in the manual shall be preferred, and no responsibility on
anything improper shall be undertaken by Chongqing Lifan Passenger Vehicle Co., Ltd.
Without a permit from Chongqing Lifan Passenger Vehicle Co., Ltd., any unit or individual
shall not be allowed to duplicate, store, or distribute any part of the manual in any form or by
any method.
Great appreciation for your support!
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Contents
1
Part I Introduction
Chapter I Vehicle Overview 2

Chapter II Main Technical Parameters of LF320 Sedan 5

Chapter III LIFAN Vehicle Maintenance Rules 13

22
Part II Engine Maintenance
Chapter I Mechanical Part 23

Section I Check and Adjustment of Carbon Monoxide Concentration 23


Section II Compression Pressure Check 25
Section III Valve Clearance Check and Adjustment 27
Section IV Idle Speed Check and Adjustment 36
Section V Timing Belt Check and Adjustment 37
Section VI Cylinder Head 50
Section VII Cylinder Body 95
Chapter II Cooling System 128

Section I Coolant 128


Section II Water Pump 130
Section III Thermostat 138
Section IV Electrical Cooling Fan 141
Section V Cooling Fan Relay 144
Chapter III Lubrication System 145

Section I Engine Oil and Fuel Filter 145


Section II Engine Oil Pump 148
Chapter IV Exhaust Gas Emission Control 155

Section I Overview 155


Section II PCV System 156
Section III IEVAP Control System 158
Chapter V Electric Parts 160

Section I Electronic Fuel Injection (EFI) System 160


Section II Electronic Control System 161
Section III Ignition System 171
Section IV Start-up System 176
Section V Discharge System 182

Chapter VI Electronic Injection System 202

Section I Introduction 202


Section II Part Structure and Performance 204
Section III Steps for Trouble Diagnosis with DTC 219
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Section IV Steps for Trouble Diagnosis Based on Engine Symptom 226
Section V Security Items for System Maintenance 243

Chapter VII Three Way Catalytic Reaction System 244

246
Part III Chassis Maintenance
Chapter I Suspension 247

Section I Introduction 247

Chapter II Axle, Wheel and Tire 257

Section I Brief Introduction of Axle, Wheel and Tire 257

Section II Common Problems and Recovery of Axle, Wheel and Tire 262

Section II Axle Overhauling 265

Section IV Application and Maintenance of Wheel 271

Section V Inspection and Adjustment to Wheel Location 273

Chapter III Steering System 276

Section I Configuration and Technique Parameter of Steering System 276

Section II Overhauling and Problem Detection of Steering System 280

Chapter IV Brake System 288

Section I Brake System Composition 288

Section II Brake System Common Fault and Fault Elimination 294

Section III Brake System Check and Repair 297

Section IV Maintenance and Adjustment of Brake System 304

Chapter V ABS Anti-lock Brake System (Optional) 310


Section I Composition of ABS 310

Section II Principle of ABS 311

Section III Removal and Installation of ABS 313

Section IV Fault Diagnosis and Troubleshooting 316

339
Part IV Electrical System Maintenance
Chapter I Electrical System 340

Section Ⅰ System Principle 340

Section Ⅱ Battery 351

Section III BCM System 356

Chapter II Composition and Principle of Instrument Cluster 361


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Chapter III Air Bag 367

Section I Composition and Arrangement 367

Section II Working Principle 370

Section III Air Bag Repair Safety Rules 371

Section IV Diagnosis & Fault Elimination 373

Section V Removal and Installation 379

Chapter IV Vehicle Air Conditioning System 382

Section I Structure and Principle of Air Conditioning System 383

Section II Air Conditioner Control System 388

Section III Air Conditioner Fault Diagnosis 390

Section IV Air Conditioning System Diagnosis Repair and Maintenance 396

Chapter V Overall Lamps 399

Chapter VI Charge system 404

416
Part V Transmission Maintenance
430
Part VI Vehicle Body Service
Chapter I Vehicle Body 431

Section I Structure and Features of Vehicle Body 431

Section II Vehicle Body Repair Tools 434

Section III Vehicle Part Repair 437

Section IV Touch-up Paint 443

Section V Size of Vehicle Body 444

Chapter II Screen Wiper and Washer 448


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Part I Introduction
Chapter I Vehicle Overview
With the advantages of good power nature, commodious internal space and comfortable ride, LF320 sedans
reflect the people-oriented design tenet. Compared with domestic similar vehicles, LF320 sedans have the
advantages of complete vehicle technology and performance leader. It has strong market competitiveness
for its comfortable ride and favorable price.

I. Shape: a new fashion design, smooth appearance, and low air resistance coefficient.
Body: it has a bearing-type body which has passed the frontal crash test and the inspection by state test
institutions.

II. Inner and outer trims:


1. Dash board, inner and outer trims and lamps are made of new technology and new material.
2. Air conditioning system: it fully reflects the man-machine engineering, air evenly and quietly. The air
filter provides clean fresh air.

III. Power transmission system:


1. The power assembly adopts LF479Q3 engine. The layout of the power assembly adopts horizontal
front-wheel drive.
2. Hanging clutch pedal body, mechanical clutch control system and diaphragm-dry type clutch.
3. With a five-gear manual transmission, the vehicle has a reliable performance.

IV. Chassis
1. The front suspension adopts a Mcpherson independent suspension with a horizontal stabilizer bar, and
the rear suspension adopts a Mcpherson independent suspension with a horizontal stabilizer bar and a
single longitudinal arm.
2. The steering gear adopts hydraulic power gears and racks
3. The front brake is a ventilation disc brake, and the rear brake is a drum brake with proportional valve,
matching ABS and EBD. The brake pedal is of hanging type. The load distribution condition makes
reasonable distribution of front and rear brake force. The parking brake is a mechanical cable drum brake.
4. It adopts 165/70R14 meridian tires, and the wheel rim is 14×5J.

V. Electrical system
The electrical system is designed according to the highest configuration of Lifan, and includes all the
electrical optional parts to cater for the diversified needs of different users, and achieve the control function
of the whole electrical equipment.
Classification of automotive electrical system
1. electronic fan
The electronic fan adopts single-stage and single-fan style.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
2. Power supply start and charge system
The power supply start system mainly includes starter, battery, generator, voltage regulator and so on.
3. Ignition electronic injection system
The electronic injection system uses the multi-point electronic injection system of Sunshine-Tek Company,
and is demarcated by the company. This type has the following components:
Sensor: Intake pressure temperature sensor, throttle position sensor, speed sensor, knock sensor, oxygen
sensor, crankshaft position sensor and water temperature sensor;
Control module: ECU;
Actuator: electric fuel pump, fuel injector, ignition coil and CanCV Canister Control Valve;
Ignition coil: double coil, non-distributor;
Ignition switch: it adopts four-gear combination switch, cooperating with the vehicle door and luggage boot
cover lock.
4. Illumination signal system
Signal system sends the signal of warning and indication to the surrounding environment, mainly including
horns, steering light signal, emergency light switch, reversing and brake light switch, as well as front and
rear fog lights.
5. Instrument system
Instrument cluster includes: engine tachometer, speedometer, fuel gauge and indicator.
Indicators include battery charging indicator, oil pressure indicator, engine fault test indicator, hand brake
indicator, anti-theft indicator, brake shoe abrasion indicator, safety belt indicator, fuel warning indicator,
high bean indicator, steering (emergency) indicator, ABS indicator, door ajar indicator, rear fog light
indicator, and SVS indicator.
Sensors and switches: fuel capacity sensor, oil pressure sensor, speed sensor, hand brake sensor, brake shoe
sensor, safety belt switch, brake fluid level sensor.
6. Auxiliary electrical system
(1) Front and rear windshield wiper system: it is controlled by the combination switch handle, with the
front wiper motor and linkage arranged in the front board panel.
(2) CDMD-X and CD (optional) machine: it is equipped with two speakers and tweeters with regulatory
function. With 4 speakers (installed in the front doors and the retaining plate of column C), the CD is
installed on the instrument board; also it has the functions of radio, disc player and time display. Both
CDMD-X and CD machine have USB interface and accept external player devices.
(3) A cigarette lighter.
(4) Rear windshield defrosting: resistance wire heating style, controlled by switch.
(5) Electric window regulator (optional): four-door layout, and the master control beside the driver and
independent control of right door and window, also the operating switches installed on the handle of the
door.
(6) Central door locks (optional): four-door installed and unified switches, with the remote control function,
mature products to be chosen according to the body structure and shape. The control box is in the central
channel.
(7) Air conditioning system: Otter-86 compressor, with the greatest cooling capacity of 3956Kcal/h. It is
made up of condenser, evaporator, thermostat, sensor, pressure switch, blower and so on. It enjoys good
cooling effect.
7. Safety control system
(1) Air bag (optional);
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Double air bags are arranged on the steering wheel and the dashboard next to the co-driver.
(2) ABS system;
Anti-lock Brake System is called ABS for short. It is a safety device, with the function of preventing
wheels slipping when braking to improve the direction stability, steering control ability and shorten the
braking distance to make braking more safe and effective. And it greatly improves the safety and reliability
on different roads.
(3) Anti-theft system (optional):
The anti-theft system is made up of anti-theft ECU, anti-theft antenna (outside the ignition switch), and
anti-theft chip (installed on the handle of the ignition key). There is a communication wire between
anti-theft ECU and engine ECU. When the ignition key is installed, the antenna will pass the signal of the
ignition key to the anti-theft ECU. If the signal is right, the ignition system will work, or the engine should
not start.
8. Other electrical items
Other electrical items mainly include harness, the central control box, relay, safety gaskets, connectors,
switches, corresponding fixed parts and packs. The use meets the requirements of standard QC/T420-1999
with the function of blown fuse indicator.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Chapter II Main Technical Parameters

I. Basic parameters
Model LF7132
Two compartments, five seats, four
Basic model doors, one cover, and one rear luggage
boot door
Horizontal engine and front wheel
Drive model
drive
Length mm 3745
Appearance
Width mm 1620
size
High (non-loaded) mm 1430
Wheelbase (non-loaded) mm 2340
Wheelbase (full loaded) mm 2345
Front tread (non-loaded) mm 1385
Tread
Rear tread (non-loaded) mm 1365
Front suspension mm 790
Rear suspension mm 615
Approach angle (°) 20
Passability Departure angle (°) 23
parameters Minimum ground clearance mm 135
Minimum turning radius m ≤4.76
Luggage boot cubage L 300
Oil tank cubage L 37
Whole quality kg 900
Shaft load distribution (front/rear) kg 565/335
Fully loaded quality kg 1250
Quality
Shaft load distribution (front/rear) kg 710/540
parameters
Fully loaded shaft load ratio
% 52.6/47.4
(front/rear)
Centroid height (empty/full) mm 558.2/573.9
Maximum speed km/h 155
Acceleration performance (0-100
s 14.5
Performance km/h)
parameters Fuel consumption under constant
L/100km 4.8
velocity driving (90 km/h)
Maximum gradability (%) ≥30
Passengers Person 5

II. Structure forms and performance parameters of main assemblies


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

1. Engine characteristic parameters


Model LF479Q3
Aligned 4 cylinders, 16 valves, water cooling,
From
double-roof camshaft
General
mL 1342
displacement
Cylinder diameter ×
Mm 78.7×69
stroke
Compression
9.3:1
ratio
Maximum
[kW/r/min] 65/6000
power
Maximum
[Nm/r/min] 110/3000~5000
torque
Minimum ratio
g/(kw•h) 270
fuel consumption
Fuel supply
Multi-point electronic fuel injection
mode
Ignition mode Double-coil non-distributor ignition
Length×width×
Mm 1010×605×640
height
2. Forms and parameters of engine accessories and chassis assemblies

Structure
parameter
Model LF7132

Assembly
Exhaust system One three-way catalytic converter and two mufflers
Intake system Intake manifold, air cleaner
Including fuel pump, fuel filter, pressure regulator and accelerator
Fuel supply system
pedal
Cooling system Pipe radiator, electronic fan

Clutch
Monolithic, dry-type, diaphragm spring
Maximum clutch pedal play 116 mm~130mm
Clutch pedal force Clutch pedal force should be less than 300N ruled by GB7258
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Form Manual 5-gear box , mechanic cable control


Transmission
1st gear 3.181
nd
2 .gear 1.842
rd
3 gear 1.25
th
Gear speed ratio 4 gear 0.864
th
5 gear 0.707
Reverse
3.142
gear
Main
Speed ratio 4.266
reducer
Drive
Form 3-pin sliding bush, ball-formed fixed end
shaft
Front suspension Mcpherson independent suspension with a horizontal stabilizer
Suspension
fork bar
fork
Mcpherson independent suspension with a horizontal stabilizer
Rear suspension fork
bar and a single longitudinal arm

3. Body structure form and parameters


Tire types Meridian wheel
wheels and tire steering

Tire spec 165/70R14


Wheel rim spec Steel wheel rim 5J×14
Tire pressure Front and rear: 220kPa
Steering gear model Gear-rack form, hydraulic power assisted steering
Steering equipment External diameter of the steering wheel is ∅380,
non-adjustable column angle
(non-loaded) (full loaded)
Front-wheel extroversion 0°20′±30′ 0°15′±30′
Wheel alignment

Toe-in front wheels 1±2mm 1±2mm


Kingpin inclination 12°00′±30′ 12°30′±30′
Kingpin caster 2°55′±30′ 3°35′±30′
Rear wheel camber -1º±30′ -1°30′±30′
Toe-in rear wheels 6±2mm 6±2mm
Structure model Double hydraulic pipelines with a vacuum booster, optional
Brake system

ABS
Driving brake Front wheels with disc brake, rear wheels with drum brake

Parking brake Mechanic cable, braking rear wheels

4. Electrical system structure and parameter


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Structure
parameter
LF7132
Model

Assembly
Bearing body, two compartments, five seats, four doors, one
Body model
cover, and one rear luggage boot door
All-metal closed structure, hidden A column, undercurrent
White body
launder
Overall frame, 4 doors opened in the same direction, buckle
Body

Door assembly
door locks, anti-collision door beam
Engine hood Open backwards, curved-arm hinge
Cubage about 300 liters, leaf-joined hinge with pneumatic
Luggage boot and hood
support
Front and rear bumpers Injection molded parts
Inner trim Intenerated structure
Intenerated structure, injection molded structure with exterior
Dash board
veins
A, B, C pillar and inner-door shield Injection molded structure with exterior veins

Front windshield: interlayer glass


Windshield
Rear windshield: toughened glass
Inner and outer trims

Outer rearview mirror: left and right are convexity reflector,


Rearview mirror manual/power adjustment
Inner rearview mirror: anti-dizzy mode
Front seat: independent seats, adjustable front-rear seats,
backrest angle and seat head, with seat belts
Seat
Rear seat: not adjustable, non-independent seats with belts,
folded

Structure model Vaporization compression cooling, water warm heating

With knob operation, it can control the airflow direction,


Operation and choose and adjust wind speed, temperature and air
cycle
Air conditioning system

Refrigerant Model R134a, injection added 480g

Compressor model Ortega -86

Maximum cooling capacity (Kcal/h) 3956

Fan flux (㎡/h) 380

Fan noise (dB) ≤78

Magnetic clutch 12V DC ≥48W


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

5. Lubricants, fuel, steering fluid, brake fluid, cooling fluid, A/C refrigerant and capability
Structure
parameter
LF7132
Model
System
Circuit Mongline, negative pole earthing, direct current 12V
Power supply, start and

Integral type, alternating, built-in pressure regulator, spec


Generator
charge system

12V/80A
Starter Magnetic operation (in engine), power 1kW

Electronic fan Single speed single fan

Battery Lead-acid battery without maintenance, capability 45Ah

Headlight (55w, white, 2)


Front combination lamps Position lights (5W, white, 2)
Steering lights (21W, amber, 2, combination switch)
Side steering lights 5W, amber, 2
Front fog lights (55W, white, 2)
Lighting and signal system

Front-rear fog lights and reversing lights Rear fog light/reversing light (21W, red/white, I), switch
on the dashboard
Steering light (21W, amber, 2, combination switch)
Rear combination lamps Brake lamp (21W, red, 2, closing contact switch)
Rear position light (5w, white, 2)

Rear license plate lamp 5W, white, 2

High-mounted brake lamp LBD, red, 1

Interior group roof light 10W, white, 1

Rear luggage boot lamp 5W, white, door control model

Instrument cluster with electronic odometer, including


Instrument cluster
fuel gauge, speedometer, engine tachometer
Instrument system

Include battery charge indicator, oil pressure indicator,


fuel warning indicator, brake liquid level indicator,
engine fault test indicator, hand brake indicator,
Indicator anti-theft indicator, brake shoe abrasion indicator,
safety belt indicator, instrument lighting indicator, high
beam indicator, steering (emergency) indicator, ABS
indicator, and door ajar indicator.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

(Continued)
Structure
parameter
LF7132
Model
System
Auxiliary electric

Include CDMD-X (CD), cigarette lighter, and equipments


system

such like rear defrosting, wiper-washer, remote lock,


anti-theft, air bag and window regulator.

(1) Lubricant

Lubricant Trademark Capability and quality


10W/30 or above
15W/40SG (choosing
Engine Engine oil About 2.7L
trademark according
to different area)
SAE 85w -90
Transmission Hyperboloid gear oil 2.0L
(API GL-4)
Bearing and
button head Lithium base grease 7022 0.34kg
pin

(2) Fuel

Engine model
LF479Q3
Performance index
Fuel type 93# or higher number vehicle-used unleaded gasoline
Fuel tank capability s(L) 37

(3) Steering fluid, brake fluid, cooling fluid, and A/C refrigerant.

Name Trademark Capability and quality


Power steering fluid ESSO ATF.D2 1.0L
Brake fluid DOT 4 0.6/0.5(ABS/not ABS)
Coolant Lucent -30℃ 7L
A/C refrigerant R134a 0.48kg
Windshield cleaning
NFC-60 About 3.0L
solution
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Chapter III LIFAN Vehicle Maintenance


Rules

Notes for regular check and maintenance


If you have abundant basic knowledge of vehicle structure and equipments, you can do the regular check
and maintenance by yourself. If you do that by yourself, please read the following knowledge, instructions
and advices. If you can’t follow the instruction, your vehicle would be damaged or experience some other
dangers.
If you find problems of oil or fluid refilling, components repair and adjustment during checking, you must
refer to repair service center of LIFAN. There would be harm or fault without plentiful knowledge of
vehicle maintenance and technology.
1. Notice for checking preparation and place
● Do not check the vehicle in the place blocking people or traffic. Maybe accidents will arise without
ensuring surrounding safety.
● Do not check the vehicle at an acclivitous place, because it may bring harm for vehicle sliding, or can’t
measure the oil mass and fluid quantity exactly.
● Carry out the check until all wheels stop after parking brake. If you check when parking brake is
incomplete, or wheels do not stop running completely, it may bring accidents for tire slip.
● Jack would be used only when changing tire and installing tire chain, do not use it in checking and
maintenance.
2. Notice for engine compartment check
● Do not check the vehicle when the engine is working. When the engine is in action, you would be injured
if you touch the rotating part of strap or fan. Contact with the spark plug and high voltage wire may cause a
dangerous electric shock.
● Do not check the vehicle when ignition connected or on. In addition, even cooling fan stops, it still starts
again when the temperature of the cooling water is high, and thus causes harm.
● Do not touch high temperature part like exhaust pipe and radiator when the engine stops for a while, or
you may be burned.
● Do not place goods in engine compartment, especially paper, cloth or tinder. If you forget to take them
away, they would be on fire, and very dangerous.
● Do not remove the wiring to avoid fault.

3. Daily maintenance items table


Checking and
Items Order Measures Notice
maintenance content
Engine Whether fluid level is If brake fluid ★Do not drive the vehicle
Braking
compartment between the MAX and level is under when the brake fluid level is
fluid
MIN datum line of fluid or approaches under MIN or brake fluid
quantity
reservoir MIN level, do deceases distinctly.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
contact the ★Air entering brake system
special repair degrades the braking effect,
shop of and brake fluid leakage will
LIFAN as cause accident.
soon as ★Impurity interfused in brake
possible. fluid will affect the braking
effect and cause accidents.
★Do not suck out battery
electrolyte.
★There are deleterious caustic
vitriol in battery, so wrong
operation would lead to
accident.
In case battery electrolyte
sticks to your eye or skin, wash
the affected part with a great
deal of water immediately, and
If the fluid
receive treatment as soon as
level is under
possible.
the level line,
Battery When battery electrolyte
do refer to the
electrolyte level is low, do check all ★If you drink the battery
customers’
amount the six units. electrolyte by accident, drink a
manual or
great deal of water
contact the
immediately, and receive
special repair
treatment as soon as possible.
station.
★When you clean the battery,
do not rub with a dry cloth.
Because it may bring static and
lead to explosion.
★Do not use short-circuit
battery, or approach beacon.
Because it would fire the
combustible gas, and lead to
explosion.

(Continued 1)
Checking and
Items Order Measures Notice
maintenance content
Check the oil before the If the oil level ★Do not inject oil higher than
engine starts or stops for line is lower the high level line, because it
Engine at least 5 minutes. or a little may bring bad effect to the
Engine oil
compartment higher than engine.
After pulling out the oil the low oil ★Do not put impurity into
dipstick, rub it clean and level, inject engine from the oil filler, or it
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
put it to the end and then oil of the may bring bad effect to engine
pull it out. Check same model and damage the engine.
whether the high oil into the ★Do not let oil leak, because
level line and the low engine. it may cause the oil burning
level line is stained with when the temperature of the
oil. engine is high. Rub it
completely in case of leakage.
★Except changing coolant and
renewing coolant when the
engine is too hot; please do not
open the cap of the radiator.
★Don’t let coolant level line
higher than F (upper limit) of
expansion tank. It will bring
After the coolant is bad effect to the engine if the
cooled, check the coolant is not between F and L.
When coolant
coolant quantity of the If the fluid level is lower than
is lacking,
radiator and expansion L, please refill coolant after
renew it with
tank. checking whether the cooling
Coolant antifreeze
Check whether the system is leaking.
quantity G11 to the
coolant measure is ★Please do not refill water, or
upper limit of
between the F(upper the melting point of the coolant
expansion
limit) and L(lower limit) will rise, and the anti-rust
tank.
beside the expansion ability will fall. It will make
tank the coolant ice up and rust
easily.
★Do not make the coolant
leakage in the engine
compartment, or it will damage
the accessories and paint. Even
the hot engine compartment
would be on fire.

(Continued 2)
Checking and maintenance
Items Order Measures Notice
content
★Do not use suds
If all the cleaners can’t
instead of cleaning
work, the cleaner tank may
Add cleaning solution, or the paint
be empty. Please check the
Engine Cleaning solution in case will be damaged.
cleaning solution level on
compartment solution of insufficient ★Don’t only add
the liquidometer. Fill
amount. water, or it will ice up
cleaning solution in case of
in winter; the cleaning
level lower than LOW.
solution can’t erupt.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
.

★Do not drive the


vehicle under very
low air pressure, or a
Check the tire when it is in
When the air bad contact between
low temperature. Check
pressure is tire and wheel hub
whether the air pressure is
Tire abnormal, will cause leakage. In
proper through observing
pressure please adjust to addition, if you run
the distortion condition of
standard air the steering wheel
the contact part between
pressure. abruptly, the tire may
tire and ground.
Around the be off from the rotary
vehicle table, leading to traffic
accident.
Check whether there are
distinct scar and crazing in If there is scar
tire side and the contact or crazing,
Tire crazing
tread with the ground; please contact
or damage
check whether the tire tread with repair
was embedded with nails, service center
stones or other impurity. of LIFAN.

(Continued 3)
Checking and maintenance
Items Order Measures Notice
content
If the wearing
limit sign
emerges, please
change the tire.
Check whether the wearing If the tire is ★If the wearing limit
limit sign of the contact wearing sign emerges, please
Tire groove
condition between tire and extremely or change the tire. The
face is
Around the ground the wearing use of tire over
wearing
vehicle emerges; check whether condition is wearing limit sign may
deeply and
there is wearing part of the very different cause accidents such
abnormally.
contact part between tire from other tires, as skid.
and ground. you can
consider the air
pressure is too
low, or the tire
top is incorrect,
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
so please
contact the
repair service
center of
LIFAN.
Please clean the
lamps when
they are
Damage to smudgy. Please
Check whether the
light contact the
lampshades are stained or
equipments repair service
broken. Check if all lamps
and signal center of
are installed stably by hand.
indicators LIFAN when
they are broken,
cracking or not
installed stably.

(Continued 4)
Checking and
Items Order Measures Notice
maintenance content
If the times of
Pull up the parking brake ratting sound
Parking handle by hand; check are more than
Sitting on the
brake the times of ratting ruled times,
driver seat
operation sound from the ratchet please carry
wheel. out
adjustment.
Check whether there is
abnormal sound or the
When engine
engine working
starts up, such
condition is good when
condition will
Engine starting;
cause damage
working
to engine and
condition In addition, check
even hidden
and whether there is
troubles.
abnormal abnormal sound of
Please contact
sound engine working
the repair
condition, when at idle
service center
speed condition or the
of LIFAN.
rotation speed is added a
little.
Brake pedal Start the engine, and step ★Brake fluid leakage, and
stepping on the pedal to the interfused with air will cause
condition bottom to check whether worsening braking effect.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
the distance between the Please contact the repair
pedal and bottom is service center of LIFAN
small, and whether the instead of self-check in case of
feeling of stepping on the below conditions.
the pedal is normal.
★Check the condition of pedal
sinking when stepping on the
pedal continuously. It feels
softened when the pedal is
trampled to the end.

(Continued 5)
Checking and
Items Order Measures Notice
maintenance content
Do change the
wiper rubber
Put the ignition switch to
and clean the
“on”. Start the cleaner,
windshield
and check after wetting
when the
Wiper the windshield.
wiping
condition Start the wiper; check if
condition is
the wiping condition is
not good.
normal at low speed,
Please contact
high speed, and
the repair
intermission.
service center
of LIFAN.
Headlight: Visually
check whether it can be
Sitting on the illuminated or the
driver seat luminance is insufficient
under the condition of
headlight on.
Please contact
Work Steering light: turn on
the repair
condition of the left and right steering When the bulbs are
service center
lighting light control lever, and open-circuited, the glittering
of LIFAN, if
system and check whether all the speed would be faster.
they are not
steering steering lights glitter.
on or
light Brake lamp: step on the
glittering.
brake pedal lightly and
repeatedly, and check
whether the brake light
is on.
Other lamps: check the
working condition of the
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
taillight, hazard warning
light and reversing light.
(Continued 6)
Checking and
Items Order Measures Notice
maintenance content
Pay attention to the traffic
Please contact the
condition around, please check
When driving normally, repair service
in a safe place, especially brake
Braking check whether the brake center of LIFAN,
In driving checking; please ensure
effect is effective, or there is if the braking
whether there are vehicles
one-side brake. effect is not good.
around.

If you continue
driving when the
low speed and
speedup condition
is not good, it will
During normal driving,
cause accidents
when stopping for the
Low like engine
traffic signal, please Pay attention to the traffic
speed and wearing, drive
check whether the condition around, and please
speedup uncontrolled, and
engine stops, and check check in a safe place.
condition worsening braking
whether you can speed
of engine effect. It is very
up placidly with
dangerous, so
stepping on the pedal.
please refer to
repair service
center of LIFAN
as soon as
possible.
Please refer to the
repair service
Check the
Ensure whether there are center of LIFAN
abnormal
problems in the as soon as
part last
abnormal parts last day. possible, if there
day.
is continuous
abnormality.

4. LIFAN maintenance scheme


Odometer Readings Or Months, Whichever Is First
Maintenance
NO. 13,000k 18,000k 23,000k 28,000k 33 ,000k 38 ,000k 43 ,000k 48,000 53,000k 58,000k
Item 3,000km 8,000km
m m m m m m m km m m
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
15Month 21Month 27Month 33Month 39Month 45Month 51Month 57 63Month 69Month
3Months 9Months
s s s s s s s Months s s

Oil & Fluid


Replacement

Replacing the
1.1 engine oil & R R R R R R R R R R R R
the oil filter

Replacing the
1.2 R R R R R
fuel filter

Replacing the
1.3 power steering R R
fluid

Replacing the
1.4 It should be replaced every 40,000 km or 2 years
brake fluid

Replacing the
1.5 It should be replaced every 40,000 km or 2 years
coolant

Replacing the
transmission
1.6 R It should be replaced every 40,000 km or 2 years
oil (MT)& rear
axle gear oil

Fluid Level
Add As The Case May Be
Check

Inspecting the
fluid level &
add (including
brake fluid,
1.7 I I I I I I I I I I I I
coolant, glass
cleaning fluid
etc.) to the
proper level.

Inspecting &
Adjust As Necessary
Adjustment

Inspecting the
lighting system
1.8 I I I I I I I I I I I I
of the whole
vehicle

Inspecting the
clutch pedal &
1.9 its position as I I I I I I I I I I I I
well as the
parking brake
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Odometer Readings Or Months, Whichever Is First

13,000k 18,000k 23,000k 28,000k 33 ,000k 38 ,000k 43 ,000k 48,000 53,000k 58,000k
Maintenance 3,000km 8,000km
NO. m m m m m m m km m m
Item
15Month 21Month 27Month 33Month 39Month 45Month 51Month 57 63Month 69Month
3Months 9Months
s s s s s s s Months s s

handle position

Inspecting the
1.10 I I I I I I I I I I I I
ABS system

1.1 Inspecting the


I I I I I I I I I I I I
1 tire pressure

Rotate the tires


and check the
1.12 parameter of I I I I I
four wheel
alignment

Inspecting the
parking brake
1.13 mechanism I I I I I I I I I I I I
working
performance

Inspecting the
brake system
1.14 I I I I I I I I I I I I
working
performance

Inspecting the
steering system
1.15 I I I I I I I I I I I I
working
performance

Inspecting the
A/C & HVAC
1.06 I I I I I I I I I I I I
working
condition

Cleaning throttle
1.17 & injection C C C C C
nozzle

Inspecting the
engine timing
1.18 I I I I I I
chain
(VVT-engine)

1.19 Inspecting the I I I I I I I I I I I I


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Odometer Readings Or Months, Whichever Is First

13,000k 18,000k 23,000k 28,000k 33 ,000k 38 ,000k 43 ,000k 48,000 53,000k 58,000k
Maintenance 3,000km 8,000km
NO. m m m m m m m km m m
Item
15Month 21Month 27Month 33Month 39Month 45Month 51Month 57 63Month 69Month
3Months 9Months
s s s s s s s Months s s

exhaust
emission
condition

Inspecting &
Replace As Necessary
Replacement

Inspecting the
glass cleaning
1.20 system & I I I I I I I I I I I I
windshield
wiper system

Inspecting or
replacing the
1.21 I It should be replaced every 40,000 km or 2 years
high-tension
cable

Replacing the
drive belt
1.22 (generator, It should be replaced every 80,000 km or 2 years
A/C
compressor)

Inspecting or I I I I I I
replacing the
1.23
engine timing It should be replaced every 60,000 km or 3 years
belt

Replacing the
three-way
1.24 It should be replaced every 80,000 km
catalytic
converter

Cleaning or
1.25 replacing the C C R C R C R C R C R C
air filter

Cleaning or
replacing the
interior
1.26 C C R C R C R C R C R C
ventilation
system air
filter
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Odometer Readings Or Months, Whichever Is First

13,000k 18,000k 23,000k 28,000k 33 ,000k 38 ,000k 43 ,000k 48,000 53,000k 58,000k
Maintenance 3,000km 8,000km
NO. m m m m m m m km m m
Item
15Month 21Month 27Month 33Month 39Month 45Month 51Month 57 63Month 69Month
3Months 9Months
s s s s s s s Months s s

Inspecting if
1.27 there is oil I I I I I I I I I I I I
leakage

Inspecting the
1.28 radio, CD or I I I I I I I I I I I I

DVD

Inspecting the
instrument
1.29 I I I I I I I I I I I I
cluster &
speaker

Inspecting or
1.30 replacing the I I I R I I I R I I I R
spark plug

Inspecting the
1.31 suspension I I I I I I I I I I I I
system

Inspecting the
brake system
condition
(including pipe
line leakage,
mechanism
performance,
1.32 I I I I I I I I I I I I
friction
condition of
brake pads or
brake shoes),
dust boot &n
rubber boot
condition

Inspecting the
dust boot & the
rubber boot
1.33 I I I I I I I I I I I I
condition
(leakage &
damage) of the
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Odometer Readings Or Months, Whichever Is First

13,000k 18,000k 23,000k 28,000k 33 ,000k 38 ,000k 43 ,000k 48,000 53,000k 58,000k
Maintenance 3,000km 8,000km
NO. m m m m m m m km m m
Item
15Month 21Month 27Month 33Month 39Month 45Month 51Month 57 63Month 69Month
3Months 9Months
s s s s s s s Months s s

whole vehicle

Inspecting the
cooling system
1.34 & fuel system I I I I I I I I I I I I
(leakage &
damage)

Inspecting the
related control
units (ECU,
immobilizer
control unit,
A/C control
1.35 I I I I I I I I I I I I
unit, TCU,
EPS,TCU,EPS,
ABS control
unit, etc.)
working
condition

Inspecting the
vehicle body
1.36 (dent, paint off, I I I I I I I I I I I I
discoloration,
etc. )

Inspecting the
lubrication of
1.37 I I I I I I I I I I I I
the lock, hinge,
etc.

Road Test

1.3 Carrying out


T T T T T T T T T T T T
8 the road test

① Meaning of I, R, C in the table


I—check these items and accessories; correct, clean, adjust or replace them when necessary;
R—Replacement;
C=Cleaning;
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
② Shorten the replacement cycle of engine oil and filter as necessary if driving in bad condition, for short
distance, at idle speed or in dust flying condition.
③ If you drive in dust flying condition, you must check the air cleaner component every 5,000 Km, and
clean or replace it if necessary;
④ If the vehicle is often drive in hills, hilly landform or used as a trailer, you should replace the brake or
clutch fluid every 20,000 km.

Part II
Engine Maintenance
Chapter I Mechanical Part
Section I Check and Adjustment of Carbon Monoxide Concentration

Tips: The check can only be used for emission regulation conformity at fixed idle speed.

1. Initial condition:
(a) Engine in normal work temperature.
(b) With air filter.
(c) Ready connection of all piles and houses of pipes and hoses.
(d) All auxiliary facilities in off condition.
(e) Correct connection of all vacuum line.
(f) Ready connection of wire connector of electronic fuel injection (EFI) system.
(g) Correct ignition time setting
(h) Transmission in natural position
(i) Air conditioner in off condition.
(j) Tachometer and carbon monoxide tester with manual alignment

2. Check and adjust carbon monoxide concentration of carbon monoxide of idle speed
Note: Carbon monoxide tester must be applied for idle speed gas mixture adjustment. Must not adjust idle
speed gas mixture without a carbon monoxide tester.
(a) Apply special service tool to connect the two terminals, TE1 and E1 of check connector. Refer to Fig.
2-1.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-1
(b) Make engine speed to 2,500 rpm for about 3 minutes.
(c) Put tester probe into tailpipe for at least 40cm.
(d) 1 minute is needed for concentration stability before test, and test shall be finished within 3 minutes.
Refer to Fig. 2-2.

Fig. 2-2
Idle speed carbon monoxide concentration: 0.5%.
Failure searching

Table 2-1
Carbon 
Phenomenon    Cause 
monoxide 
1. Blockage of air filter   
2. Failure of electronic fuel injection (EFI) system   
Failure of fuel pressure regulator   
Unstable idle speed 
Failure of water temperature sensor 
High  (black  smoke  in 
Failure of intake air temperature pressure sensor 
exhaust) 
Failure of electronic control unit (ECU) 
Failure of fuel injection nozzle 
Failure of throttle position sensor 

Section II Compression Pressure Check


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Tips: For insufficient engine power, too much fuel consumption or bad fuel economical efficiency, cylinder
compression pressure shall be tested.

1. Preheat engine, then stop to preheat engine to normal work temperature

2. Disconnect joint of ignition coil

3. Dismantle high voltage wire from spark plug

Dismantle high voltage wire at rubber boot cap, do not pull wire. Refer to Fig. 2-3.

Fig. 2-3

Note: Pull or bent wire can damage the inner conductor.

4. Remove spark plug


Remove 4 spark plugs with spark plug socket and wrench.

5. Check cylinder compression pressure


(a) Put compression pressure gauge into spark plug opening. Refer to Fig. 2-4

Fig. 2-4
(b) Open throttle completely.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
(c) Test compression pressure when starting engine.
Tips: Must apply fully charged battery and make engine speed to over 250 rpm.
(d) Repeat from procedure (a) to (c) for every cylinder
Note: The test must be finished in time as short as possible.
Compression pressure: 1,100Kpa (11.0 kgf/cm2) or higher.
Minimum pressure: 981Kpa (10.0kgf/cm2).
Pressure difference between cylinders: 100Kpa (1.0kgf/cm2) or less.
(e) If one or more cylinders have relatively lower compression pressure, inject little engine to cylinder
through spark plug opening. Repeat from procedure (a) to (c) for cylinders with low compression pressure.
· If engine oil can improve compression pressure, it indicates wear or damage on piston ring and cylinder
wall.
· If compression pressure is still low, it could be the blockage or unsealed closeness of throttle, or gas
leakage at cylinder ring.

6. Reinstall spark plug


Install 4 spark plugs with spark plug socket and wrench

7. Reconnect high voltage wire to spark plug

8. Reconnect ignition coil joint

Section III Valve Clearance Check and Adjustment

Tips: Check and adjust valve clearance when engine is cold.

1. Dismantle high voltage wire from spark plug

2. Dismantle cylinder head


(a) Dismantle following wire and clip.
1) Engine connector
2) Engine wire
3) Oil pressure switch connector
4) Wire clip
(b) Dismantle wire harness from cylinder head. Refer to Fig. 2-5.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-5

(c) Dismantle 2 positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hoses from cylinder head.
(d) Dismantle 4 retaining nuts, gasket seal, cylinder head and washer.

3. Set No. 1 cylinder as the compression stroke top dead center (TDC)
(a) Turn crankshaft pulley, make the groove of crankshaft pulley aiming at the timing mark of No. 1 timing
belt housing.
(b) Check whether mark “K” of camshaft timing pulley is aiming at the timing mark of bearing cap. If not,
turn crankshaft a circle. Refer to Fig. 2-6.

Fig. 2-6

4. Check valve clearance


(a) Only check valves indicated in the figure. Refer to Fig. 2-7.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Fig. 2-7

· Measure the clearance between valve tappet and camshaft by feeler gauge.
· Record valve clearance measuring structure with stipulation disconformity. All the data are used to
specify the filling piece needed in replacement.
Valve clearance (cold):
Intake air: 0.20-0.25mm
Exhaust: 0.25-0.30mm
(b) Turn crankshaft pulley a circle, make groove of crankshaft pulley aim at the timing mark of No. 1
timing belt housing.
(c) Only check valves indicated in the figure, measure valves (refer to method in procedure (a)). Refer to
Fig. 2-8.

Fig. 2-8

5. Intake air
Adjust valve clearance

A. Dismantle intake camshaft


Note: As the axial clearance of camshaft is very little, keep the horizontal status of camshaft when
dismantling it. If the horizontal status of camshaft can not be maintained, crack or damage might happen to
cylinder head part bearing axial thrust which can cause blockage or break of camshaft. To avoid these
situations, please take following procedures.
(a) Turn camshaft pulley, make pinion hole upwards (occlusion of pinion and drive gear and pinion). Refer
to Fig. 2-9.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-9

Tips: Conditions above allow that No. 1 and No. 3 cylinder camshaft nose bits of intake camshaft to press
their valve tappets evenly.
(b) Dismantle 2 bolts and No. 1 bearing cap.
(c) Use 1 service bolt to fix intake camshaft pinions on drive and driven gears. Refer to Fig. 2-10.

Fig. 2-10

Recommended service bolt:


Thread diameter: 6mm
Thread pitch: 1.0mm
Bolt length: 16-20mm
Tips: When dismantling camshaft, make sure to eliminate twisting spring force of auxiliary gear through
above operations.

(d) Loose and dismantle 8 bearing cap bolts step by step according to order indicated in the figure. Refer to
Fig. 2-11.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-11

(e) Dismantle 4 bearing cap and camshafts.


Tips: If camshaft is flat lifted, use 2 bolts to reinstall No. 3 bearing cap. Then lift crankshaft gear,
alternately loose and dismantle bearing cap bolts.
Note: Do not use tool or other object to lever or attach force to camshaft.

B. Take filling piece off


Use little screwdriver to adjustment filling piece.

C. Specify size of filling piece for replacement. Refer to Fig. 2-12.

Fig. 2-12

(a) Measure the thickness of filling piece taken off by micrometer screw gauge.
(b) Calculate thickness of new filling piece; make valve clearance within prescribed scope.
Cold clearance value: 0.20-0.25mm
(c) Choose new filling piece with possible thickness close to calculated valve.
Tips: There are filling pieces with 20 kinds of thickness. The size varies from 2.35mm to 3.30mm, with the
level difference of 0.05mm.

D. Install new filling piece.


Install new filling piece to valve tappet.

E. Install intake camshaft.


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Note: As the axial clearance of camshaft is very little, camshaft must be kept horizontal when being
installed. If the camshaft can not be kept horizontal, crack or damage might happen to cylinder head part
bearing axial thrust which can cause blockage or break of camshaft. To avoid these situations, install it with
following procedures.
(a) Turn crankshaft pulley, fix exhaust camshaft to make its alignment pin a little higher than the upper
surface of cylinder head.
(b) Coat lubricant grease on thrust part of camshaft.
(c) Aim at assembly mark of each gear to make occlusion of intake camshaft gear and exhaust camshaft
gear. Refer to Fig. 2-13.

Fig. 2-13

Note: As shown in Fig. 2-14, each gear has the timing mark (for TDC), do not use these marks.

Fig. 2-14

(d) Tighten intake camshaft to bearing pivot and make occlusion between gears.
Tips: Above angles allow No. 1 and No. 3 cylinder camshaft nose bits of intake camshaft to press their
valve tappets evenly.
(e) Install 4 bearing caps on their positions.
(f) Coat thin engine oil on F surface of bolt head and thread of bearing cap.

(g) Tighten 8 bearing cap bolts step by step with order indicated in Fig. 2-15.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Torque: 11N·m

Fig. 2-15

(h) Dismantle service bolt.


(i) For No. 1 bearing cap installation, arrow mark toward forward.
Note: If the assembly of No. 1 bearing cap is not good, use screwdriver to lever and separate cylinder head
and camshaft gear, push camshaft gear backwards.
(j) Coat thin engine oil under bearing cap bolt head and on thread.
(k) Install 2 bearing cap bolts alternately step by step.
Torque: 11N·m

F. Recheck valve clearance

6. Exhaust:
Adjust valve clearance

A. Take filling piece off


(a) Turn crankshaft to make upwards the camshaft nose bits of camshaft on adjustment valve.
(b) Make valve tappet notch towards the front of vehicle. Refer to Fig. 2-16.

Fig. 2-16
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

(c) Use special service tool (A) to press valve tappet down, and place special service tool (B) between
camshaft and valve tappet. Refer to Fig. 2-17. Dismantle special service tool (A).

Fig. 2-17

Tips:
· Apply service tool (B) in a little angle at the side with mark “9”. The position is shown in Fig. 2-18.

Fig. 2-18

· When special service tool (B) is inserted too deep, it may be blocked by filling piece. To avoid that, it
must be put in at the air intake side in a small angle.

· For the shape of camshaft, it is difficult to make special service tool (B) to reach the rear part of No. 3. It
is better to put filling piece in from the exhaust side.
(d) Use screwdriver and magnetic stick to dismantle filling piece. Refer to Fig. 2-19.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-19

B. Confirm the size of replaced filling piece.


(a) Measure the thickness of taken off filling piece by using micrometer screw gauge.
(b) Calculate thickness of new filling piece; make valve clearance within prescribed value.
Cold exhaust valve clearance value: 0.25-0.30mm
(c) Choose new filling piece with thickness of most proximity to calculated valve. Fig. 2-20.

Fig. 2-20

Tips: There are filling pieces with 20 kinds of thickness. The size vary from 2.35mm to 3.30mm, with the
level difference of 0.05mm.

C. Install new filling piece.


(a) Install a new filling piece to valve tappet.
(b) Use special service tool (A), press down valve tappet, and then dismantle special service tool (B). Refer
to Fig. 2-17.

D. Recheck valve clearance.

7. Install cylinder head


(a) Remove all the old filling material.
(b) Coat cylinder head with sealing filler as shown in Fig. 2-21.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-21

(c) Install gasket seal for cylinder cover.


(d) Use 4 gasket seals to successively tighten nuts to install cylinder head cover
Torque: 11N·m
(e) Connect 2 positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hoses to cylinder head cover.
(f) Use 2 bolts to install engine wire harness and protective sleeve.
(g) Connect following wires and clips.
(1) Engine connector.
(2) Engine wire
(3) Oil pressure switch connector.
(4) 2 wire clips.

8. Connect high voltage wire to ignition plug again.

Section IV Idle Speed Check and Adjustment

1. Initial condition
(a) Engine in normal work temperature.
(b) With air filter.
(c) Ready connection of all piles and hoses of pipes and hoses.
(d) Correct connection of all vacuum line.
(e) Electronic fuel injection (Well connection of wire connector of electronic fuel injection (EFI) system).
(f) Turn off all working auxiliary facilities.
(g) Transmission in neutral position.

2. Connect tachometer
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
3. Check idle speed
Idle speed (cooling fan off: 800±50rpm.If idle speed is not in conformity with prescribed value, check idle
speed control (ISC) system.

4. Remove tachometer

Section V Timing Belt Check and Adjustment

Breakdown drawing of timing belt part


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

I. Remove

1. Remove AC-generator drive belt and water pump pulley


(a) Loosen 4 bolts of water pump pulley. Refer to Fig. 2-23.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-23

(b) Loosen pivot bolt and adjust lock bolt.


(c) Loosen adjustment bolt and remove drive belt.
(d) Remove 4 bolts and water pump pulley. Refer to Fig. 2-24.

Fig. 2-24

2. Remove spark plug

3. Remove cylinder head cover


(a) Remove following wire and clop
1) AC-generator connector;
2) AC-generator wire;
3) Oil pressure switch connector;
4) Wire clip; refer to Fig. 2-25.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-25

(b) Remove wire harness from cylinder head cover.


(c) Remove 2 PCV hoses from cylinder head cover.
(d) Remove 4 lock nuts, gasket seal, cylinder head cover and washer.

4. Set No. 1 cylinder as the compression stroke top dead center (TDC)
(a) Turn crankshaft pulley, make the groove of crankshaft pulley aim at the timing mark “O” of No. 1
timing belt housing. Refer to Fig. 2-26.

Fig. 2-26

(b) Check whether mark “K” of camshaft timing pulley is aiming at the timing mark of No. 2 bearing cap.
If not, turn crankshaft a circle (360°).
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Fig. 2-27

5. Remove crankshaft pulley


(a) Use special service tool to remove crankshaft pulley bolt. Refer to Fig. 2-28.

Fig. 2-28

(b) Use special service tool to remove belt pulley. Refer to Fig. 2-29.

Fig. 2-29

6. Remove timing belt housing


Remove 9 bolts and timing belt housing. Refer to Fig. 2-30.

Fig. 2-30

7. Remove timing belt guide wheel


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

8. Remove timing belt


Tips: If timing belt will remain in working, mark a direction arrow on the belt; then marking matching
marks on belt pulley and belt as shown in the figure. Refer to Fig. 2-31.

Fig. 2-31

(a) Loosen install belts of belt tension wheel and push belt pulley towards left as much as possible; then fix
it temporarily.
(b) Remove belt.

9. Remove belt tension wheel and tension spring


Remove bolts, belt pulley and spring. Refer to Fig. 2-32.

Fig. 2-32

10. Remove crankshaft timing pulley


If belt pulley can not be taken off by hand, apply 2 screwdrivers. Refer to Fig. 2-33.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-33

Note: Put a piece of cloth as shown in the figure to prevent part damage.

11. Remove crankshaft timing pulley stopper

12. Remove camshaft timing pulley


Use wrench to fix the hexagon part of the camshaft; remove bolt and timing belt pulley at the same time.
Refer to Fig. 2-34.

Fig. 2-34

Note: Do not damage cylinder head by wrench.

II. Check

1. Check timing belt


Note:
Do not bend, twist or turn over the timing belt.
Do not make timing belt contact with engine oil, water or steam.
Do not use the tension power of timing belt when removing or installing bolts of camshaft timing pulley.
For the flaw existence as shown in Fig. 2-35, check following items:
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-35

(a) Separate too early


Check if installation is correct. Check for the damage of timing cover bushing, and the correctness of
installation.
(b) If split or damage exists for belt dentations, check whether camshaft or pump is seized.
(c) If obvious abrasion or split exists on belt surface, check whether split exists on one side of the lock pin
of tension belt pulley.
(d) If abrasion or split only exists on one side, check the position of belt guide wheel and every belt pulley.
(e) If obvious abrasion exists for belt dentations, check for the damage of belt cover, correctness of washer
installation as well as the foreign material existence on belt pulley dentations. Replace timing belt when
necessary.

2. Check belt tension wheel


Check whether belt tension wheel can turn smoothly and flexibly. Refer to Fig. 2-36. Replace belt tension
wheel when necessary.

Fig. 2-36

3. Check tension spring


(a) Measure the free length of tension spring. Refer to Fig. 2-37.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-37
Free length: 36.9mm
If free length is not in conformity with prescribed value, replace the tension spring.
(b) Measure the tension power of spring at prescribed installation length
Installation tension power: at length of 43.6mm, tension power is 34-38N.
If installation tension power is not in conformity with prescribed value, replace the tension spring

III. Installation

1. Install camshaft timing pulley


(a) Make camshaft alignment pin aim at alignment pin groove (with 2 alignment pin grooves) of the belt
pulley on the side with mark “K”, and slide to the timing belt pulley.

Fig. 2-38

Tips: There are two types of camshaft timing pulley, with 1 or 2 alignment pins respectively.
(b) Temporarily install bolts of timing belt pulley.
(c) Use wrench to fix the hexagon part of camshaft, and screw down bolts of timing belt pulley.
Torque: 59±2N·m

2. Install crankshaft timing pulley and stopper


(a) Install timing belt pulley stopper, alignment pin aiming at key groove, with conicity towards outside.
(b) Make belt positioning key aim at belt pulley key groove.
(c) Slide into timing belt pulley, with flange side towards inside. Refer to Fig. 2-39.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-39
3. Temporarily install belt tension wheel and tension spring
(a) Use bolt install belt tension wheel, but not tighten it.
(b) Install tension spring.
(c) Push belt pulley to left as much as possible, then screw down bolts tightly. Refer to Fig. 2-40.

Fig. 2-40
4. Set No. 1 cylinder as the compression stroke top dead center (TDC)
(a) Turn the hexagon part of camshaft, and make mark “K” of camshaft timing pulley aim at the timing
mark of bearing cap. Refer to Fig. 2-41.

Fig. 2-41
(b) Turn crankshaft with crankshaft pulley bolt, and make the timing mark of crankshaft timing pulley aim
at oil pump body. Refer to Fig. 2-42.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-42
5. Install timing belt
Note: Engine in cold condition.
Tips: If use removed timing belt, keep marks made in remove with correct alignment; when installing belt,
arrow shall aim at the running direction of engine. Refer to Fig. 2-43. For timing belt installation, check the
tension power between crankshaft timing pulley and camshaft timing pulley.

Fig. 2-43
6. Check valve timing
(a) Loosen belt tension wheel bolts.
(b) Turn crankshaft for 2 circles slowly, from TDC to TDC. Refer to Fig. 2-44.

Fig. 2-44
Tips: Must turn crankshaft in clockwise direction.
(c) Check whether every belt pulley is aiming at timing mark as shown in the figure. If not, remove timing
belt and install it again. Refer to Fig. 2-45.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-45
(d) Screw down belt tension wheel bolt.
Torque: 33N·m
(e) Remove the temporarily installed crankshaft pulley bolt.

7. Reference:
Check timing belt flexivity.
Check whether a certain flexivity exists at the position shown in Fig. 2-46.

Fig. 2-46

Belt flexivity:
5-6mm at 20N

If flexivity is not in conformity with prescribed value, adjust belt tension wheel again. Refer to Fig. 2-47.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Fig. 2-47
8. Install timing belt guide wheel
Install timing belt guide wheel and make outer ring towards outside. Refer to Fig. 2-48.

Fig. 2-48

9. Install timing belt housing


(a) Use 3 bolts to install No. 1 timing belt housing
Torque: 11N·m
(b) Use 6 bolts to install No.2 and No. 3 timing belt housing.
Torque: 11N·m

10. Install crankshaft pulley


(a) Make belt pulley positioning key aim at the key groove of belt pulley; smoothly push it into belt pulley.
(b) Apply special service tool to install belt pulley bolts. Refer to Fig. 2-49.
Torque: 120N·m

图2-49
Fig. 2-49

11. Install cylinder head cover


(a) Clear old filling material.
(b) Coat cylinder head with sealing filler as shown in Fig. 2-50.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-50

(c) Install washer for cylinder head cover.


(d) Apply 4 gasket seals and lock nut to install cylinder head cover.
Torque: 11N·m
(e) Connect to 2 positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hoses to cylinder head cover.
(f) Connect following wires and clips:
1) AC-generator connector
2) AC-generator wires
3) Oil pressure switch connector
4) 2 wire clips

12. Install spark plug

13. Install water pump pulley and driving belt of AC-generator


(a) Use 4 bolts to install water pump pulley temporarily
(b) Use adjustment bolt and pivot bolt to install driving belt.
(c) Screw down 4 water pump pulley bolts tightly.

14. Adjust driving belt

Section VI Cylinder Head

The breakdown drawing of cylinder head parts are shown in Fig. 2-51.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-51

I. Remove

1. Discharge engine coolant


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
2. Remove the driving belt of AC-generator and water pump pulley

3. Remove engine wire harness. Refer to Fig. 2-52.

Fig. 2-52

(a) Remove following wire harness and clip:


1) AC-generator connector;
2) AC-generator wire:
3) Oil pressure switch connector;
4) Wire clip;
(b) Remove bolts and wire harness bracket.
(c) Remove engine wire harness from cylinder head.

4. Remove AC-generator

5. Remove exhaust manifold. Refer to Fig. 2-53.

Fig. 2-53

(a) Remove 4 bolts and upper heat shield.


(b) Remove 2 bolts and exhaust manifold support bar.
(c) Remove 5 bolts, exhaust manifold and washer.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
(d) Remove 2 bolts and take lower heat shield off from exhaust manifold.

6. Remove outlet pipe. Remove 2 bolts and outlet pipe as shown in Fig. 2-54.

Fig. 2-54

7. Remove ignition coil mounting

8. Remove right engine suspension bracket

9. Remove intake pipe and thermostat seat


(a) Remove water temperature sensor connector.
(b) Remove 2 coolant bypass hoses.
(c) Remove bolts, 2 nuts, intake pipe and thermostat seat

10. Remove throttle valve body

11. Remove intake manifold support bar


Remove 2 bolts and intake manifold support bar.

12. Remove coolant bypass hose

13. Remove engine wire harness


Remove 2 nuts, and remove engine wire harness.

14. Remove fuel distribution pipe and injection nozzle

15. Remove fuel intake hose from fuel distribution pipe

16. Remove intake manifold. Refer to Fig. 2-55.


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-55

Remove 7 bolts, 2 nuts, earth wire blade, intake manifold and washer.

17. Remove oil level indicator and guide pipe


(a) Remove fastening bolt
(b) Take out oil level indicator and guide pipe.
(c) Remove the O ring of oil level indicator guide pipe

18. Remove intake pipe of water pump. Refer to Fig. 2-56

Fig. 2-56

(a) Remove 2 nuts fixing intake pipe of water pump on cylinder head.
(b) Disconnect intake hose and water pump; remove intake pipe of water pump and the washer.

19. Remove spark plug

20. Remove cylinder head housing


Remove 4 fastening nut, bowl type washer, cylinder head cover and sealant pad.

21. Remove No. 3 and No. 2 timing belt housing


Remove 5 bolts and timing belt housing.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
22. Set No. 1 cylinder as the compression stroke top dead center (TDC)
(a) Turn crankshaft pulley, make the groove of crankshaft pulley aiming at the timing mark “O” of No. 1
timing belt housing.
(b) Check whether mark “K” of camshaft timing pulley is aiming at the timing mark of bearing cap. Refer
to Fig. 2-57.

Fig. 2-57

If not, turn crankshaft a circle (360°).

23. Remove timing belt from camshaft timing pulley


(a) Make matching marks on camshaft pulley and timing belt with matching mark of timing belt aiming at
the end of timing belt housing. Refer to Fig. 2-58.

Fig. 2-58
(b) Remove rubber seal ring from No.1 timing belt housing. Refer to Fig. 2-59.

Fig. 2-59
(c) Loosen fix bolts of belt tension wheel and push to left as much as possible, then fix it temporarily.
(d) Remove belt from camshaft timing belt.
Note:
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Support timing belt, make crankshaft timing pulley match with timing belt and do not move.
Be cautious and keep anything from falling into No. 1 timing belt housing.
Do not make belt contact with oil, water or dust.

24. Remove generator engine mounting


Remove 3 bolts and generator mounting. Refer to Fig. 2-60.

Fig. 2-60
25. Remove camshaft timing belt wheel
Use wrench to fix hexagon part of the camshaft and remove bolts and timing belt wheel. Refer to Fig. 2-61.

Fig. 2-61
Note: Be carefully and do not damage cylinder head with wrench.

26. Remove camshaft


Note: The axial clearance of camshaft is very small. When removing camshaft, it must be kept level. If not,
the cylinder head part with axial thrust might crack or be damaged and make camshaft be blocked or
broken.
To avoid this situation, please follow the steps.

A. Remove intake camshaft


(a) Turn camshaft, make the hole of auxiliary gear turn to the upper side (it makes auxiliary gear occlude
with drive gear). Refer to Fig. 2-62.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-62

Tips: For above situations, No.1 and No.3 cylinder camshaft nose bits are allowed to press their valve
tappets evenly.(b) Remove 2 bolts and No.1 bearing cap. Refer to Fig. 2-63.

Fig. 2-63

(c) Use a service bolt to make the auxiliary gear of intake camshaft back against the drive gear. Refer to Fig.
2-64.

Fig. 2-64

Recommended service bolt:


Thread diameter: 6mm
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Thread pitch: 1.0mm
Bolt length: 16-20mm
Tips: When removing camshaft, make sure the spring twisting resistance of auxiliary gear is offset by
above operation.
(d) Following order indicated in Fig. 2-65, evenly loosen and remove 8 bearing cap bolts in several times.

Fig. 2-65

(e) Remove 4 bearing caps and intake camshaft. Refer to Fig. 2-66.

Fig. 2-66

Tips: If camshaft is not lifted levelly in straight direction, use 2 bolts to reinstall bearing cap. Then lift
camshaft gear and alternately loosen and remove bearing cap bolts.
Note: Do not use tool or other things to move or try to take camshaft off by great force.

B. Remove exhaust camshaft


(a) Place exhaust camshaft and make its alignment pin position at the 1 o’clock of anticlockwise camshaft
vertical axis. Refer to Fig. 2-67.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-67

Tips: For above angle, No. 1 and No. 3 cylinder camshaft nose bits of intake camshaft to press their valve
tappets evenly.
(b) Remove 2 bolts, No.1 bearing cap and oil seal. Refer to Fig. 2-68.

Fig. 2-68

Note: If No.1 bearing cap can not be removed by hand, do not remove by force, but leave it there without
bolt.
(c) According to order indicated in Fig. 2-69, evenly loosen and remove 8 bearing cap bolts in several
times.

Fig. 2-69

(d) Remove 4 bearing caps and exhaust camshafts. Refer to Fig. 2-70.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-70

Tips: If camshaft is not lifted at level and in straight direction, use 2 bolts to reinstall No. 3 bearing cap.
Then loosen and remove 2 bearing cap bolts when lifting camshaft gear.
Note: Do not use tool or other things to move or try to remove camshaft by force.

27. Remove intake air camshaft


(a) Hold the hexagon part of camshaft on the bench clamp.
Note: Do not damage camshaft.
(b) Use service tool turn auxiliary gear clockwise and remove service bolt. Refer to Fig. 2-71.

Fig. 2-71

(c) Take snap ring off by snap ring plier. Refer to Fig. 2-72.

Fig. 2-72

(d) Remove following parts:


1) Wave washer
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
2) Camshaft auxiliary gear;
3) Camshaft backlash spring

28. Remove semicircular plug

29. Remove cylinder head


(a) Use special service tool to evenly loosen and remove 10 cylinder head bolts in several times with order
indicated in Fig. 2-73.

Fig. 2-73

Note: Incorrect order of bolt removing can cause twisting or fracture of cylinder head.
(b) Remove 10 plate washers.
(c) Lift cylinder head from the cylinder alignment pin; put cylinder head on the wood block of the
workbench.
Tips: If cylinder head is hard to lift, a screwdriver can be applied to prize between cylinder head and
cylinder lug boss.
Note: Please be careful. Do not damage the contact surface between cylinder head and cylinder body.

II. Remove
1. Remove valve tappet
Tips: Should place valve tappets in correct order.

2. Remove valve
(a) Use special service tool, compress valve spring and remove 2 alignment lock blades. Refer to Fig. 2-74.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-74

(b) Remove following parts:


Spring seat, valve spring, valve.
(c) Use needle nose pliers to take out valve oil seal. Refer to Fig. 2-75.

Fig. 2-75
(d) Use compressed air and magnetic stick to blow removed spring seat. Refer to Fig. 2-76.

Fig. 2-76
Tips: Place valve, valve spring, spring seat and spring pedestal in correct order.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

III. Check
1. Clean piston top and cylinder body
(a) Turn crankshaft and make each piston rise to top dead center (TDC). Use bushing scraper to clear all
carbon deposit on piston top. Refer to Fig. 2-77.

Fig. 2-77

(b) Use bushing scraper to eliminate all bushing materials on cylinder surface.
(c) Use compressed air to blow carbon deposit and engine oil in bolt hole. Refer to Fig. 2-78.

Fig. 2-78

Caution: Please protect your eyes when using high pressure compressed air.

2. Clean cylinder head

A. Clear bushing material


Use bushing scraper to clear all bushing materials on contact surface of cylinder body. Refer to Fig. 2-79.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-79

Note: Please be careful. Do not scratch contact surface of cylinder body.

B. Clean and wash combustion chamber


Use wire brush to clean all carbon deposit in combustion chamber. Refer to Fig. 2-80.

Fig. 2-80

Note: Please be careful. Do not scratch contact surface of cylinder body.

C. Clean valve guide bushing


Use valve guide bushing brush and solvent to clear clean and wash all guide bushings. Refer to Fig. 2-81.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Fig. 2-81

D. Clean cylinder head


Use soft brush and solvent to clean and wash cylinder head thoroughly. Refer to Fig. 2-82.

Fig. 2-82

3. Check cylinder head


A. Check flatness
Use precise ruler and feeler gauge to measure whether twisting exists on the contact surface between
cylinder body and manifold. Refer to Fig. 2-83.

Fig. 2-83

Maximum twisting:
Cylinder body side: 0.05mm
Manifold side: 0.10mm
If twisting exceeds maximum twisting value, cylinder head should be replaced.

B. Check for crack existence


Use dye penetrant to check whether crack exists for combustion chamber, air inlet, air outlet and cylinder
body surface. Refer to Fig. 2-84.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-84

If crack exists, cylinder head should be replaced.

4. Clean valve
(a) Use bushing scraper to clean carbon deposit on valve end.
(b) Use wire brush to clean valve thoroughly. Refer to Fig. 2-85.

Fig. 2-85

5. Check valve tappet and guide bushing


(a) Use caliber gauge to measure inside diameter of guide bushing. Refer to Fig. 2-86.

Fig. 2-86
Bushing inside diameter: 6.010-6.030mm
(b) Use micrometer screw gauge to measure diameter of valve tappet. Refer to Fig. 2-87.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-87

Valve tappet diameter:


Intake: 5.970-5.985mm
Exhaust: 5.965-5.980mm
(c) Measured value of guide bushing inside diameter minus measured value of valve tappet diameter
Standard oil clearance:
Intake: 0.025-0.060mm
Exhaust: 0.030-0.065mm
Maximum oil clearance:
Intake: 0.08mm
Exhaust: 0.10mm
If clearance exceeds maximum value, valve and guide bushing should be replaced.

6. Check and grind valve. Refer to Fig. 2-88.

Fig. 2-88

(a) Grind valve until pockmarks and carbon deposit are all eliminated.
(b) Check whether valve grinding is with correct face angle.

Valve face angle: 44.5°.


(c) Check the edge thickness of valve head. Refer to Fig. 2-89.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-89

Standard edge thickness: 0.8-1.2mm


Minimum edge thickness: 0.5mm
If edge thickness is less than minimum value, valve should be replaced.

(d) Check the overall length of valve. Refer to Fig. 2-90.

Fig. 2-90

Standard overall length:


Intake: 87.5mm
Exhaust: 87.8mm
Minimum overall length:
Intake: 86.35mm
Exhaust: 87.65mm
If overall length is less than minimum value, valve should be replaced.
(e) Check wearing condition and damage of valve tappet end surface.
For wearing valve tappet end, apply grinding wheel to grind the end or replace valve. Refer to Fig. 2-91.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-91

Note: Do not grind to a valve less than minimum value.

7. Check and wash valve seat


(a) Use 45° carbonide ceramic cutting tool to polish valve seat again. Clear appropriate metal to clear valve
seat. Refer to Fig. 2-92.

Fig. 2-92

(b) Check valve seat position


Coat valve surface with a thin layer of Prussia blue (or white lead), slightly press valve to valve seat and do
not turn valve.
(c) Check following items of valve surface and valve seat:
If blue paint of valve surface is 360° around the valve center, the valve is coaxial. Otherwise, valve should
be replaced.
If blue paint of valve seat is 360° around valve center, guide pipe is coaxial with surface. Otherwise, valve
should be replaced.
Check whether the seat contact surface is at the center of valve surface; the width is: 1.0-1.4mm. Refer to
Fig. 2-93.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-93

Otherwise, valve pedestal ring shall be modified with following method:


1) If pedestal is too high away from valve surface, modify pedestal ring with 30° and 45° cutting tools.
Refer to Fig. 2-94.

Fig. 2-94
2) If pedestal is too close to valve surface, modify pedestal with 60° and 45° cutting tools. Refer to Fig.
2-95.

Fig. 2-95
(d) Use grinding material to grind valve and valve pedestal by hand.
(e) After hand grinding, clear valve and valve pedestal.

8. Check valve spring


(a) Use iron bevel protractor to measure perpendicularity of valve spring. Refer to Fig. 2-96.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-96
If the deviation is more than maximum value, valve spring should be replaced.
(b) Use vernier caliper to the free length of valve spring. Free length: 38.57mm. Refer to Fig. 2-98.

Fig. 2-97 Fig. 2-98


If free length is not in conformity with prescribed valve, valve spring should be replaced.
(c) Use spring tester to measure the stretching force of valve spring at prescribed installation length.
Installation stretching force (length of 31.7mm): 152-168N. Refer to Fig. 2-99.

Fig. 2-99
If installation stretching force is not in conformity with prescribed value, valve spring should be replaced.

9. Check camshaft and bearing

A. Check radial runout of camshaft


(a) Place camshaft on V-block.
(b) Use dial indicator gauge to measure circular runout at bearing journal. Refer to Fig. 2-100.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-100

Maximum circular runout: 0.03mm


If circular runout exceeds the maximum value, camshaft should be replaced.

B Check camshaft nose bit


Use micrometer screw gauge to measure the height of camshaft nose bit. Refer to 2-101.

Fig. 2-101
Standard camshaft nose bit height:
Intake: 41.76±0.05mm
Exhaust: 42.01±0.05mm
If camshaft nose bit height is not in conformity with prescribed valve, camshaft should be replaced.

C Check camshaft bearing journal


Use micrometer screw gauge to measure the diameter of bearing journal. Refer to Fig. 2-102.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Fig. 2-102

Bearing journal diameter:


No.1 exhaust: 24.949-24.965mm
Other: 22.949-22.965mm
If bearing journal is not in conformity with prescribed valve, oil clearance should be checked.

D. Check camshaft bearing


Check whether bearing is spalt or burned. If bearing is damaged, replace the entire set of bearing cap and
cylinder head. Refer to Fig. 2-103.

Fig. 2-103

E. Check camshaft backlash spring


Use vernier caliper measure the free distance between the two ends of spring. Refer to Fig. 2-104.

Fig. 2-104

Free distance: 17.0-17.6mm


If free distance is not in conformity with prescribed valve, replace backlash spring.

F. Check oil clearance of camshaft bearing journal


(a) Clean bearing cap and camshaft bearing journal
(b) Place camshaft on cylinder head.
(c) Place 1 plastic feeler gauge on each camshaft bearing journal. Refer to Fig. 2-105.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-105

(d) Install bearing cap. Refer to Fig. 2-106

Fig. 2-106

Torque: 11N·m
Note: Do not turn camshaft.

(e) Remove bearing cap.


(f) Use plastic clearance gauge to measure clearance at the widest part. Refer to Fig. 2-107.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Fig. 2-107

Standard oil clearance: 0.035-0.072mm


Maximum oil clearance: 0.10mm
If oil clearance exceeds maximum value, camshaft should be replaced. When necessary, the entire set of
bearing cap and cylinder head can be replaced.
(g) Completely remove all plastic feeler gauges.

G. Check camshaft axial clearance


(a) Install camshaft
(b) Use dial indicator gauge to measure axial clearance when moving camshaft forward and backward.
Refer to Fig. 2-108.

Fig. 2-108

Standard axial clearance:


Intake: 0.030-0.085mm
Exhaust: 0.035-0.090mm
Maximum axial clearance: 0.11mm
If axial clearance exceeds maximum value, camshaft should be replaced. When necessary, bearing cap and
cylinder head can be replaced.

H. Check camshaft gear clearance


(a) Install camshaft, but not install exhaust camshaft auxiliary gear
(b) Use dial indicator gauge to measure gear clearance. Refer to Fig. 2-109.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Fig. 2-109

Standard gear clearance: 0.020-0.200mm


Maximum gear clearance: 0.30mm
If gear clearance exceeds maximum value, camshaft should be replaced.

10. Check valve tappet and tappet pore diameter


(a) Use caliper gauge to measure cylinder head tappet pore diameter. Refer to Fig. 2-110.

Fig. 2-110

Tappet pore diameter: 31.000-31.025mm


(b) Use micrometer screw gauge to measure tappet diameter. Refer to Fig. 2-111.

Fig. 2-111

Tappet diameter: 30.966-30.976mm

(c) Measured tappet pore diameter minus measured tappet diameter


Standard oil clearance: 0.024-0.059mm
Maximum oil clearance: 0.07mm
If oil clearance exceeds maximum value, tappet should be replaced .When necessary, cylinder head can be
replaced.

11. Check intake manifold and exhaust manifold


Use precise ruler and finger gauge to measure for the twisting of cylinder head contact surface. Refer to Fig.
2-112.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-112

Maximum twisting
Intake manifold: 0.20mm
Exhaust manifold: 0.30mm
If twisting value exceeds maximum value, manifold should be replaced.

12. Check cylinder head bolt


Standard external diameter: 8.5mm
Minimum external diameter: 8.3mm
If external diameter is less than minimum value, bolt should be replaced. Refer to Fig. 2-113.

Fig. 2-113

IV. Replace

1. Replace valve guide bushing


(a) Gradually heat cylinder head to 80-100℃. Refer to Fig. 2-114.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-114

(b) Use special service tool and hummer to knock out guide bushing slightly. Refer to Fig. 2-115.

Fig. 2-115

(c) Use caliper gauge to measure cylinder head bushing internal diameter. Refer to Fig. 2-116.

Fig. 2-116
Standard valve guide pore diameter (cold):
11.000-11.027mm
(d) Select new guide bushing (standard value or with enlarged size of 0.05)
If cylinder head bushing internal diameter exceeds 11.027mm, process bushing internal diameter to
following size:
11.050-11.077mm
If bushing internal diameter of cylinder head exceeds 11.077mm, cylinder head should be replaced.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
(e) Gradually heat cylinder head to 80-100℃.

(f) Use special service tool and hummer to knock new guide bushing until it stretches 12.7-13.1mm out of
cylinder head. Refer to Fig. 2-118.

Fib. 2-118

(g) Use sharp 6mm reamer to cut guide bushing to make the clearance between guiding bushing and valve
tappet meet the prescribed clearance value (please refer above step c). Refer to Fig. 2-119.

Fig. 2-119
2. Replace cylinder head oil seal
(a) Upwards bend little tongue piece of wind screen; the little tongue piece is to prevent oil seal sliding.

(b) Take oil seal by screwdriver. Refer to Fig. 2-120.


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Fig. 2-120

(c) Use special service tool and hummer to knock new oil seal as shown in Fig. 2-121.

Fig. 2-121

(d) Coat a thin layer of multipurpose grease on washer edge.


(e) Place tongue piece of wind screen to its original position.

V. Reassembly

Tips:
Clean and wash all parts thoroughly; all the parts are prepared for installation.
Before part installation, coat new engine oil on all sliding and turning surfaces.
Replace all washers and oil seals with new ones.

1. Install spark plug pipe


Tips: When using new cylinder head, spark plug pipe must be installed.
(a) The standard position of spark plug mark to the edge. Refer to Fig. 2-122.

Fig. 2-122

Standard stretching length: 46.8-47.6mm


(b) Coat adhesive in spark plug pore of cylinder head. Refer to Fig. 2-123.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-123

(c) Use punch to press in new spark plug pipe until it stretches 46.8-47.6mm out of installation platform of
cylinder head camshaft bearing cap. Refer to Fig. 2-124.

Fig. 2-124

Note: Measure stretching length when pressing to avoid too much stretching length of new spark plug pipe.

2. Install valve
(a) Use special service tool to press in new valve oil seal. Refer to 2-125.

Fig. 2-125
Note: Intake valve oil seal is gray while exhaust valve oil seal is black. Refer to Fig. 2-126.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-126
(b) Install following parts. Refer to Fig. 2-127.

Fig. 2-127
1) Valve
2) Spring pedestal
3) Valve spring
4) Spring seat

(c) Use special service tool to compress valve spring, place 2 lock blades around valve tappet. Refer to Fig.
2-128.

Fig. 2-128

(d) Use plastics-coated hummer to knock the valve rod top slightly to make sure the perfect matching.
Refer to Fig. 2-129.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-129

3. Install valve tappet and filling piece


(a) Install valve tappet and filling piece.
(b) Check valve tappet by hand. Valve tappet shall be able to be moved freely.
VI. Installation

1. Install cylinder head


A. Place cylinder head on cylinder body
(a) Place new cylinder head bushing on cylinder body well.
Note: Pay attention to the installation direction. Place the surface with mark (character) upwards. Refer to
Fig. 2-130.

Fig. 2-130

(b) Place cylinder head on cylinder head bushing.

B. Install cylinder head bolt


Tips:
Bolts with crack or deformation shall not be applied.
(a) A thin layer of engine oil should be coated on thread and under the cylinder head bolt head.
(b) Use special service tool install and evenly screw down 10 cylinder head bolts in several times with the
order indicated in Fig. 2-131.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-131

Torque: 90N·m. Refer to Fig. 2-132.

Fig. 2-132

If any bolt is not in conformity with torque specification, it should be replaced.


Tips: For cylinder head bolts with length of 90mm and 108mm, the 90mm bolt (B) should be installed to
the side of intake manifold while 108mm (A) bolt should be installed to the side of exhaust manifold.

2. Assemble intake camshaft


(a) Hold the hexagon part of camshaft on the bench clamp.
Note: Be careful and do not damage camshaft.
(b) Install following parts: Refer to Fig. 2-133.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-133
1) Camshaft gear snap spring
2) Camshaft auxiliary gear
3) Wave washer
Note: Make pin on gear aim at the end of gear snap spring.
(c) Use snap ring plier to install snap ring. Refer to Fig. 2-134.

Fig. 2-134

(d) Use special service tool to turn camshaft auxiliary gear in clockwise direction, make camshaft drive
gear aim at the pore of auxiliary gear and install service bolts. Refer to Fig. 2-135.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Fig. 2-135

3. Install intake and exhaust camshafts


Note: For the small axial clearance of camshaft, keep the horizontal status of camshaft when installing it. If
not, If the horizontal status of camshaft can not be maintained, crack or damage might happen to cylinder
head part bearing axial thrust which can cause blockage or break of camshaft. To avoid these situations,
please take following procedures.

A. Install exhaust camshaft


(a) Coat thrust part of camshaft with multipurpose grease.
(b) Place exhaust camshaft and make alignment pin at the position that is at a certain angle in anticlockwise
direction to vertical axis of camshaft. Refer to Fig. 2-136.

Fig. 2-136

Tips: Above angles make the nose bits of No. 1 and No. 3 cylinders of exhaust camshaft evenly press valve
tappet.
(c) Eliminate all old filling materials.

(d) As shown in Fig. 2-137, coat sealing filler on bearing cap.

Fig. 2-137
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-138

(e) Install 5 bearing caps at proper positions.


(f) A thin layer of engine oil should be coated on thread and under the bearing cap bolt head.
(g) Evenly screw down 10 bearing cap bolts in several times with the order shown in Fig. 2-139.

Fig. 2-139

Torque: 13N·m
(h) Coat multipurpose grease to new oil seal edge.
(i) Use special service tool to knock oil seal slightly. Refer to Fig. 2-140.

Fig. 2-140
Note:
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
· Do not make mistake on edge direction when installing oil seal.
· Put oil seal to the deepest part of cylinder cap.

B. Install intake camshaft


(a) Place exhaust camshaft and make alignment pin a little higher than the cylinder head top. Refer to Fig.
2-141.

Fig. 2-141

(b) Coat lubricant grease on thrust part of camshaft.


(c) Match installation mark of each gear, to make intake camshaft gear occlude with exhaust camshaft gear.
Refer to Fig. 2-142.

Fig. 2-142

Note: As shown in the figure, each gear also has timing mark (for TDC). Do not use these marks.
(d) For mutual occlusion of gear, make intake camshaft locate on the bearing journal.
Note: Above angles allow No. 1 and No. 3 cylinder camshaft nose bits of intake camshaft to press their
valve tappets evenly
(e) Install 4 bearing caps at proper positions. Refer to Fig. 2-143.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-143

(f) A thin layer of engine oil should be coated on thread and under the bearing cap bolt head.
(g) Evenly install and screw down 8 bearing cap bolts in several times with order indicated in Fig. 2-144.
Torque: 11N·m

Fig. 2-144

(h) Remove service bolts.


(i) With arrow mark toward forward, install No. 1 bearing cap. Refer to Fig. 2-145.

Fig. 2-145

Note: If No. 1 bearing cap can not match perfectly, use screwdriver to move and separate cylinder head and
camshaft gear; then push camshaft gear backwards.

(j) A thin layer of engine oil should be coated on thread and under the bearing cap bolt head.
(k) Install and alternately screw down 2 bolts in several steps. Torque: 11N·m
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
(l) Turn exhaust camshaft in clockwise direction and make alignment pin face upwards. Refer to Fig.
2-146.

Fig. 2-146

(m) Check for the correct alignment of timing mark of camshaft gear.
Tips: Installation mark is at upper part. Refer to Fig. 2-147.

Fig. 2-147

4. Check and adjust valve clearance


Turn camshaft; make camshaft nose bit towards upwards; check and adjust valve clearance.
Valve clearance (cold): Intake: 0.20~0.25mm, exhaust: 0.30-0.35mm

5. Install camshaft timing pulley


(a) Make camshaft alignment pin aim at the alignment pin groove (with 2 alignment pin grooves) on the
side of belt pulley with mark “K”, slide it to timing belt pulley. Refer to Fig. 2-148.

Fig. 2-148
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
(b) Temporarily install timing belt pulley bolt.
(c) Use wrench to fix the hexagon head part of camshaft and screw down timing belt pulley bolt.
Torque: 59N·m

6. Install AC-generator mounting


Use 3 bolts to install AC-generator mounting. Refer to Fig. 2-149.

Fig. 2-149
Torque: 23N·m

7. Install timing belt


Tips:
Check whether matching mark of timing belt is aiming at the end of timing belt housing mark. If not, move
the occlusion part of timing belt pulley to meet correct alignment. Refer to Fig. 2-150.

Fig. 2-150

Aim at the match marks of timing belt and camshaft timing pulley.
(a) Clean oil or water of camshaft timing pulley and keep clean.
(b) Install timing belt, check the tension force between crankshaft timing pulley and camshaft timing
pulley.

8. Check valve timing


(a) Loosen belt tension wheel bolts. Refer to Fig. 2-151.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-151

(b) Slowly turn crankshaft for 2 circles, from TDC to TDC.


Note: Do turn crankshaft clockwise.
(c) Check whether each belt pulley is aiming at timing mark as shown in the figure. If not, timing belt
should be removed and reinstalled. Refer to Fig. 2-152.

Fig. 2-152
(d) Screw down belt tension wheel bolt. Torque: 33N·m
(e) Install rubber seal ring for No. 1 timing belt housing.

9. Reference:
Check timing belt flexivity
Check belt fexivity of position shown in Fig. 2-153.

Fig. 2-153

Flexivity: 20N: 5-6mm. If flexivity is not in conformity with prescribed value, readjust belt tension wheel.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

10. Install No. 2 and No. 3 timing belt housing


Use 6 bolts to install No. 2 and No. 3 timing belt housing. Refer to Fig. 2-154 and Fig. 2-155.

Fig. 2-154 Fig. 2-155


Torque: 11N·m

11. Install semicircular plug


(a) Eliminate all old filling material.
(b) Coat sealing filler on semicircular plug. Refer to Fig. 2-156.

Fig. 2-156
(c) Install semicircular plug on cylinder head.

12. Install cylinder head


(a) Eliminate old filling material.
(b) Coat sealing filler on cylinder head as shown in Fig. 2-157.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-157
(c) Install cylinder head gasket seal on cylinder head cover.
(d) Use 4 wave seal ring and lock nut to install cylinder head cover.
Torque: 11N·m

13. Install spark plug

14. Install water pump intake pipe


(a) Place a new washer on cylinder head, with projecting part toward upward. Refer to Fig. 2-158.

Fig. 2-158

(b) Connect water pump intake pipe to water pump.


(c) Use 2 nuts to install water pump intake pipe. Torque: 23N·m

15. Install oil level indicator and guide pipe


(a) Install new O ring to oil level indicator guide pipe.
(b) Coat soap water to O ring.
(c) Push in oil level indicator and guide pipe and fixed them with bolts. Refer to Fig. 2-159.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-159

Torque: 11N·m

16. Install intake manifold


Use 7 bolts, 2 nuts to install new washer and intake manifold. Evenly screw down bolts and nuts in several
times.
Torque: 23N·m

17. Install fuel injection nozzle and fuel distribution pipe

18. Connect fuel hose to transmission pipe


Torque: 29N·m

19. Connect engine wire harness


Use 2 nuts to fix engine wire harness.

20. Install coolant bypass hose


Use 2 nuts to connect water bypass hose and fuel return hose to intake manifold. Refer to Fig. 2-160.

Fig. 2-160
Torque: 11N·m

21. Install intake manifold support bar


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Use 2 bolts to install intake manifold support bar
Torque:
Bolt with 12mm head: 23N·m
Bolt with 14mm head: 44N·m

22. Install throttle valve body

23. Install intake pipe and thermostat seat


(a) Use bolt and 2 nuts to install intake pipe, thermostat seat and gasket seal. Torque: 23N·m
(b) Connect 2 water bypass hoses.

24. Install right engine suspension bracket


Use bolt to install right engine suspension bracket. Torque: 48±1N·m

25. Install ignition coil mounting


Use bolt to install ignition coil mounting

26. Install outlet pipe


Use 2 bolts to install water outlet. Refer to Fig. 2-161.

Fig. 2-161
Torque: 23N·m

27. Install exhaust manifold


(a) Use 2 bolts to install lower heat shield to exhaust manifold.
Torque: 11N·m

(b) Use 5 bolts to install new washer and exhaust manifold. Evenly screw down nut in several times. Refer
to Fig. 2-162.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-162

Torque: 33N·m
(c) Use 2 bolts to install manifold support bar and alternately tighten bolts.
Torque: 23N·m
(d) Use 4 bolts to install upper heat shield.
力矩:11N·m
Torque: 11N·m

28. Install AC-generator

29. Connect engine wire harness


(a) Use bolt to install engine wire harness bracket.
(b) Connect following wire and clip:
1) AC-generator connector
2) AC-generator wire
3) Oil pressure switch connector
(c) Wire clip

30. Install water pump belt pulley and AC-generator drive belt
(a) Use 4 bolts to install water pump belt pulley temporarily.
(b) Use adjustment bolt and pivot bolt to install drive belt.
(c) Screw down 4 water pump belt pulley bolts tightly.

31. Adjust drive belt

32. Inject engine coolant

Section VII Cylinder Body

Breakdown drawing of cylinder body parts


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

I. Disassembly

1. Remove flywheel
Remove 6 bolts and flywheel. Refer to Fig. 2-164.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-164

2. Remove transmission bulkhead


Remove 2 bolts and end cap. Refer to Fig. 2-165.

Fig. 2-165

3. Install engine to engine support for disassembly.

4. Remove timing belt and belt pulley

5. Remove cylinder head

6. Remove adjustment block of engine


Remove 2 bolts and adjustment block of AC-generator. Refer to Fig. 2-166.

Fig. 2-166
7. Remove right engine installation support
Remove 3 bolts and right engine installation support

8. Remove water pump


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
(a) Remove 3 bolts and water pump. Refer to Fig. 2-167.

Fig. 2-167

(b) Take off O ring.

9. Remove oil filter

10. Remove oil pressure switch

11. Remove knock sensor

12. Remove oil pan and oil pump

13. Remove rear oil seal pedestal ring


Remove 6 bolts, rear end cap and washer.

14. Check axial clearance of connecting rod


Move connecting rod forward and backward, and use dial indicator gauge to measure the axial clearance.
Refer to Fig. 2-168.

Fig. 2-168

Standard axial clearance:


0.15-0.25mm
Maximum axial clearance:
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
0.30mm
If axial clearance exceeds maximum value, connecting rod component should be replaced. When necessary,
crankshaft can be replaced.

15. Remove connecting rod cap and check oil clearance


(a) Check connecting rod and the matching mark on the cap to guarantee the correctness of reinstallation.
Refer to Fig. 2-169.

Fig. 2-169
(b) Remove connecting rod cap nut
(c) Use plastics-coated hummer to knock connecting rod bolt and lift connecting rod cap. Refer to Fig.
2-170.

Fig. 2-170
Tips: Keep lower bearing shell embedded in connecting rod cap.
(d) Use short hose to cover connecting rod bolt to protect crankshaft from damage.

Fig. 2-171
(e) Clean crank pin and bearing shell
(f) Check crank pin and bearing shell for existence of pockmark and scratch. Refer to Fig. 2-172.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-172

If damage exists for crank pin or bearing shell, bearing shell should be replaced. When necessary, crank pin
can be polished or replaced.
(g) Put a section of plastic oil clearance gauge through crank pin. Refer to Fig. 2-173.

Fig. 2-173

(h) Install connecting rod cap.


Screw down connecting rod cap bolts in several times. Refer to Fig. 2-174.

Fig. 2-174

Torque: 60N·m
Note: Do not turn crankshaft.
(i) Remove connecting rod cap.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
(j) Apply plastic oil clearance gauge at the widest part. Refer to Fig. 2-175.

Fig. 2-175

Standard oil clearance:


Standard type: 0.020-0.051mm
Enlarged size 0.25: 0.019-0.065mm
Maximum oil clearance: 0.08mm
If oil clearance exceeds maximum value, bearing shell should be replaced. When necessary, crankshaft can
be polished or replaced.
Tips: If using standard bearing shell, bearing shell with the same number on connecting rod must be
applied for replacement. Standard bearing shell has 3 sizes with relevant number of “1”, “2” and “3”. Refer
to Fig. 2-176.

Fig. 2-176
Center wall thickness of standard size bearing shell:
Number “1”:
1.486-1.490mm
Number “2”:
1.490-1.494mm
Number “3”:
1.494-1.498mm
(k) Take out all plastic oil clearance gauges.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

16. Remove piston and connecting rod component


(a) Use cylinder port reamer to eliminate all carbon deposit on cylinder top. Refer to Fig. 2-177.

Fig. 2-177

(b) Use short hose to cover connecting rod bolt to protect crankshaft from damage.
(c) Push piston, connecting component and upper bearing shell through cylinder body top.
Tips:
· Place bearing shell, connecting rod and connecting rod cap together.
· Place piston and connecting rod components in correct order.

17. Check crankshaft axial clearance


Use dial indicator gauge to measure axial clearance when using screwdriver to move crankshaft forward
and backward. Refer to Fig. 2-178.

Fig. 2-178

Standard axial clearance:


0.020-0.220mm
Maximum axial clearance:
0.30mm
If axial clearance exceeds maximum value, the entire set of thrust washers should be replaced.
Thickness of thrust washer:
20440-2490mm
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
18. Remove main bearing cap and check oil clearance
(a) Evenly loosen and remove main bearing cap bolts in several times with order as shown in Fig. 2-179.

Fig. 2-179

(b) Use removed main bearing cap bolt to move main bearing cap forward and backward, and remove main
bearing cap, lower main bearing shell and lower thrust washer (only for No. 3 main bearing cap). Refer to
Fig. 2-180.

Fig. 2-180

Tips:
Place lower mian bearing shell and main bearing cap together.
Place main bearing cap and lower thrust washer in correct order.
(c) Take out crankshaft upwards. Refer to Fig. 2-181.

Fig. 2-181
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Tips: Place upper main bearing shell, upper thrust washer and cylinder body together.
(d) Clean all main bearing journal and main bearing shell.
(e) Check all main bearing journal and main bearing shell for existence of pockmark and scratch. If any
damage exists for main bearing journal or main bearing shell, bearing shell should be replaced. When
necessary, crankshaft can be polished or replaced. Refer to Fig. 2-182.

Fig. 2-182

(f) Install crankshaft to cylinder body.


(g) Put a section of plastic oil clearance gauge through each bearing journal. Refer to Fig. 2-183.

Fig. 2-183
(h) Install main bearing cap. Refer to Fig. 2-184.

Fig. 2-184
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Torque: 78±2N·m
Note: Do not turn crankshaft.
(i) Remove main bearing cap.
(j) Measure plastic oil clearance gauge at the widest part. Refer to Fig. 2-185.

Fig. 2-185

Standard oil clearance:


Standard type: 0.015-0.033mm
Enlarged size 0.25: 0.016-0.056mm
Maximum oil clearance: 0.10mm
Tips: For cylinder body part replacement, bearing shell standard clearance should be: 0.015-0.045mm.
If oil clearance exceeds maximum value, bearing shell should be replaced. When necessary, crankshaft can
be polished or replaced.
Tips: If using standard bearing shell, bearing shell with same number must be applied for replacement.
Refer to Fig. 2-186.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-186

If bearing shell number can not be confirmed, add the numbers on cylinder body and crankshaft. The sum
number that is same to the number of bearing shell should be chosen. Then the correctness of bearing shell
selection can be guaranteed. Standard bearing shell has 5 sizes with relevant number of “1”, “2”, “3”, “4”
and “5”.

Number
Cylinder
1 2 3
body
Crankshaft 0 1 2 0 1 2 0 1 2
Matching
bearing 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
shell

e.g. No. 3 cylinder body’s number “2” + crankshaft number “1” = sum number “3” (Then apply No. 3
bearing shell)
Reference table of standard bearing shell
‐  Number  mm 
  “1”  52.025‐52.031 
Internal diameter of cylinder body main bearing journal  “2”  52.032‐52.037 
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
“3”  52.038‐52.043 
  “0”  47.993‐48.000 
Diameter o crankshaft bearing journal  “1”  47.987‐47.994 
“2”  47.982‐47.988 
  “1”  2.002‐2.005 
  “2”  2.006‐2.008 
Center wall thickness of bearing shell of standard type  “3”  2.009‐2.011 
“4”  2.012‐2.014 
“5”  2.015‐2.017 

(k) Take out all plastic oil clearance gauges.

19. Remove crankshaft


(a) Take out crankshaft upwards. Refer to Fig. 2-187.

Fig. 2-187

(b) Remove main bearing shell and upper thrust washer from cylinder body.
Tips:
Place main bearing cap, main bearing shell and thrust washer in correct order.

II. Check

1. Clean cylinder body


(a) Eliminate bushing material
Use bushing scraper to eliminate all bushing material from cylinder top. Refer to Fig. 2-188.

Fig. 2-188
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

(b) Clean cylinder body


Use soft brush and solvent to clean and wash cylinder body thoroughly.

2. Check the flatness of cylinder top surface


Use precise ruler and feeler gauge to measure whether twisting exists on the surface contacting with
cylinder head washer. Refer to Fig. 2-189.

Fig. 2-189

Maximum twisting: 0.05mm


Is twisting exceeds maximum value, cylinder body should be replaced.

3. Check for vertical scratch on cylinder


Apply visual check for existence of vertical scratch. If relatively deep scratch exists, 4 cylinders should be
rebored to standard size. When necessary, cylinder body should be replaced. Refer to Fig. 2-190.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Fig. 2-190

4. Check cylinder internal diameter


Tips: Standard cylinder internal diameter has 3 sizes in all with relevant marks of “1”, “2” and “3”
respectively. The number is printed on the top of cylinder body. Refer to Fig. 2-191.

Fig. 2-191
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Use cylinder diameter gauge to measure the diameters of thrust direction and axis direction at 3 positions A,
B and C. Refer to Fig. 2-192.

Fig. 2-192

Standard diameter:
Standard type:
Number “1”
78.700-78.710mm
Number “2”
78.710-78.720mm
Number “3”
78.720-78.730mm
Maximum diameter:
Standard type: 78.93mm
Enlarged size 0.50: 79.43mm
If diameter exceeds maximum value, 4 cylinders should be rebored. When necessary, cylinder body should
be replaced.

5. Eliminate projecting part of cylinder port


If abrasion loss is less than 0.2mm, use cylinder port reamer to polish cylinder top. Refer to Fig. 2-193.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-193
6. Check the coordination between connecting rod and piston pin
Try and see whether piston can move forward and backward on piston pin. Refer to Fig. 2-194. If any
movement is felt, the entire set of connecting rod and piston pin should be replaced.

Fig. 2-194

7. Remove piston ring


(a) Use piston ring expander to remove 2 compression rings. Refer to 2-195.

Fig. 2-195

(b) Remove 2 film loops and lined rings by hand.


Tips: Do place piston rings in correct order.

8. Remove connecting rod from piston


Use special service tool to press out piston pin from connecting rod. Take connecting rod off. Refer to Fig.
2-196.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-196

Tips:
Connecting rod, pin and piston form a matched set.
Place piston, pin, ring, connecting rod and bearing in correct order.

9. Clean piston
(a) Use bushing scraper to eliminate carbon deposit on piston top. Refer to Fig. 2-197.

Fig. 2-197

(b) Use ring groove cleaning tool or broken ring to clean piston ring groove. Refer to Fig. 2-198.

Fig. 2-198

(c) Use solvent and brush to clean piston thoroughly. Refer to Fig. 2-199.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-199

Note: Do not use wire brush.

1. Check piston and piston ring


A. Check piston oil clearance
Tips: Standard piston diameter has 3 sizes in all, with relevant mark of “I”, “II” and “III”. The mark is on
piston top. Refer to Fig. 2-200.

Fig. 2-200

(a) At 44.5mm to piston top, use micrometer screw gauge to measure the piston diameter at right angle to
piston pin centerline. Refer to Fig. 2-201.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-201

Piston diameter
Standard type:
Number “1”: 78.655-78.665mm
Number “2”: 78.665-78.675mm
Number “3”: 78.675-78.685mm
Enlarged size 0.50 type:
79.175-79.185mm
(b) Measure internal diameter of cylinder hole at thrust direction (refer to page EM.60)
(c) Measured internal diameter of cylinder hole minus measured piston diameter.
Standard oil clearance:
0.035—0.055毫米
0.035-0.055mm
Maximum oil clearance:
0.075毫米
0.075mm
If oil clearance exceeds maximum value, all of 4 pistons should be replaced and be rebored. When
necessary, cylinder body can be replaced.

Tips (when applying new cylinder body): Apply piston with number mark equal to cylinder pore diameter
on cylinder body. Refer to Fig. 2-202.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-202

B. Measure piston ring groove clearance


Use finger gauge to measure the clearance between new piston ring and ring groove wall.
Ring groove clearance:
The first ring groove:
0.040-0.080mm
The second ring groove:
0.030-0.070mm
If clearance exceeds maximum value, piston should be replaced. Refer to Fig. 2-203.

Fig. 2-203

C. Check piston ring gap clearance


(a) Put piston ring into cylinder pore.
(b) Use piston to push piston ring to the place a little over piston stroke end, with 97mm from cylinder top.
Refer to Fig. 2-204.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-204

(c) Use finger gauge to measure gap clearance. Refer to Fig. 2-205.

Fig. 2-205

Standard gap clearance:


The first ring: 0.250-0.450mm
The second ring: 0.350-0.600mm
Film loop: 0.150-0.500mm
Maximum gap clearance:
The first ring: 1.05mm
The second ring: 1.20mm
Film loop: 1.10mm
If gap clearance exceeds maximum valve, piston ring should be replaced. If gap clearance still exceeds
maximum value after applying new piston ring, 4 cylinders should be rebored, or the cylinder bodies
should be replaced.

11. Check connecting rod


A. Check connecting rod straightness
Use connecting rod collimator and finger gauge to check the straightness of connecting rod. Refer to Fig.
2-206.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-206

Check nonstraightness
Maximum nonstraightness: 0.05mm/100mm. If nonstraightness exceeds maximum value, connecting rod
components should be replaced.
Check torsion resistance as shown in Fig. 2-207.

Fig. 2-207

Maximum torsion resistance: 0.05mm/100mm. If torsion resistance exceeds maximum value, connecting
rod components should be replaced.

B. Check connecting rod bolts.


(a) Install lock nut of connecting rod bolt. Check whether lock can be rotated to thread end easily by hand.
Refer to Fig. 2-208.

Fig. 2-20
(b) If lock nut can not be rotated freely, use vernier caliper to measure the external diameter of connecting
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
rod bolt. Refer to Fig. 2-209.

Fig. 2-209

Standard external diameter: 8.860-9.000mm


Minimum external diameter: 8.60mm
If external diameter is smaller than minimum value, the entire set of connecting bolts and nuts should be
replaced.

12. Bore
Tips:
Piston external diameter of 4 cylinders enlarged with matching size.
Use pistons enlarged with matching size to replace all piston rings.
A. Keep piston with enlarged size
Piston diameter with enlarged size:
Enlarged size 0.50:
79.115-79.145mm

B. Calculate bore amount


(a) At 44.5mm to cylinder head, use micrometer screw gauge to measure the piston diameter at right angle
to piston pin centerline. Refer to Fig. 2-210.

Fig. 2-210

(b) Calculate rebore amount of each cylinder with following formula: Rebore size=P+C-H
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
P= Piston diameter
C= Piston oil clearance: 0.035-0.055mm
H= Honing amount: 0.02mm or less
C. Bore and hone cylinder to calculated size
Maximum honing amount: 0.02mm
Note: Over honing can damage the roundness of finished pieces.

13. Check radial runout of crankshaft


(a) Put crankshaft on V-block.
(b) Use dial indicator gauge to measure radial runout at bearing journal. Refer to Fig. 2-211.

Fig. 2-211

Maximum radial runout: 0.03mm


If radial runout exceeds maximum value: crankshaft should be replaced.

14. Check main bearing journal and connecting rod neck


(a) Use micrometer screw gauge to measure diameter of each main bearing journal and connecting rod neck.
Refer to Fig. 2-212.

Fig. 2-212

Main bearing journal diameter:


Standard type: 47.982-48.000mm
Enlarged size 0.25: 47.745-47.755mm
Connecting rod neck diameter:
Standard type: 39.985-40.000mm
Enlarged size 0.25: 39.745-39.755mm
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
If diameter is not in conformity with prescribed value, oil clearance should be checked. When necessary,
grind or replace crankshaft.
(b) As shown in the figure, check the conicity and out-of-roundness of each main bearing journal and
connecting rod neck.
Maximum conicity and out-of-roundness: 0.02mm
If conicity and out-of-roundness are larger than maximum value, crankshaft should be replaced.

15. Grind and bone main bearing journal and/or connecting rod neck when necessary
Grind and bone main bearing journal and/or connecting rod neck to relatively smaller diameter of finished
piece size (refer to method in step 14). Install bearing shell with new size matching main bearing journal
and/or connecting rod neck.

III. Replacement

Tips: Oil seal replacement has 2 methods (A and B) as indicated in following statement:
1. Replace crankshaft front seal
A. If oil pump has been removed from cylinder body
(a) Use screwdriver to remove oil seal. Refer to Fig. 2-213.

Fig. 2-213

(b) Use special service tool and hummer to knock new oil seal slightly until its surface and oil pump
housing edge are at the same level. Refer to Fig. 2-214.

Fig. 2-214

(c) Coat oil seal edge with lubricant grease.

B. If oil pump is installed on cylinder body


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
(a) Use knife to cut down oil seal edge.
(b) Use screwdriver to move oil seal out. Refer to Fig. 2-215.

Fig. 2-215

Note: Be careful, do not damage crankshaft. Use adhesive tape to cover the sharp end of screwdriver.
(c) Coat new oil seal edge with lubricant grease.
(d) Use special service tool and hummer to knock oil seal slightly until its surface and pump housing edge
are at the same level. Refer to Fig. 2-216.

Fig. 2-216
2. Replace crankshaft rear end cap

A. If crankshaft rear end cap has been removed from cylinder body
(a) Use screwdriver and hummer to knock out oil seal slightly. Refer to Fig. 2-217.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Fig. 2-217

(b) Use special service tool and hummer to knock new oil seal slightly until its surface and rear oil seal
edge are at the same level. Refer to Fig. 2-218.

Fig. 2-218

(c) Coat oil seal edge with MP lubricant grease.

B. If crankshaft rear end cap has been installed on cylinder cap.

(a) Use knife to cut down oil seal edge.


(b) Use screwdriver move oil seal out. Refer to Fig. 2-219.

Fig. 2-219

Note: Be careful, do not damage crankshaft. Use adhesive tape to cover the sharp end of screwdriver.
(c) Coat new oil seal edge with lubricant grease.
(d) Use special service tool and hummer to knock new oil seal until its surface and crankshaft rear end cap
edge are at the same level. Refer to Fig. 2-220.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-220
IV. Reassembly

Tips:
Clean all parts to be installed thoroughly.
Before part installation, coat new engine oil on all sliding and turning surfaces.
Replace all washers, O rings and oil seals with new ones.

1. Install piston and connecting rod


(a) Coat engine oil on piston pin and piston pin hole;
(b) Make piston at the same side with front mark of connecting rod, and use thumb to push it into piston pin.
Refer to Fig. 2-221.

Fig. 2-221

(c) Use special service tool to press in piston pin. Refer to Fig. 2-222.

图2-222
Fig. 2-222
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
2. Install piston ring
(a) Install film loop and lined ring by hand.
(b) Use piston ring expander to install 2 compression rings, and make their code mark toward upwards.
Refer to Fig. 2-223.

Fig. 2-223
Code mark (only for 2 compression rings)
(c) Position of placing piston ring should make open end as shown in Fig. 2-224.

Fig. 2-224
Note: Ring openings should not on the same line.

3. Install bearing shell


(a) Make the projecting part of bearing shell aim at the groove of connecting rod or connecting rod cap.
Refer to Fig. 2-225.

Fig. 2-225

(b) Put bearing shell into connecting rod and connecting rod cap.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

4. Install main bearing shell


Tips: Upper main bearing shell has oil groove and oil hole, while lower main bearing shell does not have.
Refer to Fig. 2-226.

Fig. 2-226

(a) Make projection of main bearing shell aim at the groove of cylinder body; then push 5 upper main
bearing shells in. Refer to Fig. 2-227.

Fig. 2-227

(b) Make projection of main bearing shell aim at the groove of main bearing cap; then push 5 lower main
bearing shells in.

5. Install thrust washer


Install 2 upper thrust washers under the No. 3 bearing journal of cylinder body, with oil groove toward
outside. Refer to Fig. 2-228.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Fig. 2-228

6. Put crankshaft on cylinder body, Fig. 2-229.

Fig. 2-229

7. Install main bearing cap and lower thrust washer


(a) Install 2 thrust washers on No. 3 main bearing cap, with oil groove toward outside. Refer to Fig. 2-230.

Fig. 2-230

(b) Install 5 main bearing caps to proper position. Refer to Fig. 2-231.

Fig. 2-231

Tips: Every bearing cap has number and front mark.

(c) A thin layer of engine oil should be coated on thread and under the main bearing cap bolt head.
(d) Install and evenly screw down 10 main bearing bolts in the order shown in Fig. 2-232.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-232

Torque: 78±2N·m
(e) Check whether crankshaft can be turned easily.

8. Check crankshaft axial clearance

9. Install piston and connecting rod component


(a) Use short hose cover connecting bolt to protect crankshaft from damage. Refer to Fig. 2-233.

Fig. 2-233

(b) Use piston ring compressor to push piston and connecting rod group into relevant cylinders and make
front mark of piston toward forward. The piston and connecting rod group should have matching numbers
with cylinders. Refer to Fig. 2-234.

Fig. 2-234
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

10. Install connecting rod cap


A. Connect connecting rod cap to connecting rod
(a) According to number, match connecting rod cap with relevant connecting rod.
(b) Install connecting rod cap with front mark in front. Refer to Fig. 2-235.

Fig. 2-235

B. Install connecting rod cap nut


Tips:
Connecting rod cap nut should be gradually screwed down in 2 steps.
If any crack or deformation exists for connecting cap bolts, replace them.
(a) A thin layer of engine oil should be coated under connecting rod cap nut.

(b) Install and alternately screw down lock nut in several times. Refer to Fig. 2-236. Torque: 60N·m

Fig. 2-236
If any lock nut can not meet the prescribed torque requirement, the entire set of connecting rod bolts and
lock nuts should be replaced.
(c) Use paint to mark on connecting rod bolts and lock nuts. Refer to Fig. 2-237 and Fig. 2-238.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Fig. 2-237 Fig. 2-238
(d) Check whether crankshaft can rotate freely.
11. Check connecting rod axial clearance

12. Install rear oil seal pedestal ring


Use 6 bolts to install crankshaft rear end cap with oil seal pedestal ring. Refer to Fig. 2-239.

Fig. 2-239
Torque: 11N·m
13. Install oil pump and oil pan

14. Install knock sensor


Use special service tool to install knock sensor. Refer to Fig. 2-240.

Fig. 2-240
Torque: 23N·m
15. Install oil pressure switch
(a) Coat the second or third thread of oil pressure switch with adhesive.
(b) Use special service tool to install oil pressure switch.

16. Install Oil filter

17. Install water pump


(a) Put a new O ring on cylinder body.
(b) Use 3 bolts to install water pump. Refer to Fig. 2-241.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-241
Torque: 23N·m

18. Install right engine installation support


Use 3 bolts to install right engine installation support
Torque: 59±2N·m

19. Install AC-generator regulating block


Use 2 bolts to install AC-generator regulating block. Refer to Fig. 2-242.

Fig. 2-242
Torque: 23N·m

20. Install cylinder head

21. Install timing belt and belt pulley

22. Remove engine from engine support

23. Install rear end cap


Use 2 bolts to install rear end cap.
Torque: 11N·m

24. Install fly wheel


(a) Install flywheel on crankshaft.
(b) Install and evenly screw down installation bolts in several times in order shown in Fig. 2-243.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-243
Torque: 78±2.5N·m

Chapter II Cooling System

Section I Coolant

I. Check

1. Check the engine coolant level in the radiator water tank


When engine is at cold condition, the coolant level should be between “LOW” and “FULL” lines.
In case of a lower level, please check if there is a leakage and refill the coolant to “FULL” line.

2. Check the quality of the engine coolant


(a) Removal of radiator cover
Note: For protection from scald, please do not remove the radiator cover when the engine and radiator are
too hot, because the fluid and steam will eject under pressure.
(b) There should be not too much rust or water scale around the radiator cover or intake pipe, and no oil in
the coolant. In case of too dirty coolant, please replace the coolant.
(c) Reinstall the radiator cover.

II. Replacement

1. Discharging the engine coolant


(a) Removal of radiator cover
Note:
For protection from scald, please do not remove the radiator cover when the engine and radiator is too hot,
because that the fluid and steam will be ejected under pressure.
(b) Release the drain plug of the radiator (at the right side of water tank below the radiator) and engine
coolant drain plug (at the rear left of cylinder) on the coolant drain pipe, and then drain the coolant. See Fig.
2-244.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-244

(c) Close the drain plug


Torque: (at one side of engine)
12.7N·m

2. Refilling engine coolant


(a) Refilling coolant into the cooling system slowly
· Using high quality glycol coolant and mix it according to the instructions of the manufacturer.
· Coolant with above 50% (less than 70%) glycol recommended.
Note:
· Ethanol coolant should not be used.
· The coolant should be mixed with soft water or distilled water.
Capacity: 5.3L
(b) Install the radiator cover.
(c) Start the engine and drain the air in the cooling system.
(d) Refill coolant into the coolant tank to “FULL”.

3. Check if there is leakage in the engine coolant

Section II Water Pump

I. Removal

1. Drain the engine coolant

2. Remove the driving belt of alternator and belt pulley of water pump

3. Remove the cylinder head cover


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
4. Remove timing belt cover 3 and 4
Remove 6 bolts and timing belt cover 3 and 2. See Fig. 2-245.

Fig. 2-245

5. Dismantle the conductor bundle cover


6. Take out the oil level indicator and the pipe
(a) Remove the installation bolt.
(b) Pull out the oil level indicator and the pipe.
(c) Take out the O ring from the oil level indicator pipe.
7. Remove the water pump and its intake pipe
(a) Disconnect the water temperature sensor connector. See Fig. 2-246.

Fig. 2-246

(b) Remove the 2 nuts connecting water pump pipe to the cylinder head. See Fig. 2-247.

Fig. 2-247
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

(c) Remove 3 bolts, water pump and water pump intake pipe.
(d) Take out the O ring from the cylinder body.
8. Disconnect the water pump and its intake pipe. See Fig. 2-248.

Fig. 2-248

II. Check

Check the water pump


(a) Visually check if there is coolant leakage at the air pore and water pore.
In case of leakage, please replace the water pump.
(b) Revolve the belt pulley, check the turning of the water pump bearing. It should be smooth and without
noise. Please replace the water pump as necessary.

III. Removal

1. Remove the suction cover of water pump


(a) Remove 4 bolts.
(b) Disconnect the suction cover of water pump by a screwdriver. See Fig. 2-249.

Fig. 2-249
2. Remove the belt pulley seat
Press down the shaft of the bearing by a special service tool and a punch, and then dismantle the belt pulley
seat. See Fig. 2-250.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-250

3. Remove the water pump bearing


(a) Polish the water pump rotor by a grinding wheel as shown in Fig. 2-251.

Fig. 2-251

Note: Do not polish the shaft of the water pump bearing.


(b) Gradually warm the water pump to 85℃.
(c) Press down the shaft of the bearing by a special service tool and a punch, and take out the rotor and
bearing. See Fig. 2-252.

Fig. 2-252
(d) Take out the seal receptacle.
Note: Do not damage the water pump body.

4. Remove the seal part


Press down the seal parts by a special service tool and punch. See Fig. 2-253.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-253

IV. Reinstallation

Note: During reassembly of water pump, new seal parts, rotors and bearing should be used.
1. Install water pump bearing
(a) Gradually warm the water pump to 85℃.
(b) Press down the bearing outer ring by a special service tool and punch to make the surface flush with
water pump body surface. See Fig. 2-254.

Fig. 2-254

2. Install seal parts


(a) Smear seal filling on the new seal part and pump body. See Fig. 2-255.

Fig. 2-255

(b) Press the seal part by a special service tool and punch. See Fig. 2-256.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-256

3. Install belt pulley seat


Press down the belt pulley seat onto the shaft of the water pump bearing by a special service tool and punch,
and make it leave the pump body installation surface for 76.7mm. See Fig. 2-257.

Fig. 2-257

4. Install rotor
(a) Install new filling and seat into the rotor. See Fig. 2-258.

Fig. 2-258

(b) Smear little silicone fluid on the contact surface of the wheel seat and rotor. See Fig. 2-259.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-259
(c) Press down the new rotor onto the shaft of water pump bearing by a punch and let it away from the
pump installation surface for 7.8 mm. See Fig. 2-260.

Fig. 2-260

5. Install suction cover of water pump


Install the suction cover of water pump by a new washer and 3 bolts. See Fig. 2-261.

Fig. 2-261

Torque: 11N·m

6. Check if the water pump can rotate smoothly. See Fig. 2-262.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-262

V. Installation

1. Assemble the water pump and its intake pipe

2. Install the water pump and its intake pipe


(a) Put a new O ring onto the cylinder body.
(b) Put a new washer onto the cylinder head with the upper mark upwards. See Fig. 2-263.

Fig. 2-263

(c) Temporarily install the water pump and its intake pipe by 3 bolts and 2 nuts. See Fig. 2-264.

Fig, 2-264
(d) Screw down the bolts and nuts. See Fig. 2-265.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-265
Torque: bolt: 23N·m
Nut: 23N·m

3. Install oil level indicator and the pipe


(a) Install a new O ring on the scaled rule pipe.
(b) Smear suds on the O ring.
(c) Push the oil level indicator together with the pipe and install them by bolts. See Fig. 2-266. torque:
11N·m

Fig. 2-266

4. Connect the conductor bundle cover

5. Install timing belt pulley cover 2 and 3


Install the timing belt pulley cover 2 and 3 by 6 bolts. See Fig. 2-267.

Fig. 2-267
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
6. Install cylinder head cover

7. Install the belt pulley and alternator driving belt

8. Refill the engine coolant

9. Start the engine and check if there is leakage

Section III Thermostat

I. Removal

Note: The removal of thermostat will bring about adverse effects and lower the cooling efficiency. Even
though the engine is too hot, the thermostat should not be removed.
1. Drain the engine coolant

2. Dismantle the water temperature sensor connector

3. Remove the intake pipe and thermostat


(a) Remove the 2 bolts and intake pipe. See Fig. 2-268.

See Fig. 2-268

(b) Remove the thermostat.


(c) Take out the washer from the thermostat.

II. Check

Check the thermostat


Note: There is a mark of valve opening temperature on the thermostat. See Fig. 2-269.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-269

(a) Immerge the thermostat into water. Warm the water slowly. See Fig. 2-270.

Fig. 2-270

(b) Check the valve opening temperature.


Valve opening temperature: 82±2℃
If the valve opening temperature does not reach the regulation, please replace the thermostat.
(c) Check the valve lift.
Valve lift:
When the valve opening temperature is at 95℃, the valve lift should be at least 8mm or more. See Fig.
2-271.

Fig. 2-271

If the valve lift does not reach the regulation, please replace the thermostat.
(d) When the thermostat is at a lower temperature (less than 40℃), please check if the valve is completely
closed.
If it is not closed, please replace the thermostat.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

III. Installation

1. Put the thermostat into the water inlet housing


(a) Install the new washer onto the thermostat. See Fig. 2-272.

Fig. 2-272
(b) Align the bypass valve of thermostat with the top of double-head bolt. Insert the thermostat into the
water inlet housing.
Tips: The bypass valve can be installed within 10 degrees at the two sides of the regulated position. See Fig.
2-273.

Fig. 2-273

2. Install water inlet


Install water inlet by 2 nuts
Torque: 11N·m
3. Connect the water temperature sensor connector

4. Refill engine coolant

5. Start the engine and check if there is coolant leakage


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Section IV Electrical Cooling Fan

I. Inspection on vehicle

1. Check the rotation of cooling fan at low temperature (lower than 83℃)
(a) Turn on the ignition switch (ON). See Fig. 2-274.

Fig. 2-274

(b) Check if the cooling fan stops rotation.


If it does not stop rotation, please check the cooling fan relay and water temperature switch.
Check if the connector between the relay and water temperature switch is disconnected or the wire is
disconnected.

2. Disconnect the water temperature switch connector


(a) Removal the water temperature switch connector.
(b) Use a wire to connect the water temperature switch connector and earth wire.
(c) Check if the cooling fan rotates.
If it does not rotate, please check the cooling fan relay, cooling fan, fuse, engine main relay, and also check
if there is short circuit between the cooling fan relay and water temperature switch.

3. Reconnect the water temperature switch connector.

4. Check the rotation of cooling fan at high temperature


(a) Start the engine to warm the coolant temperature to above 93℃. See Fig. 2-275.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Fig. 2-275
(b) Check if the cooling fan rotates.
If it does not rotate, please replace the water temperature sensor.

5. Check the cooling fan


(a) Dismantle the cooling fan connector.

(b) Connect the battery, ammeter and cooling fan connector. See Fig. 2-276.

Fig. 2-276

(c) Check if the cooling fan rotates smoothly and check the reading of ammeter.
Standard current intensity: 5.7-7.7A
(d) Reconnect the cooling fan connector.

II. Removal

1. Remove the fan cover


Remove the nut and fan. See Fig. 2-277.

Fig. 2-277
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
2. Removal fan motor
Disconnect the wire from the cooling cover and remove 3 bolts and fan motor. See Fig. 2-278.

Fig. 2-278
III. Reassembly
1. Install fan motor
(a) Install fan motor with 3 bolts. See Fig. 2-278. Torque: 26N·m.
(b) Connect the wire to fan cover. See Fig. 2-277.
2. Install fan
Install fan by nuts. Torque: 6.2N·m.

Section V Cooling Fan Relay

1. Check cooling fan relay


(a) Remove the relay box cover.
(b) Remove the cooling fan relay. See Fig. 2-279.

Fig. 2-279
(c) Check the conductivity of cooling fan relay:
1) Check it by an ohmmeter. Terminal 1 and 3 should be conducted. If not, please check the relay.
2) Check the conductivity of Terminal 2 and 4, which should not be conducted. If conducted, please replace
the replay. See Fig. 2-280.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-280
(d) Check the working condition of cooling fan relay:
1) Connect the positive voltage of battery to Terminal 1 and 3.
2) Check the conductivity between Terminal 2 and 4 by an ohmmeter, which should be conducted. If not,
please replace the relay. See Fig. 2-281.

Fig. 2-281
(e) Reinstall cooling fan relay.
(f) Reinstall relay box cover.

Chapter III Lubrication System


Section I Engine Oil and Fuel Filter

I. Inspection
1. Check the engine oil quality
Check if the engine oil is deteriorated, with water, faded or diluted. If it evidently goes bad, please replace
engine oil. Recommended viscidity is shown in Fig. 2-282.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-282
2. Check engine oil level
After the engine warms up and stops for 5 minutes, the engine oil level should be between oil dipstick L
and F. If too low, please check if there is leakage and refill the engine oil to mark F.
Note: Do not refill the engine oil above mark F.
3. Remove the oil pressure switch and install the oil pressure gauge
(a) Take off the oil pressure switch by a special service tool. See Fig. 2-283.

Fig. 2-283

(b) Install oil pressure gauge. See Fig. 2-284.

Fig. 2-284
4. Engine warm-up
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Warm up the engine to normal working temperature.
5. Check the oil pressure
Oil pressure: no less than 80 kilopascal at idle speed
300-480 kilopascal in case of 3,000rpm
6. Remove the oil pressure gauge and reinstall oil pressure switch
(a) Remove the oil pressure gauge
(b) Smear bond onto the 2 or 3 screw threads of the oil pressure switch. See Fig. 2-285.

Fig. 2-285
(c) Install the oil pressure switch by a special service tool.
Torque: 18N·m
7. Start engine and check if there is leakage
II. Replacement
Notes:
Long-time contact with the mineral oil will eliminate the natural fat of skin and cause dryness, stimulus and
dermatitis. Besides, the used engine oil contains harmful pollutants that may result in skin cancer.
Please be careful and reduce the time and frequency of contact with the used engine oil as possible as you
can. Please wear the blue protective suite and gloves. Completely clean your skin by soap and water or
hand cleaner without water to clean all used engine oil. Do not use petroleum, thinner or solvent.
For environmental protection, please dispose the used engine oil and fuel filter at specified place.
1. Drain the engine oil
(a) Dismantle the engine oil charger cap. See Fig. 2-286.

Fig. 2-286
(b) Dismantle the engine oil drain plug and drain the engine oil into a container.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
2. Replacement of engine oil filter
(a) Remove the engine oil filter by a special service tool.
(b) Check and clean the installation surface of the filter.
(c) Check if the part number of the new oil filter is the same with that of the original one.
(d) Smear clean engine oil on the washer of the new oil filter.
(e) Slightly screw the oil filter and screw it down when the washer contacts the pedestal.
(f) Screw it down again for 3/4 turn by a special service tool. See Fig. 2-287.

Fig. 2-287

3. Fill engine oil again


(a) Clean the engine oil drain plug, and then return it after washer replacement.
Torque: 44N·m
(b) Fill new engine oil.
Capacity
Drainage and reinstallation:
Replace the oil filter: 3.0 L
Not replace the oil filter: 2.8 L
Fill the dry oil tank: 3.5 L
(c) Install engine oil charger cap.
4. Start the engine and check if there is oil leakage
5. Recheck the engine oil level

Section II Engine Oil Pump

I. Removal
Tips: Remove the oil pan and oil rough filter first for cleaning when repairing the oil pump.
1. Drain the engine oil.
2. Dismantle the timing belt.
3. Dismantle tension wheel and tension spring.
4. Dismantle the crankshaft timing belt pulley.
5. Remove the oil dipstick and pipe.
(a) Remove the installation bolt. See Fig. 2-288.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-288

(b) Take out the oil dipstick and pipe.


(c) Take off the O ring from the oil dipstick pipe.
6. Remove the oil pan
(a) Remove 19 bolts and 2 nuts. See Fig. 2-289.

Fig. 2-289

(b) Install a special knife blade for servicing between the cylinder body and oil pan. Cut the sealant and
remove the oil pan. See Fig. 2-290.

Fig. 2-290
Note:
Do not apply the special service tool to the side of oil pump body and rear receptacle.
Do not damage the oil pan flange.
7. Dismantle oil rough filter
Remove 2 bolts, 2 nuts, rough filter and washer. See Fig. 2-291.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-291
8. Remove the oil pump
(a) Remove 7 bolts. See Fig. 2-292.

Fig. 2-292
(b) Slightly knock the oil pump body by a hammer with plastic surface, and remove the oil pump. See Fig.
2-293.

Fig. 2-293
(c) Remove the washer.
II. Removal
1. Remove the reducing valve
(a) Take out the snap ring by clip. See Fig. 2-294.

Fig. 2-294
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
(b) Remove the limiter and driven rotor
2. Remove the drive and driven rotors
Remove 5 bolts, pump housing, O ringand drive and driven rotors
III. Inspection
1. Check the reducing valve
Smear the engine oil onto the reducing valve. Check if it can fall into the valve hole successfully by its
body weight. See Fig. 2-295.

Fig. 2-295
If not, please replace the reducing valve. Replace the oil pump components as necessary.
2. Check the drive and driven rotors
A. Check the clearance of rotor body.
Measure the clearance between the driven rotor and main body by a thickness meter. See Fig. 2-296.

Fig. 2-296
Standard main body clearance: 0.10-0.18mm
Max main body clearance: 0.20mm
In case of a clearance over the max value, please replace the whole set of rotor. Replace the oil pump
components as necessary.
B. Check the rotor tip clearance.
Measure the clearance between the tips of driven and drive rotors by a thickness meter. See Fig. 2-297.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Fig. 2-297
Standard tip clearance: 0.060-0.180mm
Max tip clearance: 0.35mm
In case of tip clearance over the max value, replace the whole set of rotor.

C. Check the rotor side clearance.


Measure the clearance between rotor and precision straight edge by a thickness meter and precision straight
edge. See Fig. 2-298.

Fig. 2-298
Standard side clearance: 0.025-0.075mm
Max side clearance: 0.10mm
In case of a side clearance over the max value, replace the whole set of rotor. Replace the oil pump
components as necessary.
IV. Replacement
Replace the crankshaft front oil seal
V. Reinstallation
1. Install the driven and drive rotors
(a) Rotate the driven and drive rotors into the pump body to make the mark towards the pump body cap.
See Fig. 2-299.

Fig. 2-229
(b) Install the oil pump body cap by 5 bolts.
Torque: 11N·m

2. Install reducing valve


(a) Insert the reducing valve, spring and limiter into the oil pump body hole
(b) Install the snap spring by a clamp.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
VI. Installation
1. Install oil pump
(a) Put a new washer onto the specified end face of the cylinder body. See Fig. 2-300.

Fig. 2-300
(b) Make the key slot of oil pump driven rotor occlude with the crankshaft and roll in the oil pump.
(c) Install the oil pump by 7 bolts. See Fig. 2-301.

Fig. 2-301
Torque: 23N·m
Stay bolt: 35mm
Other bolts: 25mm
2. Install engine oil rough filter
Install the new washer and engine oil rough filter by 2 bolts and 2 nuts.
Torque: 11N·m

3. Install oil pan


(a) Clean all old fillings. Be careful and do not leave the oil on contact surface between the oil pan and
cylinder body.
Clean all the old fillings in the washer surface and seal groove by knife blade and washer cleaner.
Completely wash all parts and clean all loose materials.
Clean the two sides of seal surface by solvent without residual.
Note: Do not use solvent that may affect paint surface.
(b) Smear seal fillings on the oil pan as shown in Fig. 2-302.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-302
Install a filler with a diameter of 3-5mm.
Assemble the parts within 5 minutes after smearing fillings, otherwise clean all fillings and re-smear oil.
Remove the filler from the pipe immediately and reinstall the cap.
(c) Install the oil drip pan by 19 bolts and 2 nuts.
Torque: 11N·m
4. Install oil dipstick and pipe
(a) Install the new O ring onto the pipe of oil dipstick.
(b) Smear soap water on the O ring.

(c) Push into the oil dipstick and the pipe together and install them by bolts. See Fig. 2-303.

Fig. 2-303
Torque: 11N.m
5. Install crankshaft timing gear
6. Install the tension wheel and tension spring temporarily
7. Install timing belt
8. Fill engine oil
9. Start engine and check if there is oil leakage
10. Recheck the engine oil level
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Chapter IV Exhaust Gas Emission Control


Section I Overview

Purpose
The exhaust gas emission control system is to reduce the CO and hydrocarbon discharged by the engine so
as to prevent the leaked gas containing hydrocarbon to the air and the fuel steam containing hydrocarbon
emitted by the petroleum tank to the air.
System functions shown as below:
Table 2-3
System    Abbreviation  Purpose   
  (1)  Positive  crankcase  PCV  Reduce gas leakage (hydrocarbon) 
ventilation  EVAP  Reduce the evaporation of hydrocarbon 
  (2) Evaporation circulation    EFI  Adjust  the  working  of  all  parts  of  engine  to 
  (3) Electronic fuel injection    reduce exhaust gas 
Schematic diagram:

Fig. 2-304
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Section II PCV System

Inspection
1. Remove PCV valve
(a) Remove PCV hose from PCV valve.
(b) Remove PCV valve.
2. Install clean hose on the PCV valve
3. Check the work of PCV valve
(a) Blow air into PCV valve from one side of cylinder cap and check if the air path is smooth. See Fig.
2-305.

Fig. 2-305
Note:
Do not blow air through the PCV valve.
Petroleum content in PCV valve is harmful.

(b) Blow air into the PCV valve from one side of the air intake and check if the air path is smooth. See Fig.
2-306.

Fig. 2-306
In case the working situation does not reach the regulations, please replace the PCV valve.
4. Remove the clean hose from PCV valve
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
5. Reinstall PCV valve
6. Visually check the hose, connector and washer. Check if there is a crack, leakage or damage. See
Fig. 2-307.

Fig. 2-307

Section III IEVAP Control System

Inspection
1. Visually check the pipe and connector
Check if there is loose connector, sudden bent or damage.
2. Visually check the fuel tank
Check if there is distortion, crack or fuel leakage. See Fig. 2-308.

Fig. 2-308

3. Visually check the fuel tank cap


Check if the fuel tank cap and/or washer is distorted or damaged. Repair or replace the tank cap as
necessary.
4. Check the activated charcoal canister
A. Remove the activated charcoal canister.
B. Visually check the housing of activated charcoal canister. See Fig. 2-309.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-309

C. Check if the filter is blocked and the non-return valve is locked.


(a) Blow the low-pressure compressed air into the fuel tank pipeline and check if the air flows out smoothly
from the pipeline. See Fig. 2-310.

Fig. 2-310
(b) Blow the air into the steam pipeline and check if the air flows out smoothly from the pipeline.
In case of any question, replace the activated charcoal canister.
D. Clean the filter inside the activated charcoal canister
Close other pipelines on the upper part of the activated charcoal canister. Blow air into the canister through
fuel tank pipeline to clean the filter. See Fig. 2-311.

Fig. 2-311
Tips: Do not try to clean the activated charcoal canister and do not let charcoal leak.
E. Install activated charcoal canister.
5. Check the EVAP vacuum valve

Chapter V Electric Parts


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Section I Electronic Fuel Injection (EFI) System

1. Note:
Disconnect the wire from the negative pole of the battery before repairing the fuel system.
Note: Each DTC stored in the computer will be deleted when the wire of the negative pole (-) of the battery
is disconnected. Therefore, please read the DTC before the wire of the negative pole (-) of the battery is
disconnected when necessary.
(a) Do not smoke or repair it in the vicinity of obvious flame;
(b) Do not let the rubber or leather part contact the gasoline;
(c) Repair one set of parts at one time to avoid confusing of parts with similar shapes;
(d) Keep the repair ground clean to avoid polluting the other parts;
(e) Do not mistakenly install or miss any clamp or spring.
2. Notes before repairing:
(a) The battery should supply power for timing light, revolution meter, etc.
(b) If the engine can not ignite, diagnose it with reference to the following notes:
1) Check if the wires on the terminals of the battery are connected correctly.
2) Remove the high voltage coil carefully as shown in Fig. 2-312.

Fig. 2-312
3) Check if the terminals of ignition coil are tightly connected to the wires of other ignition systems.
4) Prevent specially water seepage of electronic systems when cleaning the engine compartment.
(c) Notes to removal of oxygen sensor
1) Do not let the oxygen sensor drop or collide with other objects.
2) Do not let the oxygen sensor contact with water.
(d) Connect the wire harness to adapting piece plug.
1) Insert the wire harness terminal to socket connector, and lock it safely in the bayonet of socket
connector.
2) Pull out the wire harness to check if it is tightly locked.
3. Air inlet system
(a) If the engine oil level meter, engine oil filler cover, PCV (positive crankcase ventilation) and other parts
drop off, the engine may work abnormally.
(b) If the parts of air inlet system between throttle valve section and cylinder head drop off, loose or crack,
the air will be taken in, and the engine will work abnormally.

Section II Electronic Control System


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

1. Notes before repairing:


(a) First disconnect power wire or battery negative pole (-) terminal when the ignition key is on off position
before removing ECM wire harness socket connector, wire connector, etc.
Note: Check the DTC before disconnecting the battery negative pole (-) terminal.
(b) Be careful when installing the battery. Do not mistakenly connect the two poles of the battery.
(c) Do not let the parts affect each other for avoiding vice effects when remove and install electronic parts.
Process all the electronic parts carefully, especially the ECM.
(d) Be especially careful during fault diagnosis, because there are lots of transistor circuit in ECM and even
slight contact may cause fault.
(e) Do not open the ECM outer cover.
(f) Be especially careful when checking during a raining day for water penetration to ECM. Meanwhile
when washing the engine compartment, water penetration to ECM and wire harness socket connector
should also be prevented.
(g) ECM part should be replaced in the form of an assembly.
(h) Be specially careful when inserting and unplugging wire harness terminal.
1) When loosening the lock catch, the force pulling the socket connector should affect on the socket
connector.

Fig. 2-313
2) As shown in Fig. 2-314, the socket connector should be totally inserted and locked up when installing.

Fig. 2-314
(i) When checking the connector with voltmeter/ohmmeter
1) Pull out the waterproof plug carefully if it is waterproof socket connector.
2) Insert the test probe from one side of the wire harness into the socket connector to check the conduction,
current and voltage.
3) Do not apply unnecessary strong force on the terminal head.
4) Install the waterproof plug onto the wire harness socket connector and fix it after finishing checking.
(j) Check and test the oil injection nozzle or wire connector with special tools.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
2. Check engine alarm light
(a) The engine alarm light should be on when the ignition switch is in the ON position and the engine is not
started.
(b) After the engine is started, the engine alarm light should be off. As shown in Fig. 2-315, if the alarm
light is not off, there should be fault in the engine electrical system.

Fig. 2-315
3. Check the DTC with hand-held diagnostic equipment (diagnostic equipment type: OBD II)
(a) Connect the hand-held diagnostic equipment to the diagnosis socket.
(b) Read the DTC displayed on the screen of diagnostic equipment. For more detailed information please
refer to the instruction manual of the hand-held diagnostic equipment.
4. Clear the DTC
(a) The DTC still remains in the ECM storage after fixing the fault area. To clear these codes, the ignition
switch should be in the OFF position, disconnect the electronic fuel injection fuse (15A), or disconnect the
negative pole of the battery at least for 10 seconds so as to clear the DTC by cutting off the system power.
The duration is determined by the environmental temperature (The temperature is lower, the duration for
cutting off power is longer.).
Note:
The DTC can also be cleared by disconnecting the negative pole (-). However, this will also clear the
information in other storage systems (like timing system).
If the DTC is not cleared, it will be stored in ECM and appear together with the new DTC as past DTC in
the future fault diagnosis.
First check if the DTC is recorded during necessary maintenance for terminals on engine assembly without
power supply.
(b) Check if the engine alarm light works normally through road testing after clearing the DTC. If the same
DTC appears, it means that the fault area is not completely repaired.

5. Monitor ECM data with hand-held tester


(a) Connect the hand-held tester to the diagnosis socket connector.
(b) Monitor the ECM data according to the hints on the tester screen.
The operation procedures are as follows:
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

6. Diagnose fault with high resistance multimeter


Note:
The following fault diagnosis procedures are designed for checking each separate system. Therefore, the
practical diagnosis procedures may be different from the following ones. However, fault diagnosis should
refer to the diagnosis mode mentioned in this manual.
First simply check the connecting condition of fuse, intense current fuse and socket connector.
The following fault diagnosis procedures are based on the following assumption: The fault is caused by
short or open circuit in the computer.
If the fault still remains when the working voltage in the diagnosis equipment interface is normal, the fault
may be in ECM and replace the ECM with a new one
.
7. Diagnosis procedure for electronic fuel injection system
Preparation before diagnosis:
Measure the voltage of all equipments under the condition of well connection of all socket connectors.
Make sure the battery voltage is not less than 11V when the ignition switch is in ON position.
(a) Fault diagnosis for intake air temperature and pressure sensor
The schematic diagram is as following:
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-316
Diagnose with hand-held tester and read its value.
(1) Turn the ignition switch to ON position.
(2) Start the hand-held tester and operate according to the instructions. Read the values displayed on the
tester (Pressure and temperature are the same with atmospheric pressure and intake air temperature.) and
relevant fault (if there is). If normal, check if there is intermittent fault; if abnormal, proceed to the next
procedure.
(3) Check voltage of ECM Terminal J104.
a. Turn the ignition switch to ON position.
b. Measure the voltage between Terminal J104 and J121 of ECM connector. The normal value should be
between 4.5-5.5V.
If abnormal, check and replace ECM; if normal, proceed to the next procedure.
(4) Check voltage of Terminal J142 of ECM connector.
a. Turn the ignition switch to ON position.
b. Measure the voltage between Terminal J142 and J121 of ECM connector. The normal value should be
between 3.4-3.8V.
If abnormal, check and replace ECM; if normal, proceed to the next procedure.
(5) Check voltage of Terminal J127 of ECM connector.
Measure the voltage between Terminal J127 and J121 of ECM connector. The voltage should be 0.5-3.4V
when the intake air temperature is 20℃; and the voltage should be 0.2-1.0V when the intake air
temperature is 60℃. If normal, check and replace ECM; if abnormal, proceed to the next procedure.
(6) Check wire harness and connector (ECM-intake air temperature and pressure sensor):
a. Disconnect ECM connector and intake air temperature and pressure sensor connector.
b. Measure the electric resistances between ECM connector Terminal J104, J121, J142, J127 and sensor
connector Terminal B, D, A, C. The resistance value should not be more than 1Ω.
c. Measure the electric resistances between ECM connector Terminal JI04, J121, J127, J142 and vehicle
body earth wire. The resistance value should not be more than 1Ω.
If abnormal, repair or replace wire harness or connector; if normal replace intake air temperature and
pressure sensor.
8. Fault diagnosis for water temperature sensor
The schematic diagram is as following:
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-317
Diagnose fault with hand-held tester.
(a) Read the value of hand-held tester (engine coolant temperature).
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON position.
2) Start the hand-held tester, and operate according to the instructions. Read the value displayed on the
tester (engine coolant temperature) and relevant DTC (if there is). If normal, check if there is intermittent
fault; if abnormal, proceed to the next procedure.
(b) Check the connection condition of the wire harness.
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON position.
2) Disconnect the water temperature sensor connector. Measure the voltage between Terminal 3 and 1 of
water temperature sensor connector. The value should be 4.5-5.5V. If normal, replace sensor; if abnormal,
proceed to the next procedure.
3) Turn the ignition switch to OFF position, and disconnect the water temperature sensor and ECM
connector. Measure the electric resistance between ECM connector Terminal J143 and sensor Terminal 3
and between Terminal J105 and sensor Terminal 1. The value should not be more than 1Ω. Measure the
electric resistance between sensor terminal and vehicle body earth wire. The value should not be more than
1Ω. If abnormal, replace the wire harness; if normal, replace the sensor.
If there is still fault or abnormal display value after replacing sensor, replace ECM.

9. Fault of throttle valve position sensor circuit


The diagnosis schematic diagram is as following:
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Fig. 2-318
Diagnose the fault with hand-held tester.
(a) Read the value of hand-held tester (throttle valve opening percentage).
1) Turn the ignition switch to ON position.
2) Start hand-held tester, and there the value it displayed or the DTC (if there is). If there is not DTC, check
if there is intermittent fault; if there is fault or abnormal display value, proceed to the next procedure.
(b) Check throttle valve position sensor:
1) Disconnect connector of throttle valve position sensor.
2) Measure the voltage between Terminal A and B of throttle valve position sensor. The voltage should be
5±0.5V. If abnormal, Check ECM and wire harness; if normal, proceed to the next procedure.
3) Measure the electric resistance between the sensor Pin A, B and C. The resistance between Pin A and B
should be 12KW, and between Pin A and C 3-12KW. If the resistance is abnormal, replace the sensor
which can work with throttle valve body. If normal, proceed to the next procedure.
(c) Check wire harness and connector (ECM-throttle valve position sensor):
1) Disconnect ECM connector and sensor connector.
2) Measure the electric resistance between ECM connector Terminal J120 and sensor Terminal A, between
ECM connector Terminal J124 and sensor Terminal C, and between ECM connector Terminal J105 and
sensor Terminal B. The resistance value should not be more than 1Ω. If normal, proceed to the next
procedure; if abnormal, replace the sensor.
3) Measure the electric resistance between Terminal J120, J124, J105 of ECM connector and vehicle body
earth wire. The resistance value should not be more than 1MΩ. If abnormal, replace the wire harness; if
normal, replace sensor. If the problem still remains after replacing sensor, replace the ECM.
10. Oxygen sensor circuit fault diagnosis
(a) Method:
1) Check the voltage between Pin J162 and J106 of ECM connector.
2) Start the engine, and warm it to normal working temperature.
3) Maintain the engine rotation speed at 2,000rpm, and measure the temperature between the two pins.
Check if the voltage is around 0.45V. If it is, the oxygen sensor and loop is well, and then check if there is
intermittent fault. If it is not, proceed to the next procedure.
(b) Check if the voltage is maintained above 0.45V.
1) If it is, check if J162 and the power supply loop are short-circuited or if the air-fuel gas is too dense. If
the circuit is normal, check the intake air temperature and pressure sensor, engine water temperature sensor,
fuel pressure, injector and the loops. If the above are normal, check the ECM and its circuit.
2) If voltage is normal, proceed to the next procedure.
3) Maintain the engine rotation speed at 2,000rpm for 1min, and repeat rapid acceleration of the engine.
Then check the voltage.
a. If the voltage is 0.45 or even more than 1 time, the circuits of J162 and J106 are contacted poorly or the
air-fuel gas is too thick; if the circuit is normal, check intake air temperature and pressure, engine water
temperature sensor, fuel pressure, injector and loops. If the above are normal, check ECM and its circuit.
b. If the voltage is lower than 0.45V, the circuits of J162 and J106 are shortened or opened, or there is
function fault for the oxygen sensor. If the circuit and connection are normal, replace the oxygen sensor. If
it is still not normal after replacing the oxygen sensor, replace the ECM.
11. Knock sensor circuit fault
The diagnosis schematic diagram is as following:
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-319
Read the stable data with a hand-held tester. The stable data records the engine condition when a fault is
detected. It can be used to judge that if the sedan is running or stopped when a fault occurred, if the engine
is preheated, and if the air-fuel percentage is too high or too low, etc.
(a) Check wire harness and connector:
Check the connection condition of the wire harness between ECM and knock sensor. Disconnect ECM and
sensor connector, measure the electric resistance between ECM connector terminal and vehicle body earth
wire, which should be more than 1MΩ. If abnormal, replace the wire harness.
(b) Check knock sensor: If the oscillation frequency is not 8.1kHz under normal condition, the sensor is
abnormal, and the conduction condition between the terminal and vehicle body should be checked. If not
normal, replace knock sensor; if normal, proceed to the next procedure.
(c) Check wire harness and connector (ECM-knock sensor)
1) Disconnect ECM connector.
2) Disconnect knock sensor connector.
3) Measure the electric resistance between Terminal J169 of ECM connector and terminal of knock sensor
connector. The resistance value should be less than lMΩ.
4) Measure the electric resistance between Terminal J169 of ECM connector and vehicle body earth wire.
The value should not be less than 1MΩ. If electric resistance value is abnormal, repair or replace wire
harness or connector; if normal, proceed to the next procedure.
(d) Confirm that the circuit fault disappears after installing new knock sensor.
1) Replace with new knock sensor.
2) Conduct road testing after eliminating the fault.
3) Read the DTC. If there is no new DTC output, the knock sensor should be replaced; if there is new DTC
output, check and replace ECM.

12. The schematic diagram for diagnosing the fault of circuit of crankshaft position sensor
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-320
Read the stable data with the hand-held tester. The stable data records the engine condition when a fault is
detected. It can be used to judge that if the sedan is running or stopped when a fault occurred, if the engine
is preheated, and if the air-fuel percentage is too high or too low, etc. First check the fault with DTC. If
there is no fault detected, diagnose and eliminate the mechanical system faults.
(a) Check crankshaft position sensor (including electric resistance)
Measure the electric resistance between Terminal A and B of crankshaft position sensor connector. The
value should be 560Ω±10% (25Ω)
(b) Check wire harness and connector (ECM-crankshaft position sensor):
1) Disconnect ECM connector.
2) Disconnect the connector of crankshaft position sensor.
3) Measure the electric resistance Terminal J112 of ECM connector and Terminal A of crankshaft position
sensor connector. The resistance value should not be more than 1Ω.
4) Measure the electric resistance between Terminal J128 of ECM connector and Terminal B of crankshaft
position sensor connector. The resistance value should not be more than 1Ω.
5) Measure the electric resistance between Terminal J112 and J128 of ECM connector. The value should
not be less than 1MΩ.
6) Measure the electric resistance between Terminal J128 of ECM connector and vehicle body earth wire.
The value should not be less than 1MΩ.
7) Measure the electric resistance between Terminal J112 of ECM connector and vehicle body earth wire.
The value should not be less than 1MΩ.
If the electric resistance is abnormal, repair or replace the wire harness or connector. If normal, proceed to
the next procedure.
(c) Check the installation condition of crankshaft position sensor. If abnormal, tighten the sensor; if normal,
proceed to the next procedure.
(d) Check the timing belt pulley (signal plate) of the crankshaft:
1) Remove the timing belt pulley of the crankshaft
2) Check signal plate tooth. If abnormal, repair or replace timing belt pulley of the crankshaft; if abnormal,
check and replace ECM.
13. The schematic diagram for diagnosing the fault of circuit of idle speed control system:
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-321

(a) Use hand-held tester


1) Start the engine to maintain the idle speed until the engine temperature is normal.
2) Connect the tester, and check if the engine rotation speed displayed on the tester is within the range of
800±50rpm. If the rotation speed is normal, the idle speed air control valve is normal. If not within the
range, proceed to the next procedure.
3) Check if the values of opening of throttle valve position sensor, water temperature sensor and system
voltage are normal. If the values above are abnormal, check the sensors above and their circuits. If the
values are normal, proceed to the next procedure.
(b) Turn the ignition switch to OFF position, disconnect the connector of ECM and sensor, and check the
connection condition of wire harness,
1) Measure the electric resistance between Terminal J133 of ECM connector and Terminal B of sensor. The
value should not be more than 1Ω.
2) Measure the electric resistance between Terminal J134 of ECM connector and Terminal A of sensor.
The value should not be more than 1Ω.
3) Measure the electric resistance between Terminal J153 of ECM connector and Terminal C of sensor. The
value should not be more than 1Ω.
4) Measure the electric resistance between Terminal J154 of ECM connector and Terminal D of sensor.
The value should not be more than 1Ω.
5) Measure the electric resistances between connector Terminal J133, J134, J153, J154 and vehicle body
earth wire. The value should not be less than 1MΩ.
If the resistance values above are abnormal, repair or replace wire harness or connector; if normal, proceed
to the next procedure.
(c) Replace idle speed air control valve and restart the engine. Check if the idle speed is normal. If
abnormal, replace the ECM.
14. Injector circuit fault diagnosis
(a) Check the working condition of injector
1) Check the working noise of each injector
Check with sound detector if the working noise of engine at constant rotation speed is normal when the
engine is running or starting.
2) If there is no sound detector, the working condition of the injector can be checked with your finger. If
there is no working noise or abnormal working noise, check the wire harness pin, injector or fuel injection
signal.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
(b) Check the electric resistance of the injector
1) Remove the injector connector.
2) As shown in Fig. 2-322, measure the electric resistance between the two pins of the injector with
ohmmeter.

Fig. 2-322
Electric resistance: 12-16Ω at 20℃ (68°F)
If the electric resistance is out of the range, replace the injector.
3) Reconnect the injector connector.

Section III Ignition System

Note:
1. Connect a revolution meter in ignition system, and connect the test wire of revolution meter to the
Terminal IG (-) of diagnosis connector.
2. As some revolution meter are not compatible with the ignition system, it is advised to confirm the
compatibility of the revolution meter and ignition system to be diagnosed.
3. Do not connect the earth terminal of revolution meter with the earth wire. Otherwise, the lighter and (or)
ignition coil may be damaged.
4. Do not disconnect with the battery when the engine is running.
5. The vehicle body earth wire should be connected correctly when checking the lighter.
Check on vehicle
1. Spark test
A. Check the generation of spark
(a) Disconnect high voltage damping wire from spark plug.
(b) Remove the spark plug.
(c) Install spark plug to each high voltage damping wire.
(d) Connect the spark plug to the earth.
(e) Check if there is spark when the engine is started.

Note: In order to prevent the gasoline spray out from the injector during test, the engine start duration should not
exceed 1-2 seconds. If there is no spark, proceed to the following test.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

2. Check high voltage damping wire


(a) Remove the high voltage damping wire from the spark plug.
(b) Disconnect the high voltage damping wire from rubber cap. Do not pull the damping wire.
Note:
Pulling or bending the damping wire would damage the inner conductor.
Do not wipe off all the oil on the grommet after removing the high voltage damping wire.
(c) Check the electric resistance of high voltage damping wire.
As shown in Fig. 2-323, measure the electric resistance of high voltage damping wire with ohmmeter.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-323
Maximum electric resistance: 25KΩ for each damping wire
If the electric resistance of damping wire is over the maximum electric resistance, check the terminal. And
replace the high voltage damping wire.
(d) Reconnect the high voltage damping wire to the spark plug.
Make sure the high voltage damping wire and clip are correctly installed.
3. Check the spark plug
(a) Disconnect the high voltage damping wire from the spark plug.
(Refer to the first step of checking of high voltage damping wire.)
(b) Remove the spark plug
As shown in Fig. 2-324, remove the spark plug with 16mm spark plug special wrench.

Fig. 2-324
(c) Wash the spark plug
As shown in Fig. 2-325, wash the spark plug with spark plug cleaner or wire brush.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-325
(d) Visually check the spark plug
Check the electrode abrasion, screw thread damage and insulator damage condition of spark plug.
If an abnormal condition is detected, replace the spark plug.
Recommended spark plug: CHAMPION
(e) Adjust electrode space
As shown in Fig. 2-326, bend the out electrode carefully to correct the electrode space.

Fig. 2-326
Correct electrode space: 0.8mm
(f) Install spark plug
Install spark plug with 16mm spark plug special wrench.
Torque: 18N·m
(g) Reconnect the high voltage damping wire to spark plug.
(Refer to the (c) 3 steps of checking the high voltage damping wire.)

4. Check the ignition coil


(a) Check the electric resistance of primary coil
Measure the electric resistance between Terminal A and C with ohmmeter.
Electric resistance of primary coil:
Cold condition: 0.36-0.55Ω
Hot condition: 0.45-0.65Ω
If the measured electric resistance is out of the range, replace the ignition coil.
(b) Check the electric resistance of secondary coil
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Measure the electric resistance between the positive pole (+) of ohmmeter and high voltage damping wire
terminal.
Electric resistance of secondary coil: cold condition: 9.0-15.4KΩ; hot condition: 11.4-18.1KΩ
If the measured electric resistance value is out of the range, replace the ignition coil.
5. Check the crankshaft position sensor
Note: The “cold condition” and “hot condition” mean the temperature of the sensor. “Cold condition” is
from -10℃ to 50℃, and “hot condition” is from 50℃ to 100℃.
(a) Remove the crankshaft position sensor (refer to the removal of crankshaft position sensor in the
crankshaft position sensor)
(b) Check the electric resistance of crankshaft position sensor
Measure the electric resistance of Terminal B and C with ohmmeter.
Electric resistance: cold condition: 1,630-2,740Ω; hot condition: 2,065-3,225Ω. If the electric resistance is
out of the range, replace the crankshaft position sensor.
(c) Reinstall the crankshaft position sensor
Installation of crankshaft position sensor (To install, reverse the removal procedure.)
Repair regulation Repair data
Table 2-5
Ignition order --- 1—3—2--4
High voltage damping
Electric resistance Maximum value 25KΩ for each damping wire
wire
Recommended spark plug ND K7RTC
Spark plug
Correct electrode space 0.8mm
Electric resistance of primary coil cold
condition 0.36-0.55Ω
Hot condition 0.45-0.65Ω
Ignition coil
Electric resistance of secondary coil cold 9.0-15.4KΩ
condition 11.4-18.1KΩ
Hot condition
Crankshaft position Electric resistance cold condition B-C 1,630-2,740Ω
sensor Hot condition B-C 20,65-3,225Ω

Section IV Start-up System

Check on vehicle
Note: Recheck the following items before operating the starter:
(1) Connection condition of connector
(2) Accessory installation, like anti-theft system
A. Removal and installation of starter
(a) Remove the magnetic switch
1) Remove the nut, cut the wire of magnetic switch terminal.
2) Loosen 2 nuts fasten on starter house by magnetic switch.
3) Pull on the magnetic switch, and loosen the plunger piston couple on drive rod at the same time. Then
loosen the magnetic switch.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
4) Remove plunger piston cover.
B. Remove magnetic pole frame and armature
1) Remove the connection wire between solenoid switch and motor; remove the nut; and cut the wire from
the terminal.
Torque: 5.9 N·m
2) Remove 2 through bolts. Torque: 5.9N·m; model: 1.2KW
3) Remove magnetic pole frame and armature from solenoid switch assembly.
4) Remove the O ring.
Assembly notes:
Use new O ring.
Match the scab of magnetic pole frame and notch of solenoid switch.
C. Remove starter house, clutch assembly and gear
1) Remove 2 screws. Torque:
Model 1.2KW: 5.9 N·m
Model 1.4KW: 5.9 N·m
Model 2.0KW: 9.3 N·m
2) Remove the following parts from solenoid switch assembly:
Starter house, reverse spring, bearing, idler wheel and clutch assembly.
3) Remove the steel ball: aspirate the ball with magnetic needle from clutch bearing hole.
D. Remove brush carrier
1) Remove the 2 screws and the cover in magnetic pole frame.
Torque:
Model 1.2KW: 1.5 N·m
Model 1.4KW: 1.5 N·m
Model 2.0KW: 3.8 N·m
2) Remove the O ring from the magnetic pole frame. Assembly note: use new O ring.
3) Press down the spring with screwdriver and remove brush from brush carrier. Disconnect 4 brushes and
remove the brush carrier.
E. Remove armature from magnetic pole frame
F. Armature coil
1) Check the conduction condition of commutator
As shown in Fig. 2-327, the 2 bars on commutator to be checked with ohmmeter should be conductive. If
one bar is not conductive, replace the armature winding.
2) Check earth connection condition of commutator
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Fig. 2-327
As shown in Fig. 2-328, check with ohmmeter. It should not be conductive between commutator and
armature coil core. If it is conductive, replace the armature winding.

Fig. 2-328
G. Commutator
(a) Check the surface burn and pollution condition of commutator
If the surface is polluted or burnt, process it with sand paper or on lathe.
(b) Check gear ring difference of commutator
1) Lay the commutator on V shape stow-wood.
2) Measure gear ring difference with dial indicator gauge.
Maximum gear ring difference: 0.05mm
If the gear ring difference exceeds the maximum value, correct it on lathe.
(c) Check commutator diameter
As shown in Fig. 2-329, measure the diameter of commutator with vernier caliper.

Fig. 2-329
Standard diameter:
Model 1.2KW: 30mm
Model 1.4KW: 30mm
Model 2.0KW: 35mm
Minimum diameter:
Model 1.2KW: 29mm
Model 1.4KW: 29mm
Model 2.0KW: 34mm
If the diameter is smaller than the minimum value, replace the armature.
(d) As shown in Fig. 2-330, check under cut depth.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-330
Make sure that the under cut part is clean and without foreign material. And the fringe should be smooth.
Standard under cut depth:
Model 1.2KW: 0.6mm
Model 1.4KW: 0.6mm
Model 2.0KW: 0.7mm
Minimum under cut depth:
0.2mm
If the under cut depth is smaller than the minimum value, correct it with hacksaw blade.
H. Magnetic pole frame (magnet exciting coil)
(a) Check the open circuit condition of magnet exciting coil
As shown in Fig. 2-331, check with ohmmeter. It should be conductive between the wire and carbon brush
of magnet exciting coil. If not conductive, replace the magnetic pole frame.

Fig. 2-331
(b) Check the earth connection condition of magnet exciting coil
As shown in Fig. 2-332, check with ohmmeter. And it should not be conductive between the end of magnet
exciting coil and magnetic pole frame. If conductive, repair or replace the magnetic pole frame.

Fig. 2-332
Model 2.0kW
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Check electric resistance of commutating coil
Check the electric resistance with ohmmeter between Terminal A and Terminal B of commutator.
Standard electric resistance:
1.5-1.9Ω at 20℃

I. Brush
Check brush length
As shown in Fig. 2-333, measure the brush length with vernier caliper.

Fig. 2-333
Standard length:
Model 1.2kW: 15.5mm
Model 1.4kW: 15.5mm
Model 2.0kW: 15.0mm
Minimum length:
Model 1.2kW: 10.0mm
Model 1.4kW: 10.0mm
Model 2.0kW: 9.0mm
If the length is smaller than the minimum value, replace the brush carrier and magnetic pole frame.
J. Brush spring. As shown in Fig. 2-334
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-334

K. Brush carrier
检查电刷架绝缘情况
Check the insulation condition of brush
As shown in Fig. 2-335, check with ohmmeter. It should not be conductive between the positive pole (+)
and negative pole (-) of brush carrier. If conductive, repair or replace the brush carrier.

Fig. 2-335
L. Clutch and gear
(a) Check gear tooth
Check the abrasion or damage condition of gear tooth of small planet gear, idler wheel and clutch
assembly.
If there is damage, replace the gear or clutch assembly.
If there is damage, check the abrasion or damage condition of ring gear of fly wheel.
(b) Check small planet gear of clutch
As shown in Fig. 2-336, hold the starter clutch and rotate the small planet gear in clockwise direction. The
small gear should be able to rotate freely. And then try to turn the small planet gear in counter-clockwise
direction, which should not be able to rotate. If necessary, replace the clutch assembly.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-336

Section V Discharge System

Precaution items------CH-2
Preparation--------------CH-2
Checking on vehicle---CH-3
AC-generator----------CH-7
Repair regulation------CH-1
Precaution items
1. Check if the battery wire is correctly connected to the terminals.
2. Disconnect the battery wire, and discharge the battery quickly.
3. Do not use high voltage insulation resistance detector when testing.
4. Do not disconnect the battery when the engine is rotating.
Special tools (special service tools)
Table 2-6

Jet pump camshaft taper bearing inner ring replacer Rotator rear bearing cap

Jet pump spline shaft puller Rectifier end bracket

AC-generator rear bearing puller

AC-generator bearing replacer Rotator rear bearing


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

AC-generator belt device nut wrench suit

Replacer suit Rotator front bearing

Replacer 26

Replacer 50

Adapter

Equipment
Table 2-7
Ammeter (A)
Battery weight meter
Belt tension meter
Torque spanner
Vernier caliper Rotator (slip ring), brush
I. Check on vehicle
Check battery electrolyte position
Check the electrolysis amounts of all batteries.
1. Maintenance free battery
If lower than the lower level, replace the battery (or add distilled water if possible). Check the discharge
system. As shown in Fig. 2-337.

Fig. 2-337
2. Non-maintenance free battery
(a) Check electrolyte density
As shown in Fig. 2-338, check the electrolyte density of each battery. If lower than the lower level, add
distilled water.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-338
Standard density: 20℃: 1.25-1.29
If the density is smaller than the standard density, discharge the battery.
(b) Check battery voltage
1) After the vehicle is driven, within 20 minutes after engine stop, the ignition switch in ON position and
electrical system (headlight, blower fan rotator, rear defroster, etc.) 60 seconds so as to remove the surface
charge.
2) Turn the ignition switch to OFF position and turn off the electrical system.
3) As shown in Fig. 2-339, measure the voltage between positive pole (+) and negative pole (-) of battery.

Fig. 2-339
Standard voltage:
20℃ (68°F): 12.5-12.9V
If the voltage is below the standard value, discharge the battery.
Note: As shown in Fig. 2-340, check indicator.

Fig. 2-340
(c) Check battery electrode, fusible wire or fuse.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
1) As shown in Fig. 2-341, check if the battery electrode is loose or corrupted.

Fig. 2-341
If the electrode is corrupted, clean the electrode.
2) Check the conduction conditions of fusible wire and fuse
3. Check drive belt
(a) As shown in Fig. 2-342, visually check if there is excessive wear, inhaul cable break and other problems
in the belt. And replace the drive belt if any problem is detected.

Fig. 2-342
Note: Crack is allowed in the surface of drive belt. If there is no gear rib, replace the drive belt.
(b) As shown in Fig. 2-343, press on the position shown in the figurewith the force of 98N to check the
deviation of drive belt.

Fig. 2-343
Drive belt deviation
New drive belt 7-9mm (0.28-0.35 inch)
Old drive belt 11.5-13.5mm (0.45-0.53 inch)
Adjust the drive belt deviation if necessary
Reference
Check the tension degree of drive belt with tension meter.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Tension degree of drive belt:
New drive belt 685-785N
Old drive belt 295-440N
If the tension degree of drive belt is too poor, adjust it.
Note:
“New belt” means drive belt that not used for over 5 minutes in rotating engine.
“Old belt” means drive belt that used for 5 minutes or above in rotating engine.

As shown in Fig. 2-344, check if the drive belt matches the gear groove after installing the drive belt.

Fig. 2-344
Check with hand to confirm the belt does not roll out of the groove.
Run the engine for about 5min after installing a new belt, and recheck the tension degree of the belt.
(c) Visually check the AC-generator wire and listen for the noise.
1) Check if the wire is in good condition.
2) Check if there is abnormal noise in AC-generator when engine is running.
(d) Check discharge alarm light circuit
1) Ignition switch should be in ON position, and the discharge alarm light should be turned on.
2) Start engine, and the discharge alarm light should be turned off.
If the discharge alarm light does not work as described above, check and repair the DTC of circuit of
discharge alarm light.
(e) Check idle load charge circuit
Note: If use battery/AC-generator tester, connect the tester and indicator according to the manufacturer’s
instructions.
If there is no tester, connect the voltmeter and ammeter with charge circuit:
Disconnect the circuit from the Terminal B of AC-generator, and connect it to the contact clip of negative
pole (-) of ammeter
Connect the contact clip of positive pole (+) of ammeter to the Terminal B of AC-generator.
Connect the wire of positive pole (+) of voltmeter to Terminal B of AC-generator.
As shown in Fig. 2-345, connect the negative pole (-) of voltmeter to the ground.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Fig. 2-345
(f) Check the charge circuit according to the following regulations:
Rotate the engine at 2,000rpm, and check and read the number on the ammeter and voltmeter.
Standard current: 10A or less
Standard voltage: 14.0-14.8V (25℃)
13.5-14.3V (115℃)
If the number displayed on voltmeter is larger than standard voltage, replace IC regulator.

As shown in Fig. 2-346, if the number displayed on voltmeter is smaller than standard voltage, check the IC
regulator and AC-generator in the following order: earth connection condition of Terminal F, and start
engine and check the number displayed on voltmeter of Terminal B.

Fig. 2-346
If the number displayed on voltmeter is larger than the standard voltage, replace the IC regulator.
If the number displayed on voltmeter is smaller than the standard voltage, check the AC-generator.
(g) Check loaded discharge circuit
1) When the engine is rotating at 2,000rpm, turn on the high beam and set the heater switch in HI position.
2) Check the number displayed on ammeter.
Standard current: 30A or larger
If the number displayed on ammeter is smaller than the standard current, replace the AC-generator.

Note: If the battery is completely discharged, sometimes the number displayed on ammeter will be smaller
than the standard current.
Removed and installed parts of AC-generator
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-347
II. AC-generator removal
1. Remove the rear end cap
(a)As shown in Fig. 2-348, remove nut and terminal insulated sleeve.

Fig. 2-348
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
(b) M/T:
As shown in Fig. 2-349, remove 3 nuts and the end cap.

Fig. 2-349
2. Remove brush
(a) M/T:
1) As shown in Fig. 2-350, remove 2 screws and brush carrier.

Fig. 2-350
2) Remove brush carrier cover from brush carrier.

3. Remove IC regulator
As shown in Fig. 2-351, remove 3 screws and IC regulator.

Fig. 2-351
4. Remove rectifier bracket
(a) As shown in Fig. 2-352, remove 4 screws and rectifier bracket.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-352
(b) Remove 4 rubber insulators.
5. Remove pulley
As shown in Fig. 2-353, hold the special tool (A) with torque wrench, and screw down the special tool (B)
in clockwise direction to appointed torque.

Fig. 2-353
Torque: 39N·m
Special tool (A) should be tightly fastened to rotator bearing.
(b) As shown in Fig. 2-354, put special tool (C) in punch pliers.

Fig. 2-354
(c) Install generator to special tool (C).
(d) As shown in Fig. 2-355, loosen the belt pulley nut, and turn special tool (A) in direction shown in the
figure.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-355
Note: In order to prevent rotator bearing, do not loosen the pulley nut for over half-turn.
(e) Remove generator from special tool (C).
(f) As shown in Fig. 2-356, turn special tool (B) and remove special tool (A and B).

Fig. 2-356
(g) Remove belt pulley nut and belt pulley.
6. Remove rectifier end bracket
(a) As shown in Fig. 2-357, remove 4 nuts.

Fig. 2-357
(b) As shown in Fig. 2-358, remove rectifier end bracket with special tool.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-358
7. Remove rotator from drive end bracket.
Check and repair the AC-generator
(a) Check and repair the rotator.
1) Check the conduction condition of rotator.
As shown in Fig. 2-359, check the conduction condition between slip rings with ohmmeter.

Fig. 2-359
Standard electric resistance (cold condition): M/T: 2.1-2.5Ω
As shown in Fig. 2-360, replace rotator.

Fig. 2-360
2) Check the earth connection condition of rotator.
As shown in Fig. 2-361, check with ohmmeter. And it should not be conductive between the slip ring and
rotator.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-361
As shown in Fig. 2-362, if not conductive, replace rotator.

Fig. 2-362
3) Check slip ring
a. Check roughness or scratch on slip ring.
If it is too rough or there is scratch, replace rotator.
b. Measure diameter of slip ring with vernier caliper.
Standard diameter: 14.2-14.4mm
Minimum diameter: 12.8mm
As shown in Fig. 2-363, if the diameter measured is smaller than the minimum diameter, replace rotator.

Fig. 2-363
(b) Check and repair stator (drive end bracket)
1) Check if the circuit of stator is open.
Check with ohmmeter, and it should be conductive between coil and wire.
If not conductive, replace drive end bracket assembly.
2) Check earth connection condition of stator.
Check coil wire and drive end frame with ohmmeter, and it should not be conductive between them.
If conductive, replace drive end bracket assembly.
(c) Check and repair brush
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
1) Check exposed length of brush.
Measure the exposed length of brush with vernier caliper.
Standard exposed length: 10.5mm
Minimum exposed length: 1.5mm
If exposed length is less than the minimum exposed length, replace brush (M/T).
M/T: If necessary, replace brush.
2) As shown in Fig. 2-364, cut and remove brush and spring.

Fig. 2-364
3)As shown in Fig. 2-365, insert a new brush wire harness in the brush hole, and then insert the spring and
brush.

Fig. 2-365
4) Weld the brush on brush carrier in accordance with regulated exposed length.
End. Exposed length: 10.5mm
5) Check the brush which should be able to move smoothly on brush carrier.
6) Cut spare wire harness. Coat insulated paint on welding area.
(d) Check and repair rectifier (rectifier bracket)
1) Check positive direction rectification of rectifier
As shown in Fig. 2-366, connect one probe of ohmmeter to positive pole (+), and the other to each rectifier
terminal.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Fig. 2-366
Exchange the pole of tester probe and repeat Step (a).
Check the ohmmeter. One should be conductive and the other should not be conductive.
If the conduction condition is not the same as described above, replace rectifier.
2) Check negative pole of rectifier
As shown in Fig. 2-367, connect a probe of ohmmeter to each positive pole, and the other probe to the
terminal of rectifier.

Fig. 2-367
Exchange the pole of tester probe and repeat step (a).
One should be conductive and the other should not be conductive. If the conduction condition is not the
same as described above, replace rectifier.
(e) Check and repair bearing
1) Check front bearing
Check roughness degree or wear condition of bearing.
2) Replace front bearing if necessary
As shown in Fig. 2-368, remove 4 bolts, bearing bearer and bearing.

Fig. 2-368
As shown in Fig. 2-369, press out the bearing with special tool and holding-down device.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-369
Press in a new bearing with special tool and holding-down device.
As shown in Fig. 2-370, install bearing bearer and 4 bolts.

Fig. 2-370

Torque: M/T: 2.6N·m


3) Install rear bearing
Check roughness degree and wear condition of bearing.
Replace rear bearing if necessary.
As shown in Fig. 2-371, remove bearing cap and bearing with special tool.

Fig. 2-371
Note: Do not damage the fan.
Place the bearing cap on rotator.
As shown in Fig. 2-372, press down a new bearing with special tool and holding-down device.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-372
As shown in Fig. 2-373, push in bearing cap with special tool.

Fig. 2-373
(f) AC-generator assembly
1) Place drive end bracket to belt pulley.
2) As shown in Fig. 2-374, install the rotator to drive end bracket.

Fig. 2-374
3) Install rectifier end bracket.
As shown in Fig. 2-375, slowly press down the rectifier end bracket with a 29mm socket wrench and
holding-down device.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-375
Install 4 nuts.
Torque: 4.5 N·m
4) Install belt pulley
Screw down the belt pulley nut with your hand, and install the belt pulley to stator bearing.
As shown in Fig. 2-376, hold special tool (A) with torque wrench, and tighten special tool (b) to appointed
torque in clockwise direction.

Fig. 2-376
Torque: 39N·m
Special tool (A) should be fastened on belt pulley bearing.
As shown in Fig. 2-377, put special tool (C) in punch pliers.

Fig. 2-377
As shown in Fig. 2-378, install AC-generator to special tool (C).
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-378
As shown in Fig. 2-379, turn special tool (A) in the direction shown in the figure so as to screw the belt
pulley nut.

Fig. 2-379
Torque: 110.5 N·m
Remove AC-generator from special tool (C).
Use special tool (B) and remove special tool (A and B).

5) Install rectifier bracket


As shown in Fig. 2-380, install 4 rubber insulators on wire.

Fig. 2-380
Note: Pay attention to the installation direction of rubber insulators.
Install rectifier bracket and 4 screws.
Torque: M/T: 2.0N·m
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
6) As shown in Fig. 2-381, install IC regulator and brush carrier.

Fig. 2-381
M/T:
As shown in Fig. 2-382, install brush carrier cover to brush carrier.

Fig. 2-382
Note: Pay attention to the installation direction of brush carrier.
As shown in Fig. 2-383, put together the IC regulator and brush carrier on the same level.

Fig. 2-383
As shown in Fig. 2-384, install 5 screws, and the space between brush and socket connector should be
about 1mm (0.04in).
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-384
Torque: 2.0N·m
Install brush carrier cover
7) Install rear end cap
A. M/T:
Install end cap and 3 nuts.
Torque: 4.4N·m
B. Install terminal insulated sleeve and nut.
Torque: 4.1N·m
7. Check if the rotator rotates smoothly
Repair data
Table 2-6
Battery Proportion At 20℃ (68°F) 1.25-1.29
Skewness degree New 5-7mm
Old 7-8mm
Drive belt
Tension degree New 685-785N
Old 295-440N
Rated output M/T 12 V 7A
Electric resistance of rotator coil M/T 2.1-2.5Ω
Slip ring diameter STD 14.2-14.4mm
AC-generator
Minimum value 12.8mm
Brush exposed length STD 10.5mm
Minimum value 1.5mm
IC regulator Calibration voltage 13.2-14.8V

Torque range
Table 2-7
Parts to be tightened N·m
Bearing bearer×drive end bracket M/T 2.6
Rectifier end bracket×driven end bracket 4.5
AC-generator belt×rotator 110.5
Rectifier end bracket×brush carrier, IC regulator 2.0
Rectifier bracket×rectifier end bracket coil wire M/T 2.0
Rear end cap×rectifier bracket 4.4
Plate electrode terminal×rectifier bracket bolt 3.8
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Terminal insulator×rectifier bracket 4.1

Chapter VI Electronic Injection System

Section I Introduction

I. Fundamentals
The electronic injection system is a multi-point fuel injection system with electronic control unit (ECU).
With various sensors installed on different parts of the engine to measure each working parameter of the
engine, the ECU can precisely control the fuel injection volume by controlling the fuel injector according to
the pre-set control program in the computer, and achieve the most favorable air-fuel mixture for the engine
under any working condition. With the control program in the ECU and relevant actuator, such functions as
fuel increase at start, fuel increase at warm-up, fuel increase at acceleration, fuel increase at full load, fuel
decrease at deceleration, fuel cut at idle speed, and automatic idle speed control are available in this system,
which can achieve special air-fuel mixture for the engine under the special working condition. Therefore,
the engine enjoys good performances in fuel efficiency and exhaust emission, and the service performance
of the vehicle is improved at the same time. Besides, the trouble diagnostic modes in the ECU can make the
researching of troubles much easier.
II. Structure of electronic control system
The electronic control system is divided into the following three parts:
1. (1) Sensor---Convert various non-electrics physical quantities of the engine into electrics physical
quantities, and then send them to the ECU. The sensors on ECU of Lifan 320 (LF479Q3 engine, close
coupling catalytic converter, aluminous intake manifold) include:
① Intake pressure and temperature sensor
②Throttle position sensor
③Coolant temperature sensor
④ Heated oxygen sensor (front and rear oxygen sensor, only front oxygen senor available under National
III Emission Standard, front and rear oxygen sensor available under National III Emission Standard
(Simplified) + EOBD and in National IV Emission Standard)
⑤ Knock sensor
⑥ Crankshaft position sensor
Weak acceleration sensor (unavailable under National III Emission Standard (Simplified), available under
National III Emission Standard +EOBD and under National IV Emission Standard).
2. Electronic control unit (ECU) is the “brain” for the whole electronic control system, which analyses and
processes all the information from sensors, sends orders to actuator, and makes the engine work under the
best condition.
3. Actuator is to perform the orders from the ECU. The actuator is the “hand” and “leg” of the electronic
control system, which include: ① Fuel pump, ② Fuel injector, ③ Ignition coil, ④ Idle speed actuator with
stepper motor, ⑤ Canister control valve.
III. Four stroke engine multi-point electronic fuel injection
1. Simultaneous injection: Injectors in all cylinders inject fuel simultaneously, with 2 times of fuel
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
injection at each circle in each cylinder.
2. Group injection: Even number cylinders ignite in succession, and two cylinders inject fuel
simultaneously. For example, Cylinder 1 and 3 in the 4 cylinders inject fuel simultaneously; and Cylinder 2
and 4 inject fuel after the crankshaft turn over 360°. Each cylinder injects one time in each circle.
3. Orderly injection: Injector in each cylinder injects fuel in fixed phase, and injects one time at each
circle in each cylinder.
As the gas mixtures in all the cylinders are different during simultaneous injection, it is the worst situation
for the engine to work. And the gas mixtures in all cylinders are the same during orderly injection, which is
the best situation for the engine to work. Group injection is between the former two.
IV. Basic functions of gasoline engine ECU
1. Electronic fuel quantitative control
As the most important function in gasoline engine ECU, it plays an key role in power, energy saving and
exhaust of the engine and mobility and comfort degree of the whole vehicle, which involves O2 closed-loop
control, start control, after-start control, engine warming control, idle speed control (idle speed rotation
control), full load control, acceleration and deceleration control, overspeed fuel cut control, towing astern
fuel cut control and evaporative emission control (canister control), etc.
2. Electronic control on electronic ignition timing and ignition close angle
As an important function next to fuel quantity in ECU, it also plays an important role in power, energy
saving and exhaust of the engine and mobility and comfort degree of the whole vehicle, including
electronic knock control.
V. Air-fuel ratio in gasoline engine
Air-fuel ratio is the quality proportion of air and fuel in air-fuel gas mixture (gas mixture).
Theoretical air-fuel ratio is the quality proportion of air and fuel in gas mixture when both air and fuel are
completely burnt out. As a constant, theoretical air-fuel ratio changes with different fuels, and the ratio for
gasoline and diesel oil is about 14.7:1.
The ratio between actual air-fuel ratio and theoretical air-fuel ratio is excess air coefficient (λ).
λ=1 means that the actual ratio equals theoretical ratio;
λ>1 means that the actual ratio is larger than the theoretical ratio, the gas mixture is dilute;
λ<1 means that the actual ratio is smaller than the theoretical ratio, the gas mixture is thick.
VI. Fundamentals of electronic control of gasoline engine ignition timing
1. Key aspect of electronic control of ignition timing
The key aspect of electronic control of ignition timing is to control the ignition advance angle. And the
ignition advance angle should be adjusted to achieve the largest power, torque and lowest fuel consumption
result under the condition of no knock and no excess of emission limitation.
2. Knock and knock control
Knock is the spontaneous combustion phenomenon of unburned gas mixture in the cylinder. Knock harms
the engine greatly, and severe knock will damage the engine. And because of this knock, the traditional
carburetter engine has to choose a small ignition advance angle at the cost of low torque and power and
high fuel consumption. While the engine with electronic fuel injection control can prevent knock through
adjusting the ignition advance angle to a smaller angle. As a result, a comparatively large ignition advance
angle in usual time can obviously improve the power and torque and decrease the fuel consumption.
The knock control function of fuel injection engine with electronic control is based on the knock signal
from the knock sensor. As the signals from knock sensor include other vibration signals caused by other
mechanical reasons, ECU has to process and analyze these signals and choose the right one. If necessary
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
ECU will also adjust the ignition advance angle to a smaller angle to avoid knock, and resume to the
previous ignition angle gradually when there is no knock signal.

Section II Part Structure and Performance

I. Intake pressure and temperature sensor

Fig. 2-1 Intake air sensor element


1. Function: Measure the absolute pressure of the 0.1-0.2bar intake manifold and the temperature of the
intake air flow, and provide load information for the engine.
2. Structure and principle: The sensor consists of intake manifold absolute pressure sensor and intake air
temperature sensor, which is installed on the pressurizer tank.
3. Intake air pressure sensor: made by a silicon chip. There is a pressure diaphragm on the silicon chip
and are 4 piezoelectric resistances on the diaphragm. The 4 piezoelectric resistances build up a wheatstone
bridge. Besides the pressure diaphragm, there is also a signal process circuit on the chip. The silicon chip
and a metal housing build up a closed referential space, in which the absolute pressure of the air is
approximately zero. Then, a microelectronic mechanical system is established. There is a zero pressure on
the active side of the silicon chip and an absolute pressure of the intake manifold on the back side of the
chip. The thickness of the silicon chip is only several microns (μm), and the form of the chip will be
mechanically changed with the change of the absolute pressure of the intake manifold. Then, the 4
piezoelectric resistances and their resistance values will be also changed. After treated by the signal process
circuit on the chip, the pressure signal, which is linearly related to pressure, will be formed.
4. Intake air temperature: Made by a resistance with negative temperature coefficient (NTC). Similar to
water temperature sensor, the resistance value will decrease with the increase of the intake air temperature.
The change of the intake air temperature will be supervised and measured by a comparative electric circuit
within the ECU.
5. Connection circuit
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-2 Circuit diagram of intake air temperature and pressure sensor

6. Trouble diagnosis: The electronic devices of the intake air pressure sensor can diagnose such troubles
as open/short circuit and the damage of senor. When the ECU detects that the signal output by the sensor is
beyond its normal signal curve, the sensor will be in trouble. For example, when the intake air pressure is
higher or lower than its limit, the ECU will confirm that the sensor is in trouble (The pressure lower than
the limit at start will be excluded by the ECU.), then the engine MIL will be lighted and the operation under
trouble mode will be applied.
II. Throttle valve position sensor

1
2

Fig. 2-3 Throttle valve position sensor

1 - Voltage input 2 - Signal earth connection 3 - Signal output

1. Function: To provide throttle-alternator position information to the ECU. According to this information,
the ECU can obtain other information on engine load, working condition (start, idle speed, backing, partial
load, and full load), acceleration and deceleration. With the three-wire sensor, the ECU can detect the
opening of throttle through the change of pressure
2. Structure and principle: As an angle sensor with linear output, the sensor is made by two arc sliding
contact resistances and two sliding contact arms. The turning shaft of the sliding contact arm shares the
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
same axis with the throttle shaft. Power supply voltage (US) of 5V is added to the both ends of the sliding
contact resistance. When the throttle turns, the arm turns and moves on the sliding contact resistance. Then,
the electric potential (UP) at the contact point will be led out as an output voltage. Actually, it is an angle
sensor and the real value adopted by the ECU is the value of Up/Us, and the value fluctuation of the sensor
caused by the fluctuation of the generator voltage will be avoided.

3. Connection circuit: As shown in the following circuit diagram of throttle valve position sensor.

Fig. 2-4 Circuit diagram of throttle valve position sensor

1 - Voltage input 2 - Signal earth connection 3 - Signal output

4. Trouble diagnosis: By monitoring the throttle-alternator position, when the signal higher or lower than
its limit, the ECU will confirm that the throttle position sensor is in trouble, then the engine operation under
trouble mode will be applied, and the engine MIL will be lighted (Knock on sensor and internal dirt will
contribute to engine troubles.)
5. Installation: Allowed fastening torque for fastening screw is 1.5N.m-2.5N.m. (Fastening torque for
installation screw is 1.5N.m~2.5N.m.)
III. Coolant temperature sensor
1. Function: To provide information on coolant temperature. To provide water temperature signal for the
ECU, and to control ignition timing and fuel injection pulse width at start, idle speed, and normal operation.
2. Structure and principle: Made by a thermistance with NTC. The resistance value will decrease with the
increase of the coolant temperature (not a linear relation). The thermistance with NTC is installed within a
copper sleeve. With a voltage division circuit, the resistance value of the thermistance is converted into a
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
changing voltage and then provided to the ECU, and then the change of water temperature can be
monitored (internal structure of ECU).
3. Connection circuit
4. Trouble diagnosis: When the coolant temperature is higher than its upper limit, or lower than its bottom
limit, the engine MIL will be lighted and the engine operation under trouble mode will be applied. Then,
the ECU will carry out the ignition and fuel injection control as per the water temperature set under the
engine water temperature trouble mode, and make the fan run at a high speed at the same time.
5. Limit data: 2.5±5%KΩ
6. Installation note: Tightening torque is 15±2N.m.

c b a

Fig. 2-5 Coolant temperature sensor

a - Water temperature signal pin of electronic injection system b - Meter water temperature pin c-
Signal earth connection

Fig. 2-6 Circuit diagram of coolant temperature sensor

a - Water temperature signal of electronic injection system b - Meter water temperature signal

IV. Knock sensor


1. Function: To provide engine knock information for the ECU for knock control.
2. Structure and principle: As a vibration acceleration sensor, installed on the cylinder block of the
engine. The sense element of the sensor is a piezoelectric element. The vibration of the cylinder block of
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
the engine can be transferred to the piezoelectric crystal through the mass block within the sensor. Under
the mass block vibration pressure, voltage will be produced at the two polars of the piezoelectric crystal,
and the vibration signal will be changed into alternately changing voltage signal and be put out. Since the
frequency of the vibration signal caused by the engine knock is much higher than that of the vibration
signal caused by normal engine shock, the ECU can tell knock signal or non-knock signal after processing
the signal with wave filtering technology. When the load, rotation speed, and coolant temperature exceed
the threshold value and no trouble information record is available for the shock sensor, the signal of the
shock sensor will be used for shock closed loop control. When the shock closed loop control is activated,
the signal of the shock sensor will be sent to the ECU for amplification and wave filtering, and then
accumulated. If the accumulation exceeds the limit within a certain crank angle, the ECU will confirm that
shock occurs and decrease the ignition advance angle at this moment. If shock still occurs at the next cycle,
the ECU will further decrease the ignition advance angle. If no shock occurs at the following cycles, the
ECU will recover the original normal ignition advance angle.

Fig. 2-7 Knock sensor


3. Connection circuit

J1-05

1 2 1 2

J1-69

Fig. 2-8 Circuit diagram of knock sensor

1 - Signal high 2 - Signal low

4. Trouble diagnosis: The ECU will monitor the sensors, actuators, power amplifying circuit and detecting
circuit. In case of any of the following situations, like shock sensor trouble, shock control data process
circuit trouble, unreliable cylinder judgment signal, incorrect shock sensor trouble mark level, and shock
closed loop control closed, the ignition advance angle stored in the ECU will be decreased for a safety
angle. When the trouble frequency is lower than the set value, the trouble mark level will be repositioned.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
5. Installation notes: Tightening torque is 20±5N·m. There is a hole in the middle of knock sensor, which
can be used to fasten it on the cylinder block with a M8 bolt. And use 25mm long bolt for cast-iron cylinder
block. Installation position should be easy for sensor to receive vibration signal from all cylinders, which
should be decided by modal analysis of cylinder block. Usually the knock sensor should be installed
between Cylinder 2 and 3 for an engine with 4 cylinders. Do not let engine oil, coolant, brake fluid, water
and other materials contact the sensor for a long time. Do not use any kind of washer when installing. The
metal surface of sensor must contact the cylinder block. Avoid resonance vibration of signal wire for
rupture prevention when installing the signal wire. And high voltage current between Pin 1 and 2 is not
allowed because this may damage piezoelectric element.
V. Oxygen sensor
1. Function: To provide the information that whether oxygen in the cylinder is too high after the fuel is
burned with the air in the cylinder. With this information, the ECU can carry out closed loop control for the
fuel ration. Therefore, the three main toxic elements (HC, CO, and NOX) of the engine exhaust can be best
converted and purified in the three-way catalytic converter.
2. Structure and principle: The sense element of the oxygen sensor is a ceramic pipe with holes and gaps.
The pipe is surrounded by engine exhaust and the air flows within the pipe. The ceramic pipe wall is a kind
of solid electrolyte with electric heating tube inside, which begins work when the ceramic pipe has been
heated to 300 0C (a feature of a solid electrolyte). With such a special material, the oxygen ions can freely
go through the ceramic pipe. Then, the concentration difference of the mixture will be converted into
potential difference, which will be put out in the form of electric signal. If the concentration of the mixture
is relatively high, the concentration difference of the oxygen ions inside and outside the ceramic pipe will
be relatively high, and the potential difference will be relatively high as well. At the same time, a lot of
oxygen ions will move to the outside from the inside, and the voltage output will be relatively high. If the
concentration of the mixture is relatively low, the concentration difference of the oxygen ions inside and
outside the ceramic pipe will be relatively low, and the potential difference will be relatively low as well.
At the same time, little oxygen ions will move to the outside from the inside, and the voltage output will be
relatively low. The working voltage of the oxygen sensor fluctuates from 0.1V to 0.9V, which will be
changed for 5-8 times within 10 seconds. In case of lower than the changing frequency, the oxygen sensor
shall be renewed, as it can not be repaired.

Fig. 2-9 Oxygen sensor


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

3. Connection circuit

Fig. 2-10 Circuit diagram of oxygen sensor

1 - Main relay output 2 - Oxygen sensor heating control 3 - Signal low 4 - Signal high

4. Trouble diagnosis: The ECU will monitor the sensors, actuators, power amplifying circuit and detecting
circuit. In case of any of the following situations, like unreliable battery voltage, unreliable air intake
manifold absolute pressure singal, unreliable engine coolant temperature signal, fuel injector driving stage
trouble, incorrect oxygen sensor trouble mark level, and fuel ration closed loop control closed, the fuel
ration will be confirmed according to the basic fuel injection time stored in the ECU.
5. Installation notes: The tightening torque of the oxygen sensor is 50~60N.m. Apply anti-rust oil to the
renewed oxygen sensor to prevent difficult removal due to rust. Oxygen sensor should be installed on
exhaust pipe where can represent the exhaust gas composition and meet the temperature limit, which means
that the position should be at the nearest position to the engine.
VI. Electronic control unit (ECU)
1. Function: The ECU is the key part of the electronic control system of the engine. The sensors provide
various signals to the ECU, and the ECU calculates the signals and sends orders to the actuators like fuel
injector, ignition coil etc to control the engine.
2. Structure: Made by a shielded housing and printed circuit board, many electronic control units
integrated on the board to control the electronic injection system.
3. Installation: Fixed under the instrument panel sundries box with bolt, the double interfaces ECU is
adopted.
4. Definition of LF479Q3 engine controller pin
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

1 16
17 32 73

33 52
53 72

Fig. 2-11 ECU

Pin Pin Pin


Definition Definition Definition
Number Number Number
Main relay rear
J1-01 Ignition switch J1-02 J1-03 Vehicle speed
power supply
Oxygen sensor
J1-04 C, 5V, positive J1-05 D, 5V, negative J1-06
signal low
Medium-voltage
J1-07 Not used J1-08 Not used J1-09
switch
Crankshaft 58
J1-10 Not used J1-11 Serial data J1-12
teeth signal high
CAN line
J1-13 Not used J1-14 CAN line negative J1-15
positive
J1-16 Not used J1-17 Power supply 1 J1-18 Power supply 2
J1-19 Not used J1-20 D, 5V, positive J1-21 C, 5V, negative
J1-22 Trouble indicator J1-23 Not used J1-24 Throttle position
Intake air
J1-25 Not used J1-26 Not used J1-27
temperature
J1-28 Crankshaft 58 teeth signal low J1-29 Not used J1-30 Not used
Idle speed phase
J1-31 Engine trouble indicator J1-32 Ignition switch A J1-33
B output positive
Idle speed phase A output Power steering
J1-34 J1-35 Acceleration signal J1-36
negative signal
Rear oxygen sensor
J1-37 Not used J1-38 J1-39 A/C demand (+)
signal high
Pin Definition Pin Definition Pin Definition
Number Number Number
J1-40 Not used J1-41 Not used J1-42 Intake air
pressure
J1-43 Coolant temperature J1-44 Not used J1-45 Tachometer
J1-46 A/C compressor clutch relay J1-47 Fuel pump relay J1-48 Not used
control control
J1-49 Instrument power supply J1-50 High speed fan J1-51 Not used
relay control
J1-52 Ignition coil B J1-53 Idle speed phase A J1-54 Idle speed phase
output negative A output positive
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
J1-55 Fuel injector of cylinder 1 J1-56 Fuel injector of J1-57 Not used
cylinder 3
J1-58 Not used J1-59 Not used J1-60 Not used
J1-61 Front oxygen sensor heating J1-62 Front oxygen J1-63 Canister solenoid
control sensor signal high valve control
J1-64 Rear oxygen sensor heating J1-65 Not used J1-66 Not used
control
J1-67 Low speed fan relay control J1-68 Not used J1-69 Knock signal
J1-70 Fuel injector of cylinder 2 J1-71 Fuel injector of J1-72 Headlight signal
cylinder 4
J1-73 System earth wire

VII. Electric fuel pump


1. Function: To deliver fuel in the oil tank to the engine with a certain oil pressure and volume, not greatly
affected by temperature and voltage.
2. Structure and principle: The fuel pump consists of DC motor, vane pump, and end cap (integrating
check valve, pressure release valve and anti-electromagnetic interference element), which shares the same
axle and housing with the motor. The bump and motor in the housing is surrounded by gasoline, which can
be used for cooling and lubricating material. The battery supplies power for the electric fuel pump through
a relay. The relay is connected with the fuel pump only when the engine starts and operates. When the
engine stops due to some troubles, the fuel pump will stop automatically. The maximum pressure at the
outlet of the fuel pump will be decided by the pressure release valve. As no-oil-return system is adopted,
the fuel pressure regulator is installed on the fuel pump assembly. The fuel pressure regulator can adjust the
pressure of the fuel pump to 380±10kPa to meet the demand of the system.

Fig. 2-12 Electric fuel pump


3. Connection circuit

Fig. 2-13 ECU


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Note: The temperature of the fuel greatly affects the performance of the fuel pump. When operates under a
high temperature for a long time, the pressure of the fuel pump will decrease sharply. Therefore, if the
engine fails to start up after warm-up, please carefully check the fuel pump for working performance under
a high temperature.
VIII. Electro-magnetic injector
1. Function: According to the order from the ECU, the injector will carry out fuel injection and
atomization within a required time for the engine.
2. Structure and principle: The ECU will send electric pulse to the fuel injector coil to form magnetic
force. When the magnetic force is high enough to overcome the joint force of return spring pressure, pin
valve gravity, and friction, the pin valve begins to rise and the fuel injection starts. The maximum rise of
the pin valve will not exceed 0.1mm. When the fuel injection pulse stops, the pressure of the return spring
will close the pin valve.

Fig. 2-14 Injector


3. Connection circuit

Fig. 2-15 Injector circuit diagram


Installation notes: The plugs for certain fuel injectors should be selected as per requirement. To facilitate
installation, it is recommended to apply clean silicon-free oil on the surface of the upper O ring connected
to the fuel distribution pipe. Take care not to pollute the internal of the injector and the injection hole by the
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
oil. Install the injector vertically into the injector seat and fix the injector on the seat with a clip.
Note: For vehicles out of use for a long time, the adhesive gasoline within the injector can make the vehicle
fail to start.
4. Trouble diagnosis: The electronic injection system will carry out trouble diagnosis for the driving stage
of the fuel injector. When the driving stage of the injector is short or overloaded to the battery voltage, as
well as short and open to the ground, the trouble mark level will be positioned. At this moment, the closed
loop control and the self-learning pre-control of the oxygen sensor will be closed, while the self-learning
data last time will be effective. The trouble mark level will be repositioned after the trouble being removed.
IX. Idle speed actuator stepper motor
1. Function: A by-pass air intake passage will be provided by the idle speed actuator with stepper motor.
When the throttle is closed, air will enter into the engine through this by-pass passage. With a stepper
motor, the ECU can adjust the size of the passage, and then confirm the air volume into the engine. At the
same time, the ECU can also adjust the fuel injection volume on the basis of the air volume. With the
stepper motor, the ECU can change the working condition for the engine according to actual situations.
2. Structure and principle: As a mini-size motor, the stepper motor consists of several steel stators in a
circle and one rotator. Every stator is winded with a coil. The rotator is a permanent magnet, and at the
center of the magnet, there is a nut. All the coils of the stators are connected with the power supply
constantly. As long as the current direction of one of the coils changes, the rotator will turn for an angle.
When the current direction of the coil of each stator changes in a certain proper sequence, a rotary magnetic
field will be formed, and the rotator of the permanent magnet will rotate in a certain direction.

1
2

Fig. 2-16 Idle speed actuator stepper motor diagram

1 - To Pin ECU19 2 - To Pin ECU20 3 - To Pin ECU35 4 - To Pin ECU36

3. Connection circuit
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Fig. 2-17 Circuit diagram of idle speed actuator stepper motor

1 - To Pin ECU19 2 - To Pin ECU20 3 - To Pin ECU35 4 - To Pin ECU36

4. Trouble diagnosis: The short and open circuit of the two coils of the idle speed stepper motor will be
monitored by the ECU. When such troubles occur, the engine MIL will be lighted and the engine will be
operated under trouble mode. If the engine fails to work normally after check the steps of the stepper motor
with a diagnostic instrument, the intake air pressure should be checked to ensure the normal operation of
the piston of the stepper motor.
X. Ignition coil
1. Function: To convert primary winding low voltage electricity into secondary winding high voltage
electricity, to produce spark to burn the mixture of fuel and air in the cylinder.
2. Grouped ignition: Based on the signal from the crankshaft/camshaft position sensor, the ECU controls
the low signal of ignition coil for the ignition of the engine according to crankshaft position sensor.
3. Structure and principle: Consists of primary winding, secondary winding, iron core, housing, etc.
When the battery is connected with the primary winding, the primary winding will be charged. When the
circuit of the primary winding is cut down by the ECU, the charge will stop. Meanwhile, the high voltage
electricity will be induced in the secondary winding.

Fig. 2-18 Ignition coil


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
4. Trouble diagnosis: The ECU will not carry out trouble diagnosis for the ignition coil. Therefore, when
trouble occurs on the ignition coil, no diagnostic trouble code will be produced. Only the resistance of the
ignition coil can be checked for the normal operation of the coil. Under normal situation, the heat emitted
by the coil under operation will be high, and the over-high temperature of the coil will increase its
resistance value, which will cause such troubles as unstable running, automatic misfiring for the engine.

Fig. 2-19 Circuit diagram of ignition coil


Primary winding: 0.52±0.05- 221 - secondary winding: 9.84±0.9
XI. Canister control valve
1. Function: To control the air flow to clean the canister. The canister control valve is controlled by the
ECU based on the engine load, electric pulse duration and frequency (duty cycle). The over-accumulated
gasoline vapor in the activated canister will cause gasoline leakage and environmental pollution. Thus, the
canister solenoid valve is designed to be opened properly to introduce the over-accumulated gasoline vapor
into the intake pipe for combustion.
2. Structure and principle: Consists of solenoid coil, armature, valves, etc. A filter is considered for the
inlet hole. The air volume flows through the canister control valve is affected by the duty cycle of the
electric pulse output by the ECU, meanwhile, it is also affected by the pressure difference between the inlet
and outlet hole. When no electric pulse is produced, the canister control valve will be closed. According to
the signals from each sensor, the ECU can control the time for power connection of the canister solenoid
valve, and then control the volume of the cleaning air flow.

Fig. 2-20 Canister control valve


3. Trouble diagnosis: The ECU will carry out trouble diagnosis for the driving stage of the canister control
valve. When the driving stage of the canister control valve is short or overloaded to the battery voltage, as
well as short and open to the ground, the fuel ration closed loop control self-learning and the idle speed air
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
ration self-learning will be closed, while the self-leaning data at that moment will be effective. When the
canister solenoid valve is under trouble, the engine is likely to experience unstable idle speed or over-high
idle speed.

Fig. 2-21 Circuit diagram of canister control valve

XII. Fuel distribution pipe


1. Function: To store and distribute fuel, and let redundant fuel return to fuel tank. The injector and fuel
pressure regulator are installed on it to provide a stable pressure environment for fuel injection system,
which can balance the fuel supply pressure and fuel supply amount and maintain the stable working
condition of engine.
2. Structure and principle: The fuel distribution pipe in this system consists of injector and fuel supply
pipe. As the system adopts no-return fuel control, there is no fuel pressure regulator in fuel supply pipe.
3. Installation requirements: Inlet and outlet fuel pipes are connected to rubber pipe and tightened by clip.
And the clip should match the rubber pipe to ensure that the inlet and outlet fuel pipe are tightly connected
with rubber pipe.
4. Trouble diagnosis: Usually there is a little chance for malfunction of fuel supply pipe. In most situations
the leakage in fuel system is caused by improper installation. Therefore, the old O ring for injector that has
been used can not be reused again when installing.

Section III Steps for Trouble Diagnosis with DTC

1. A/C evaporator outlet temperature sensor


Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Trouble Location or Type
A/C evaporator temperature circuit high input---short or open to
P1535
power supply
P1536 A/C evaporator temperature circuit high input---short to ground
P1545 A/C high pressure switch or relay circuit trouble
Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
1 Ignition switch in position ON. Next step
Disconnect the A/C evaporator outlet temperature sensor from Yes Next step
2 the harness. Measure the voltage between the two pins with a
No 4
multimeter. Is the voltage about 5V?
Check for open or short circuit between the two pins with a Yes Replace sensor
3
multimeter. No Replace ECU
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Connect an adapter between the ECU and the harness. Check Repair or replace
Yes
4 for open or short circuit between pin J1-09, J1-39 of the ECU harness
and the pin (1), (2) of the sensor with a multimeter. No Replace ECU

2. Throttle valve position sensor


Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Trouble Location or Type
P0122 Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch A circuit input low
P0123 Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch A circuit input high
Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
1 Ignition switch in position ON. Next step
Disconnect the throttle position sensor from the harness. Yes Next step
2 Measure the voltage between pin (1) and pin (2) with a
5
multimeter. Is the voltage about 5V? No
Measure the resistance between pin (1) and pin (2) with a Yes Next step
3
multimeter. Is the resistance between 1.6k and 2.4k? No Replace sensor
Slowly turn the throttle position sensor from one side to the Yes Replace sensor
other side. Check for open or short circuit or a jump
4
resistance between pin (1) (-) and pin (3) (+) with a No Replace ECU
multimeter.
Connect an adapter between the ECU and the harness.
Check for open or short circuit between pin J1-20, J1-05, Repair or replace
5 Yes
J1-24 of the ECU and the pin (1), (2), (3) of the sensor with harness
a multimeter.

3. Shock sensor
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Trouble Location or Type
P0325 Shock sensor 1 circuit trouble
Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
1 Turn off the ignition switch, and stop the engine. Next step
Disconnect the shock sensor from the harness. Measure the Yes Next step
resistance between pin (1) and pin (2) with a multimeter. Is
2
the resistance greater than 1MΩ? No Renew sensor

Gently knock around the shock sensor with a small hammer. Yes Next step
3 Check for AC signal output between pin (1) and pin (2)
No Replace sensor
with a multimeter.
4 Turn on the ignition switch, and do not start the engine. Next step
Connect an adapter between the ECU and the harness. Repair or replace
Yes
5 Check for open or short circuit between pin J1-05, J1-69 of harness
the ECU and the pin (1), (2) of the sensor with a multimeter. No Replace ECU

4. Intake manifold absolute pressure temperature sensor


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Trouble Location or Type
Intake manifold absolute pressure/atmospheric pressure circuit
P0107
input low
Intake manifold absolute pressure/atmospheric pressure circuit
P0108
input high
Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
1 Ignition switch in position ON. Next step
Disconnect the intake manifold absolute pressure/intake air Yes 4
temperature sensor from the harness. Measure the voltage
2
between pin (1) and pin (3) with a multimeter. Is the voltage No Next step
about 5V?
Connect an adapter between the ECU and the harness. Repair or replace
Yes
Check for open or short circuit between pin J1-21, J1-27, harness
3
J1-42 of the ECU and the pin (1), (3), (4) of the sensor with
No Next step
a multimeter.
4 Turn on the ignition switch, and do not start the engine. Next step
In neutral position, start the engine, and keep idle speed.
Yes Replace ECU
Step on the accelerator. Through the adapter, measure the
5 voltage between pin (4) and pin (1) with a multimeter, Replace ECU
namely between pin J1-42 and pin J1-21 of the ECU. Does No Replace sensor
the voltage gradually increase to 4V?

5. Oxygen sensor
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Trouble Location or Type
P0031 Heated oxygen sensor heater control circuit low (front)
P0032 Heated oxygen sensor heater control circuit high (front)
P0037 Heated oxygen sensor heater control circuit low (rear)
P0038 Heated oxygen sensor heater control circuit high (rear)
P0130 Oxygen sensor circuit trouble (front)
P0131 Oxygen sensor circuit voltage low (front)
P0132 Oxygen sensor circuit voltage high (front)
P0134 Unactivated oxygen sensor (front)
P0136 Oxygen sensor circuit trouble (rear)
P0137 Oxygen sensor circuit voltage low (rear)
P0138 Oxygen sensor circuit voltage high (rear)
P0140 Unactivated oxygen sensor (rear)
P1166 Oxygen sensor controller self-adaptive trouble diagnosis
Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
1 Ignition switch in position ON. Next step
2 Disconnect the oxygen sensor from the harness. Measure Yes Next step
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
the voltage between pin (1) (+) and pin (2) (-) with a
No 4
multimeter. Is the voltage about 12V?
Yes Replace ECU
Measure the resistance between pin (1) and pin (2) with a
3 Next step
multimeter. Is the resistance between 6k and 25k? No
Replace sensor
Check the fuse for the oxygen sensor heated circuit. Is the Yes Replace fuse
4
fuse OK? No Next step
Check for open or short circuit between pin (1) of the Repair or replace
Yes
oxygen sensor and the pin J1-02 of the main relay, as well harness
5
as between pin (2) of the oxygen sensor and the pin J1-61
No Next step
(front)/J1-64 (rear) of the ECU with a multimeter.
Connect the oxygen sensor, keep neutral position, start the
6 engine, and keep idle speed until the coolant reaches normal Next step
temperatue.
Disconnect the oxygen sensor from the harness. Measure Yes Next step
the voltage between pin (4) (+) and pin (3) (-) with a
7
multimeter. Is the voltage between 0V and 0.9V? No Replace sensor

Connect an adapter between the ECU and the harness. Repair or replace
Yes
Check for open or short circuit between pin J1-06, pin J1-62 harness
8
(front)/ J1-38 (rear) of the ECU and pin (3), pin (4) of the
No Replace ECU
sensor with a multimeter.

6. Intake manifold air temperature sensor


Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Trouble Location or Type
P0112 Intake air temperature circuit input low
P0113 Intake air temperature circuit input high
Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
1 Ignition switch in position ON. Next step
Disconnect the intake manifold absolute pressure/intake air Yes Next step
temperature sensor from the harness. Measure the voltage
2 As per S/N 4
between pin (1) and pin (2) with a multimeter. Is the voltage No
about 5V?
Measure the resistance between pin (1) and pin (2) with a Yes Replace ECU
3 multimeter. Does the resistance match with its temperature?
No Replace sensor
(refer to relevant part of the manual)
Connect an adapter between the ECU and the harness. Repair or replace
Yes
Check for open or short circuit between pin J1-21, J1-04, harness
4
J1-27 of the ECU and the pin (1), (3), (2) of the sensor with
No Replace ECU
a multimeter.

7. Coolant temperature sensor


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Trouble Location or Type
P0116 Engine coolant temperature circuit range/performance
P0117 Engine coolant temperature circuit input low
P0118 Engine coolant temperature circuit input high
P0119 Engine coolant temperature circuit breaks at interval
Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
1 Ignition switch in position ON. Next step
Disconnect the coolant temperature sensor from the Yes Next step
2 harness. Measure the voltage between pin (1) (+) and pin
No 4
(3) (-) with a multimeter. Is the voltage about 5V?
Yes Replace ECU
Measure the resistance between pin (1) and pin (3) with a
3
multimeter. Does the resistance match with its No Replace sensor
temperature? (refer to relevant part of the manual)
Connect an adapter between the ECU and the harness. Repair or replace
Yes
Check for open or short circuit between pin J1-05, J1-43 harness
4
of the ECU and the pin (1), (3) of the sensor with a
No Replace ECU
multimeter.

8. Fuel injector
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Trouble Location or Type
P0261 Cylinder 1 fuel injector circuit low
P0264 Cylinder 2 fuel injector circuit low
P0267 Cylinder 3 fuel injector circuit low
P0270 Cylinder 4 fuel injector circuit low
P0262 Cylinder 1 fuel injector circuit high
P0265 Cylinder 2 fuel injector circuit high
P0268 Cylinder 3 fuel injector circuit high
P0271 Cylinder 4 fuel injector circuit high
Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
1 Ignition switch in position ON, do not start the engine. Next step
Disconnect the electromagnetic fuel injector from the
2 harness. Connect the two pins of the multimeter with the Next step
pin (1) (+) and the engine respectively.
Yes Repeat 2
Ignition switch in position ON. Check if the voltage of 12V
3 Yes (all) As per S/N 6
can be read in the multimeter for about 1 second.
No Next step
Check for open or short circuit between pin J1-02 of the Repair or replace
Yes
4 main relay and pin (1) of solenoid fuel injector with a harness
multimeter. No Next step
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Repair or replace the fuel pump relay/main relay and Repair or replace
5 Yes
relevant circuit. harness
Connect an adapter between the ECU and the harness.
Check for open or short circuit between pin J1-55, pin
6 No Next step
J1-70, J1-56, J1-71 of the ECU and pin (2) of the solenoid
fuel injector with a multimeter.
Yes Repeat 7
Measure the resistance between pin (1) and pin (2) of the Yes (all) Next step
7 solenoid fuel injector with a multimeter. Is the resistance Replace
between 12Ω and 16Ω under the temperature of 200C? No electro-magnetic
fuel injector
Connect the solenoid fuel injector, keep neutral position, Yes Repeat 8
start the engine and keep idle speed. Disconnect the
8
electromagnetic fuel injector in sequence. Check the engine No Replace ECU
for vibration when each connector is removed.

9. Canister control valve driving stage


Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Trouble Location or Type
Evaporative emission control system, canister control valve
P0444
circuit open
Evaporative emission control system, canister control valve
P0445
circuit short
Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
Start the engine, keep idle speed until the coolant reaches
1 Next step
normal temperature.
Disconnect the canister control valve from the harness. Yes Next step
2 Measure the voltage between the two pins with a
No 5 (check hot wire)
multimeter. Is the voltage about 12V?
Connect the canister control valve, increase the engine Yes Next step
3 rotation speed to 1500r/m, touch the valve with your hand,
No 7 (check earth wire)
and check the valve for slight vibration and shock.
Yes Replace ECU
Measure the resistance between pin (1) and pin (2) with a
4 Check canister
multimeter. Is the resistance between 22 and 30? No
control valve
Check for open or short circuit between pin J1-02 of the Repair or replace
Yes
5 main relay and the pin (1) of the canister control valve with harness
a multimeter. No Next step
6 Repair or replace the main relay and its circuit.
Stop the engine. Check for open or short circuit between Repair or replace
Yes
7 pin J1-63 of the ECU and the pin (2) of the canister control harness
valve with a multimeter. No Replace ECU
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
10. Malfunction indicator light (MIL) driving stage
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Trouble Location or Type
P0650 MIL control circuit
Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
1 Ignition switch in position ON. Next step
Open the instrument panel, remove the MIL bulb, and Yes Next step
2
measure the voltage of the jack. Is the voltage about 12V? No 5 (check hot wire)
Check the MIL bulb for normal operation with a Yes Next step
3
multimeter. No Replace bulb
Connect an adapter between the ECU and the harness. Repair or replace
Yes
Check for open or short circuit between pin J1-63 of the harness
4
ECU and the input connector of the MIL bulb with a
No Replace ECU
multimeter.
Check the fuse for the heating circuit of the oxygen sensor. Yes Replace fuse
5
Is the fuse OK?
Repair or replace
Check for open or short circuit between pin 87 of the main Yes
6 harness
relay and pin (1) of the MIL jack with a multimeter.
No Next step
7 Repair or replace the main relay and its circuit.

11. Driving stage of stepper motor coil 1 and 2


Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
1 Turn on the ignition switch, and do not start the engine. Next step
Disconnect the stepper motor from the harness. Measure the Yes Next step
resistance between pin (1) and pin (2), as well as between pin
2 Replace idle speed
(3) and pin (4) of the stepper motor with a multimeter. Is the No
resistance between 40Ω and 80Ω? actuator
Measure the resistance between pin (1) and pin (2), as well as Yes Next step
3 between pin (3) and pin (4) of the stepper motor with a Replace idle speed
No
multimeter. Is the resistance infinite? actuator
Measure the resistance between pin (1) and pin (2), as well as Replace idle speed
Yes
between pin (3) and pin (4) of the stepper motor connected actuator
4
with the harness with a multimeter. Is the resistance about
No 下一步 Next step
12V?
Connect an adapter between the ECU and the harness. Check Repair or replace
Yes
for open or short circuit between pin J1-34, J1-33, J1-53, harness
5
J1-54 of the ECU and the pin (1), (2), (3), (4) of the stepper
No Replace ECU
motor with a multimeter.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Section IV Steps for Trouble Diagnosis Based on Engine Symptom

Before the steps for trouble diagnosis based on engine symptom, carry out the following primary checks at
first:
1. Check the ECU and MIL for abnormal condition (for vehicles without MIL, skip this step);
2. To confirm no trouble information record found with a trouble diagnostic instrument or flasher;
3. Check the idle speed data after warm-up of the electronic control system with a trouble diagnostic
instrument for normal range;
4. Confirm the concern of the user and the actual location of the symptom.
Then, check the appearance:
1. Check the harness grounding for cleanness and tightness;
2. Check the vacuum pipe for break, twist and correct connection;
3. Check if the pipe is blocked; check if the inlet pipe is extruded or damaged;
4. Check the sealing between the throttle body and the intake manifold for damage;
5. Check the high voltage wire of the ignition system for break, aging and wrong connection;
6. Check the lead for correct connection and check the connector for looseness.
Key note: In case of the above-mentioned conditions, repair these troubles at first. Otherwise, the following
trouble diagnosis and maintenance will be affected.
Diagnosis help:
1. To confirm no trouble record found for the engine;
2. To confirm the concern of the user;
3. No abnormal condition is found after check following the above-mentioned steps;
4. During check and maintenance, do not ignore the impact on the system from the vehicle maintenance,
cylinder pressure, mechanical ignition timing, fuel condition, and so on.
5. Replace the ECU, and then carry out tests.
If the trouble is removed at this moment, the trouble is produced within the ECU. If the trouble can not be
removed at this moment, replace the original ECU, and repeat the steps.
1. Engine fails to run or runs slowly at start
Test
Operation Actions
S/N Results
Measure the voltage between the two terminals of the Yes Next step
1 battery with a multimeter. Is the voltage about Repair or replace
No
10-12.5V? battery
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage Yes Next step
2 between the ignition switch and the terminal of the Repair terminal or
No
battery positive pole. Is the voltage about 10-12.5V? replace lead
Turn the ignition switch to START. Measure the Yes Next step
voltage of the terminal of the ignition switch to connect
3 Repair or replace
with the positive pole of the start motor with a No
ignition switch
multimeter. Is the voltage greater than 8V?
Keep the ignition switch in START. Measure voltage of Yes Next step
4 the terminal of the positive pole of the start motor with Repair terminal or
No
a multimeter. Is the voltage greater than 8V? replace lead
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Repair or replace start
Check the start motor for open or short circuit with a Yes
5 motor
multimeter.
No Next step
Yes Remove the trouble
6 Check if the engine is locked for lack of lubrication.
No Next step
In winter, check if the start motor is affected by high Yes Replace the oil
7 resistance as improper engine lubricant and gear box Repair or replace timing
No
oil is applied. belt

2. Engine can not be successfully started


Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Check if there is Yes Remove the trouble
1 trouble information records with a diagnostic
No Next step
instrument.
Take out the spark plug, and make the electrode of the Yes 8
spark plug 5-10mm from the engine block. Run the
2
engine with the start motor, and check if the blue white No Next step
high voltage fire is produced.
Yes Next step
Check if the resistance of the high pressure wire is
3 Repair or replace the
normal (about 16k/m, if too low, the wire is in trouble). No
high pressure wire
Yes Replace
4 Check each ignition coil for damage or crack.
No Next step
Yes Replace
5 Check the ignition coil for looseness or damage.
No Next step

Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
Yes Next step
6 Check the ignition coil for normal operation.
No replace
Check if the interfaces of the high pressure coil are Yes Next step
7
well connected. No Connect
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Check if the fuel pump Yes Next step
8 relay and the fuel pump can keep running for 3 Check and repair fuel
No
seconds. pump circuit
Connect the fuel pressure gauge valve. Short-circuit the Yes Next step
pin J1-47 and the pin J1-73 of the fuel bump relay, and
9
run the fuel pump. Check if the fuel pressure is about No 13
300kPa.
Take out the fuel distribution pipe together with the Yes 12
10
fuel injector. Disconnect the fuel injector from the No Next step
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
harness. Check the fuel injector for fuel injection with
the voltage of 12V directly from the battery.
Clean the fuel injector and check the fuel injector for Yes Next step
11
fuel injection. No Replace fuel injector
Yes Replace fuel
12 Check if the fuel is wrong or contains water.
No 18
Yes Next step
13 Check if the fuel pressure is lower than 300kPa.
No 17
Close the fuel gauge valve. Turn on the ignition switch Yes Next step
14 again and keep the fuel pump working for 3 seconds. No
16
Check if fuel pressure can be produced.
Yes Replace or repair fuel
16 Check the fuel intake pipe for leakage or blockage. intake pipe
No Replace fuel pump
Yes Repair or replace fuel
return pipe
17 Check if the fuel return pipe is blocked or bent.
No Replace fuel pressure
regulator
Connect an adapter between the ECU and the harness. Yes Next step
Check the pin J1-73 of the ECU for voltage. Check the
18 positive power supply line of the above-mentioned Repair or replace
No
ECU pin and the earth wire of the pin J1-01, J1-17, harness
J1-18 connected to the ECU for normal operation.
Check the parts and components of the intake system Yes Repair
19
for leakage. No Next step
Check if the intake manifold absolute pressure and Yes Repair or replace
20
temperature sensor is blocked. No Next step
Check if the coolant temperature sensor for normal Yes Next step
21
operation. No Repair or replace
Remove mechanical
Check if the gap between the piston and the cylinder is Yes
22 trouble
too wide. Check the cylinder for leakage.
No Replace ECU

3. Hard to start after warm-up


Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Check if there is Yes Remove the trouble
1 trouble information records with a diagnostic
No Next step
instrument.
Connect the fuel pressure gauge valve (the connection Yes Next step
point is related to the vehicle model). Short-circuit the
2
pin J1-47 and the pin J1-73 of the fuel bump relay, and No 9
run the fuel pump. Check if the fuel pressure is about
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
300kPa.
Disconnect the fuel pipe, and turn the ignition switch. Yes Next step
3 Check if the pressure of the fuel system still keeps Repair fuel system
No
between 150kPa and 200kPa after 1 hour. leakage
Connect the fuel pipe. Block the fuel return pipe, and Replace fuel pressure
Yes
turn off the fuel pressure gauge valve. Turn off the regulator (inbuilt)
4 ignition switch. Check if the pressure of the fuel
system still keeps between 150kPa and 200kPa after 1 No Next step
hour.
Replace fuel injector
Yes
5 Check the fuel injector and the fuel pipe for leakage. and fuel pipe
No Next step
Check the coolant
Take out the water temperature sensor, and start the Yes
6 temperature and line
engine. Is the engine OK?
No Next step
Connect an adapter between the ECU and the harness. Repair or replace
Yes
Check the pin J1-17, J1-18, J1-04 and J1-20 of the harness
7
ECU for voltage. Check if the earth wires of the pin
No Next step
J1-05, J1-21 and J1-73 are connected to the ECU.
Replace the fuel. Start the vehicle after warm-up. Is it Yes End
8
OK? No Replace ECU
Check if the fuel pipe is blocked or bent. Check the Yes Next step
9 fuel pump pressure regulation valve for normal Repair or replace
No
operation.
Yes Next step
Check the interfaces of the fuel pump at both ends for
10 Repair or replace fuel
battery voltage with a multimeter. No
pump relay and lead
Check if the resistance of the fuel pump is correct with Yes Next step
11
a multimeter. No Replace fuel pump
Yes Replace fuel pump
12 Check if the fuel pump is locked.
Replace ECU

4. With normal rotation speed, difficult to start


S/N Operation Test Results Actions
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Check if there Yes Remove the trouble
1 is trouble information records with a
No Next step
diagnostic instrument.
Yes Next step
2 Check the air filter for smoothness.
No Replace
After successful start, check if the intake air Yes Next step
3 manifold pressure is between 35kPa and 65kPa Remove leakage for the air
No
at idle speed. intake system
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual

Gently step on the throttle, and check if the Check and replace throttle and
4 Yes
vehicle can be started easily. idle speed passage
Connect the fuel pressure gauge valve. Yes Next step
Short-circuit the pin 30 and the pin 87 of the
5
fuel bump relay, and run the fuel pump. Check No 9
if the fuel pressure is about 380kPa.

Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
Connect the battery and the fuel injector with a special Yes 8
6 connector. With the voltage supply of 12V, check the
No Next step
fuel injector for normal operation.
Wash the fuel injector and check the fuel injector again Yes Next step
7
for normal operation. No Replace fuel injector
Replace the fuel. Check if the fuel is wrong or contains Yes Replace fuel
8
water. No 14
Yes Next step
9 Check if the fuel pressure is lower than 250kPa.
No 13
Close the fuel gauge valve. Turn on the ignition switch Yes Next step
10 again and keep the fuel pump working for 3 seconds.
No 12
Check if fuel pressure can be produced.
Replace fuel pressure
Yes
Turn on the fuel gauge valve, and block the fuel return regulator
11
pipe. Check if the fuel pressure is quickly produced. Repair or replace fuel
No
injector or fuel pipe
Repair or replace fuel
Yes
12 Check the fuel intake pipe for leakage or blockage. intake pipe
No Replace fuel pump
Repair or replace fuel
return pipe
Yes
Repair or replace fuel
13 Check if the fuel return pipe is blocked or bent.
return pipe
Replace fuel pressure
No
regulator
Before the engine coolant reaches 35°C, take out the Yes Next step
14 idle speed actuator connector, and check if the rotation Replace idle speed
No
speed of the engine is decreased. actuator
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Check the voltage of Yes Next step
the following pins of the ECU. Is the voltage of the pin
15 J1-12 (crankshaft position sensor) is about 12V? Is the Check harness and
empty pin and the pin J1-54 (idle speed stepper motor No
interface
A+) is 0V?
16 Check if the compressed pressure of the engine Yes Next step
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
cylinder is normal. No Remove the trouble
Check if the intake air manifold absolute pressure and Yes Repair or replace
17
temperature sensor is blocked. No Next step
Check if the coolant temperature sensor for normal Yes Replace ECU
18
operation. No Repair or replace

5. Difficult cold start


Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Check if there is trouble Yes Remove the trouble
1
information records with a diagnostic instrument. No Next step
Check the coolant for normal temperature with a Yes Next step
2
multimeter (resistance: between XX and XX) No Replace sensor
Turn on the ignition switch. Connect an adapter between Yes Next step
the ECU and the harness, and check the voltage of the
following pins of the ECU. Is the voltage of the pin J1-12
3 (crankshaft position sensor) is about 12V? Is the empty Check harness and
No
pin and the pin J1-54 (idle speed stepper motor A+) is interface
0V?

Check the air filter for smoothness.。 Yes Next step


4
Check the air filter for smoothness. No Replace
Yes Next step
After start, check if the pressure of the intake air
5 Remove leakage for the
manifold at idle speed is between 35kPa and 65kPa. No
air intake system
Check throttle and idle
Gently step on the throttle, and check if the vehicle can Yes
6 speed passage
be started easily.
No Next step
Before the engine coolant reaches 35°C, take out the idle Yes Next step
7 speed actuator connector, and check if the rotation speed Replace idle speed
No
of the engine is decreased. actuator
Connect the fuel pressure gauge valve (the connection Yes Next step
point is related to the vehicle model). Carry out direct
grounding for the pin 86 of the fuel pump relay. Turn on
8
the ignition switch and run the fuel pump relay and fuel No 12
pump. Check if the fuel pressure is between 370kPa and
390kPa.
Connect the battery and the fuel injector with a special Yes 11
9 connector. With the voltage supply of 12V, check the fuel
No Next step
injector for normal operation.
Clean the fuel injector and check the fuel injector for Yes Next step
10
normal operation. No Replace fuel injector
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Yes Renew fuel
11 Check if the fuel is wrong or contains water.。
No 17
Yes Next step
12 Check if the fuel pressure is lower than 370kPa.
No 16
Close the fuel gauge valve. Turn on the ignition switch Yes Next step
13 again and keep the fuel pump working for 3 seconds.
No 15
Check if fuel pressure can be produced.
Replace fuel pressure
Yes
Turn on the fuel gauge valve, and block the fuel return regulator
14
pipe. Check if the fuel pressure is quickly produced.。 Repair or replace fuel
No
injector or fuel pipe
Repair or replace fuel
Yes
15 Check the fuel intake pipe for leakage or blockage. intake pipe
No Replace fuel pump
Repair or replace fuel
Yes
return pipe
16 Check if the fuel return pipe is blocked or bent.
Replace fuel pressure
No
regulator
Yes Next step
17 Check if the cylinder pressure of the engine is normal.
No Remove the trouble
Yes Repair
18 Check the air intake system of the engine for leakage.
No Next step
Check if the intake air manifold absolute pressure and Yes Repair or replace
19
temperature sensor is blocked. No Replace ECU

6. Unstable idle speed at any time


Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Check if there is trouble Yes Remove the trouble
1
information records with a diagnostic instrument. No Next step
Replace idle speed
Check if the idle speed actuator or the stepper motor idle Yes
2 actuator
speed actuator is locked.
No Next step
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Connect an adapter Check harness and
Yes
between the ECU and the harness. Check the voltage of interface
the pin J1-27, J1-43 (signal output end of the intake air
3 temperature sensor and coolant temperature sensor),
J1-54, J1-33, J1-53, J1-34 (signal output end of the No Next step
stepper motor), J1-54, and J1-53 of the ECU. Is the
voltage normal?
Run the engine at an idle speed. Cut off each cylinder in Yes 8
4 sequence. Check if the rotation speed of the engine is
No Next step
decreased or fluctuated.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Yes Next step
Check the fuel injector of each cylinder for normal
5 Check fuel injector and
operation. No
harness
Check the resistance of the high voltage wire for each Yes Next step
6
cylinder. Is the resistance OK? No Replace
Yes Replace
7 Check the ignition coil for damage or crack.
No Next step
Yes Next step
8 Check the spark plug for normal operation.
No Replace spark plug
Connect the fuel pressure gauge valve. Short-circuit the Yes Next step
pin J1-47 and the pin J1-73 of the fuel bump relay, and
9
run the fuel pump. Check if the fuel pressure is about No 13
300kPa.
Connect the battery and the fuel injector with a special Yes 12
10 connector. With the voltage supply of 12V, check the
No Next step
fuel injector for normal operation.
Clean the fuel injector and check the fuel injector for Yes Next step
11
normal operation. No Replace fuel injector
Yes Replace fuel
12 Check if the fuel is wrong or contains water.
No 18
Yes Next step
13 Check if the fuel pressure is lower than 300kPa.
No 17
Close the fuel gauge valve. Turn on the ignition switch Yes Next step
14 again and keep the fuel pump working for 3 seconds.
否No 16
Check if fuel pressure can be produced.
Replace fuel pressure
Yes
Turn on the fuel gauge valve, and block the fuel return regulator
15
pipe. Check if the fuel pressure is quickly produced. Repair or replace fuel
No
injector or fuel pipe
Repair or replace fuel
Yes
16 Check the fuel intake pipe for leakage or blockage. return pipe
No Replace fuel pump
Repair or replace fuel
Yes
return pipe
17 Check if the fuel return pipe is blocked or bent.
Replace fuel pressure
No
regulator
Check if the sense hole of the intake air manifold Yes Clean up
18
pressure and temperature sensor is blocked. No Next step
Run the engine at an idle speed. After the coolant Yes Next step
19 reaches the temperature activated by the closed loop Check oxygen sensor
No
control, check the oxygen sensor for normal operation. and harness
Yes Repair the leakage
20 Check the intake air system of the engine for leakage.
No Next step
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Yes Next step
21 Check if the cylinder pressure of the engine is normal.
No Remove the trouble

7. Unstable idle speed during warm-up


Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Check if there is trouble Yes Remove the trouble
1
information records with a diagnostic instrument. No Next step
Yes Next step
2 Check the air filter for smoothness.
No Replace
Run the engine at an idle speed. Check if the intake air Yes Next step
3 manifold pressure is between 35kPa and 65kPa during Remove leakage for the
No
warm up. air intake system
Stop the engine, and turn on the ignition switch. Connect Yes Next step
an adapter between the ECU and the harness. Check the
4 pin J1-27 and J1-35 of the ECU (signal output end of the
No Check and repair
intake air temperature sensor and coolant temperature
sensor).
Take out he connector of the idle speed actuator after Yes Next step
5 warm-up. Check if the rotation speed of the engine is Replace idle speed
No
changed. actuator
Check the coolant temperature sensor for normal Yes Next step
6
operation. No Replace

8. Unstable idle speed after warm-up


Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Check if there is trouble Yes Remove the trouble
1
information records with a diagnostic instrument. No Next step
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Connect an adapter
Yes Next step
between the ECU and the harness. Check the voltage of
the pin J1-42 (intake air manifold absolute pressure
sensor output), J1-27 (intake air temperature sensor
2
output), J1-43 (coolant temperature sensor output), J1-62, Repair or replace
J1-06, J1-38 (oxygen sensor output), J1-54, J1-33, J1-53, No
harness
J1-34 (output to idle speed actuator) of the ECU. Is the
voltage normal?
Yes Next step
3 Check the air filter for smoothness.
No Replace
Yes Next step
Check if the intake air manifold pressure is between
4 Remove leakage for the
35kPa and 65kPa under idle speed. No
air intake system
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Connect the fuel pressure gauge valve. Short-circuit the Yes Next step
5 pin 30 and the pin 87 of the fuel bump relay, and run the
No 9
fuel pump. Check if the fuel pressure is about 300kPa.
Connect the battery and the fuel injector with a special Yes 8
6 connector. With the voltage supply of 12V, check the fuel
No Next step
injector for normal operation.
Clean the fuel injector and check the fuel injector for Yes Replace
7
normal operation. No Replace fuel injector

Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
Yes Replace fuel
8 Check if the fuel is wrong or contains water.
No 14
Yes Next step
9 Check if the fuel pressure is lower than 300kPa.
No 13
Close the fuel gauge valve. Turn on the ignition switch Yes Next step
10 again and keep the fuel pump working for 3 seconds.
No 12
Check if fuel pressure can be produced.
Replace fuel pressure
Yes
Turn on the fuel gauge valve, and block the fuel return regulator
11
pipe. Check if the fuel pressure is quickly produced. Repair or replace fuel
No
injector or fuel pipe
Repair or replace fuel
Yes
12 Check the fuel intake pipe for leakage or blockage. intake pipe
No Replace fuel pump
Repair or replace fuel
Yes
return pipe
13 Check if the fuel return pipe is blocked or bent.
Replace fuel pressure
No
regulator
Replace coolant
Take out the coolant temperature sensor, and check the Yes
15 temperature sensor
engine for normal operation.
No Next step
Yes Next step
16 Check the compressed pressure.
No Remove the trouble
Check the resistance of the high voltage wire for each Yes Next step
17
cylinder. Is the resistance OK? No Replace
Yes Replace
18 Check the ignition coil for damage or crack.
No Next step
Yes Replace ECU
19 Check the spark plug for normal operation.。
No Replace spark plug
9. Unstable idle speed or flameout under load (A/C etc)

S/N Operation Test Actions


Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Results
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Check if there is Yes Remove the trouble
1 trouble information records with a diagnostic
No Next step
instrument.
Turn on the A/C switch. Connect an adapter between Yes Next step
2 the ECU and the harness. Check the pin J1-09 and Check and repair A/C
No
J1-39 (A/C switch) of the ECU for signal input. circuit
Check the A/C system pressure, electromagnetic Yes Next step
3 clutch of the compressor, A/C pump for normal
No Repair or replace
operation.
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Check the voltage of Yes Next step
4 the pin 33, 34, 53, 54 (output to idle speed actuator) Check the control
No
of the ECU. Is it OK? circuit
Repair or replace
Remove the stepper motor. Check if the stepper Yes
5 stepper motor
motor is locked or blocked.
No Next step
Start the engine, and run the A/C. Check if the idle Yes Replace ECU
speed actuator is under normal operation as per the
6 Replace idle speed
steps of the motor on the trouble diagnostic No
actuator
instrument.

10. Unstable periodicity (self-learning after power cutoff of the ECU)


S/N Operation Test Results Actions
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Check if there is Yes Remove the trouble
1 trouble information records with a diagnostic
No Next step
instrument.
Yes Next step
2 Check the air filter for smoothness.。
No Replace
Yes Next step
Run the engine at an idle speed. Check if the intake air
3 Check air intake and
pressure is between 35kPa and 65kPa. No
leakage
Run the engine at an idle speed. Cut off each cylinder Yes 7
4 in sequence. Check if the rotation speed of the engine
No Next step
is decreased or fluctuated.
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Connect an adapter
between the ECU and the harness. Check the voltage Yes Next step
of the pin J1-42 (intake air manifold absolute pressure
sensor output), J1-27 (intake air temperature sensor
5
output), J1-43 (coolant temperature sensor output), Repair or replace
J1-62, J1-06, J1-38 (oxygen sensor output), J1-01 No
harness
(ignition switch), J1-54, J1-33, J1-53, J1-34 (output to
idle speed actuator). Is it OK?
6 Run the engine at an idle speed. Check if the ignition Yes Next step
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
advance angle is normal after the coolant reaches Adjust ignition advance
No
normal operation. angle
Check if the sense hole of the intake air manifold Yes Clean up
7
pressure and temperature sensor is blocked. No Next step
Yes Replace fuel
8 Check if the fuel is wrong or contains water.。
No Next step
Yes Next step
Connect the battery and the fuel injector with a special
Check and repair fuel
9 connector. With the voltage supply of 12V, check the
No injector and relevant
fuel injector for normal operation.
harness
Check the resistance of the high voltage wire for each Yes Next step
10
cylinder. Is the resistance OK? No Replace
Yes Replace
11 Check the ignition coil for damage or crack.
No Next step
Yes Replace ECU
12 Check the spark plug for normal operation.。
No Replace spark plug

11. Idle speed too high (self-learning after power cutoff of the ECU)
Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Check if there is Yes Remove the trouble
1 trouble information records with a diagnostic
No Next step
instrument.
Check if the cable connected the accelerator pedal is Yes Adjust or replace
2
locked or tightened. No Next step
Check the canister control valve, fuel pressure Yes Adjust or replace
regulator, crankcase compulsory ventilation vacuum
3
pipe, and the vacuum booster tube of the brake system No Next step
for reliable installation or damage.
Run the engine at an idle speed, keep neutral position, Yes Next step
4 step on the brake pedal, and check if the idle speed is
No 6
too high.

Repair or replace
Clamp the vacuum booster tube. Check if the idle Yes
5 vacuum booster
speed becomes normal.
No Next step
Replace the PVC valve. Clamp the crankcase Yes Replace PVC valve
6 compulsory ventilation vacuum tube. Check if the idle
No Next step
speed becomes normal.
Replace canister control
Clamp the canister control valve tube. Check if the idle Yes
7 valve
speed becomes normal.
No Next step
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Yes Repair or replace
8 Check if the idle speed actuator is blocked or locked.
No Next step
Repair or replace. Check the other parts of the intake Yes Repair or replace
9
air pipe for leakage. No Next step
Yes Next step
10 Check the fuel injector seal ring for damage.
No Replace seal ring
Check the intake air manifold absolute pressure and Yes Replace ECU
11
intake air temperature sensor for damage. No Replace sensor

12. Ineffective acceleration or flameout


Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Check if there is Yes Remove the trouble
1 trouble information records with a diagnostic
No Next step
instrument.
Yes Next step
2 Check the air filter for smoothness.
No Replace
Yes Next step
Run the engine at an idle speed. Check if the rotation Next step
3
speed is normal. No Check and repair as per
idle speed trouble items
Run the engine at an idle speed. Check if the intake air Yes Next step
4
pressure is between 35kPa and 65kPa. No Check and repair
Run the engine at an idle speed. Check if the ignition Yes Next step
5 advance angle is normal after the coolant reaches Adjust ignition advance
No
normal operation. angle
Connect the fuel pressure gauge valve. Short-circuit Yes Next step
the pin J1-47 and the pin J1-73 of the fuel bump relay,
6
and run the fuel pump. Check if the fuel pressure is No 10
about 380kPa.
Connect the battery and the fuel injector with a special Yes 9
7 connector. With the voltage supply of 12V, check the
No Next step
fuel injector for normal operation.
Wash the fuel injector and check the fuel injector again Yes Next step
8
for normal operation. No Replace fuel injector
Yes Replace fuel
9 Check if the fuel is wrong or contains water.。
No 15
Yes Next step
10 Check if the fuel pressure is lower than 250kPa.
No 14
Close the fuel gauge valve. Turn on the ignition switch Yes Next step
11 again and keep the fuel pump working for 3 seconds.
No 13
Check if fuel pressure can be produced.
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Replace fuel pressure
Turn on the fuel gauge valve, and block the fuel Yes
regulator
12 return pipe. Check if the fuel pressure is quickly
Repair or replace fuel
produced. No
injector or fuel pipe
Repair or replace fuel
Check the fuel intake pipe for leakage or Yes
13 intake pipe
blockage.
No Replace fuel pump
Repair or replace fuel
Yes
return pipe
14 Check if the fuel return pipe is blocked or bent.
Replace fuel pressure
No
regulator
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Connect an Yes Next step
adapter between the ECU and the harness. Check
the voltage of the pin J1-24 (signal output end of
15 Repair or replace
the throttle position sensor), J1-05 (grounding No
end), J1-20 (as the power supply for 4.5-5V harness
sensor). Is it OK?
Yes Replace ECU
Check the ignition coil, distributor, high voltage
16 Repair or replace
wire, and spark plug for normal operation. No
relevant parts

13. Slow acceleration


Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Check if there is Yes Remove the trouble
1 trouble information records with a diagnostic
No Next step
instrument.
Yes Next step
2 Check the air filter for smoothness.
No Replace
Yes Next step
Run the engine at an idle speed. Check if the rotation Check and repair as
3
speed is normal. No per idle speed trouble
items
Run the engine at an idle speed. Check if the intake Yes Next step
4
air pressure is between 35kPa and 65kPa. No Check and repair
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Connect an adapter Yes Next step
between the ECU and the harness. Check the voltage
5 of the pin J1-24 (signal output end of the throttle Repair or replace
No
position sensor), J1-05 (grounding end), J1-20 (as harness
the power supply for 4.5-5V sensor). Is it OK?
Run the engine at an idle speed. Check if the ignition Yes Next step
6 advance angle is normal after the coolant reaches Adjust ignition
No
normal operation. advance angle
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Connect the fuel pressure gauge valve. Short-circuit Yes Next step
the pin J1-47 and the pin J1-73 of the fuel bump
7
relay, and run the fuel pump. Check if the fuel No 11
pressure is between 250kPa and 300kPa.
Connect the battery and the fuel injector with a No 10
8 special connector. With the voltage supply of 12V,
No Next step
check the fuel injector for normal operation.
Wash the fuel injector and check the fuel injector Yes Next step
9
again for normal operation. No Replace fuel injector
Yes Replace fuel
10 Check if the fuel is wrong or contains water.
No 16
Yes Next step
11 Check if the fuel pressure is lower than 250kPa.
No 15
Close the fuel gauge valve. Turn on the ignition Yes Next step
12 switch again and keep the fuel pump working for 3
No 14
seconds. Check if fuel pressure can be produced.
Replace pressure
Yes
Open fuel gauge valve, and block the fuel return adjustor
13
pipe to check if fuel pressure can be produced. Repair or replace
No
injector or oil pipe
Repair or replace fuel
Yes
14 Check the fuel intake pipe for leakage or blockage. intake pipe
No Replace fuel pump
Repair or replace fuel
Yes
return pipe
15 Check if the fuel return pipe is blocked or bent.
Replace pressure
No
regulator
Yes Replace or clean up
16 Check if the exhaust system is blocked.
No Replace ECU
14. Poor acceleration
Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
Check the clutch, tire pressure, brake, tire size and Yes Repair
1
four-wheel alignment for normal operation. No Next step
Yes Next step
2 Check if the throttle can be fully opened. Replace or repair
No
throttle
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Check if there is trouble Yes Remove the trouble
3
information records with a diagnostic instrument. No Next step
Run the engine at an idle speed. Check if the ignition Yes Next step
4 advance angle is normal after the coolant reaches normal Adjust ignition
No
operation. advance angle
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Turn the ignition switch to ON. Connect an adapter
between the ECU and the harness. Check the voltage of Yes Next step
the pin J1-42 (intake air manifold absolute pressure sensor
output), J1-27 (intake air temperature sensor output), J1-43
5
(coolant temperature sensor output), J1-62, J1-06, J1-38
Repair or replace
(oxygen sensor output), J1-01 (ignition switch), J1-54, No
harness
J1-33, J1-53, J1-34 (output to idle speed actuator) of the
ECU. Is it OK?
Run the engine at an idle speed. Check if the intake air Yes Next step
6
pressure is between 35kPa and 65kPa. No Check and repair
Connect the fuel pressure gauge valve. Short-circuit the Yes Next step
7 pin J1-47 and the pin J1-73 of the fuel bump relay, and run
No 11
the fuel pump. Check if the fuel pressure is about 380kPa.
Connect the battery and the fuel injector with a special Yes 10
8 connector. With the voltage supply of 12V, check the fuel
No Next step
injector for normal operation.
Wash the fuel injector and check the fuel injector again for Yes Next step
9
normal operation. No Replace fuel injector
Yes Replace fuel
10 Check if the fuel is wrong or contains water.
No 16
Yes Next step
11 Check if the fuel pressure is lower than 250kPa.
No 15
Close the fuel gauge valve. Turn on the ignition switch Yes Next step
12 again and keep the fuel pump working for 3 seconds.
No 14
Check if fuel pressure can be produced.
Replace pressure
Yes
Turn on the fuel gauge valve, and block the fuel return regulator
13
pipe. Check if the fuel pressure is quickly produced. Repair or replace fuel
No
injector or fuel pipe
Repair or replace fuel
Yes
14 Check the fuel intake pipe for leakage or blockage. intake pipe
No Replace fuel pump

Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
Repair or replace fuel
Yes
return pipe
15 Check if the fuel return pipe is blocked or bent.
Replace pressure
No
regulator
Check the data of the intake air manifold absolute pressure Yes Next step
16
and intake air temperature sensor. Is it OK? No Replace sensor
Check the spark plug, high voltage wire, distributor, No Next step
17
ignition coil for normal operation. No Replace or adjust
18 Does it caused by A/C system? Yes Check A/C system
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
No ECU Replace ECU

15. A/C system troubl


Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
Check if the refrigerant of the A/C system is enough. Yes Next step
1 Check the A/C belt, clutch, pressure switch for normal
No Remove the trouble
operation.
Run the engine at an idle speed. Turn on the A/C switch. Yes Remove the trouble
2 Check if the A/C thermal resistance is under trouble with
No Next step
a diagnostic instrument.
Turn on the A/C switch. Connect an adapter between the Yes Next step
3 ECU and the harness. Check the pin J1-09 and J1-39
No Check harness
(A/C switch) of the ECU for signal input.
Replace bulb or repair
If the vehicle adopts low-level control, turn off the A/C Yes
4 harness
and check if it still keeps operation.
No Next step

Check the pin J1-46 (grounding end connected to the


Yes Repair A/C relay and
5 vibration absorption coil of the A/C relay) of the ECU
harness
for low-level output.
No Replace ECU

16. Cylinder misfire


Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
Yes Next step
Start the engine, and run the engine under idle speed.
1 Check and repair the
Check the sound for air leakage of the air intake pipe. No
leakage
Stop the engine and carry out visual inspection for the Yes Next step
2
exhaust pipe, three-way catalyzer and the muffler. No Repair or replace
Take out the connector of each ignition coil in Yes 5
3 sequence. Check if no decrease of the rotation speed of
No Next step
the engine is produced at any moment for the cylinder.
Yes Next step
Check if there is running sound for each fuel injector at
4 Check fuel injector and
idle speed. No
relevant circuits
Remove the ignition metal wire from the spark plug. Yes Next step
Install the wire to a normal spark plug. Place the bottom Check ignition coil, giant
5
end of the spark plug towards the ground, and then turn No transistor, and their
to the engine. Check if the spark is normal. circuits
No Next step
6 Remove the spark plug. Check the place for dirts. Repair or replace spark
Yes
plug (standard type)
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Yes Next step
Check the pressure of the compressor. Standard:
Check piston, piston ring,
7 1275kPa/300rpm; minimum: 981kPa/300rpm;
No air intake valve, valve seat
difference among cylinders: 98kPa/300rpm.
and cylinder head gasket

Test
S/N Operation Actions
Results
Install all the removed parts. Release the fuel pressure Yes Next step
8 to 0. Install fuel pressure gauge. Check if the pressure is Check as per fuel pressure
No
normal. test method
Check the ignition time (-5°-20°BTDC). The target idle Yes Next step
9
speed is M/T: 750±50rpm. No Basic check
Start the engine for warm-up. After the engine reaches
normal operation speed, measure the voltage between Yes Next step
the pin J1-62 (front oxygen sensor high signal) or J1-06
(front oxygen sensor low signal) of the ECU and the
10
ground. Under the rotation speed of 2000rpm, the
changes between 0V-0.3V and 0.6V-1.0V should be no Renew front oxygen
No
less than 5 times, at least one time higher than 0.6V, at sensor
least one time lower than 0.3V, an no higher than 1V.
Yes Replace ECU
Check the intake air sensor signal with a diagnostic Check the connector of the
11 instrument. (2.0-6.0gm/sec, at idle speed, air intake temperature
No
7.0-20.0gm/sec, at 2500rpm) sensor circuit for rust or
looseness.

17. Three way catalyzer diagnosis

Test
Actions
S/N Operation Results
Yes Next step
1 Visually check if the exhaust pipe and muffle is normal.
No Repair or replace
Start engine and run at idle speed; and listen if there is Yes Next step
2 sound of exhaust gas leak before heating three way
No Repair or replace
catalyzer.
Listen if there is leak from the exhaust pipe behind intake Yes Next step
3
air sensor. No Repair or replace
Check if ignition time is -5°-20°BTDC; and check if target Yes Next step
4
idle speed is M/T: 750±50rpm. No Basic check
Injector check: Stop engine and turn ignition switch to ON Yes Next step
position, and check if the voltage between Pin J1-55, J1-70,
5 Execute injector
J1-56 and J1-71 of ECU and earth output voltage is No
normal. diagnosis procedure
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
Turn ignition switch to OFF position; remove ignition coil
Yes Next step
and connect with a normal spark plug; and face the end
6
with the ground and rotate the engine to check if the spark
No Check ignition coil
plug is normal.
Turn ignition switch to OFF position; remove injector, Replace three way
Yes
remove fuel injection pipe and all injection connectors, catalyzer
7 remove connector of fuel injection coil; turn ignition
Replace injector with
switch to ON position; and make sure there is no gasoline No
fuel leak
runs out of the injector.

Section V Security Items for System Maintenance

I. Security items for the diagnosis and maintenance of the fuel injection

electronic control system


1. Remove and install requirements for the controller
① Remove the controller before welding and paint baking;
② Turn the ignition switch to OFF when remove the controller to avoid damage;
③ When the engine is running or the electrical system is under operation, do not disconnect with the
battery;
④ Do not start the engine with high electricity from charger;
⑤ The ambient temperature of the controller shall not exceed 800℃.
2. Requirements on cleanness:
① Before operate the oil supply and injection system, please abide by the following demands:
② The parts and components removed should be covered and placed in a clean field, and do not use the
cloth scattering fibers.
3. Connect and disconnect the harness (including the harness of the trouble diagnostic instrument) only
after turn off the ignition switch. To ensure correct wire connection when measuring the voltage or
grounding of the electronic control system. To disconnect the power supply wire or the harness of the
controller connector from the battery can erase the relevant diagnosis and self-learning information.
4. Notes for fuel supply system maintenance
① When remove and install the fuel pump for a fuel tank fully or partially filled, please pay attention to:
② Before the maintenance, the device to absorb the gasoline leaked should be installed near the fuel tank
mouth.
③ To avoid direct contact with the gasoline;
④ Before loosening the connection parts, thoroughly clean these parts and the surrounding areas.
⑤ To avoid fuel injection at the loosened part, place a cloth around the connection part;
⑥ Carefully cover or close the opened parts and components if not repaired at once.
⑦ Take out the spare parts just before the installation. The spare parts without packaging shall not be used.
⑧ Take care not to damage the O ring when installing the fuel injector. To facilitate assembly, apply a little
lubricant to the O ring.
II. Security measures
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
To avoid personal injury and damage the fuel injection and ignition device:
Do not connect or disconnect the ignition harness if the engine is under operation or at a rotation speed for
start-up; disconnect the harness connector from the hall sensor (distributor) if the engine is driven by the
starting motor yet not actually started (like compressed pressure check, etc.).

Chapter VII Three Way Catalytic Reaction


System
Structure: Three way catalytic converter is similar to a muffler. Its outside is surrounded by a tube made
from double layer stainless thin steel plate with heat insulating material --- asbestos fibrofelt in the middle
of two layers. And accelerant purificant is installed in the netty clapboard inside it.
Purificant: Purificant is composed of carrier and accelerant. Carrier is made of Al203, with ball, polygon
and netty clapboard shapes. It is also called a catalyst for its actual catalytic action. This catalyst consists of
precious metals like rhodium, palladium and platinum.
Working principle of three way catalytic converter: When engine gas goes through exhaust pipe, CO, HC
and NOx contact the accelerant in the three way catalytic converter, which increases the activity of the 3
gases and leads to redox reaction. CO is oxidized to colorless and innoxious CO2. HC compound is
oxidized to H2O and CO2. NOx is recovered to N2 and O2. As a result, most of the 3 noxious gases are
converted to innocuous gas, and the exhaust gas is purified.
In order to maximize the purification function of three way catalytic converter and prevent malfunction
caused by early damage, pay attention to the following aspects when using the vehicle.
I. Vehicle with three way catalytic converter can not use leaded gasoline, and be especially careful when
fueling in unfamiliar regions. As after the leaded gasoline is burnt, lead granule will cover the catalyzer
surface when go through the three way catalytic converter with exhaust gas, which will decrease the
catalyzer working surface and greatly decrease the reaction efficiency of the converter. And this is the
usually called “three way catalytic converter lead poisoning”. Experience shows that only one tank of
leaded gasoline can also lead to serious malfunction of three way catalytic converter. Therefore, the drivers
must pay attention to this.
II. Avoid unburned gas mixture to enter the converter. Three way catalytic converter starts to work at about
200℃, and the best working temperature is 400℃-800℃. And the precious metals as catalyzers will also
react chemically if the temperature is over 1000℃, which will decrease the effective ingredients in the
converter and weaken the catalysis.
Through burning inside the converter, HC and CO is converted to H2O and CO2, which decreases the
amount of HC and CO as hazardous substance.This reaction will generate heat. And if the proportion of the
two ingredients is proper and the engine is under normal working condition, the heat generated when
burning will maintain a best working temperature for the converter. However, if the engine is under
abnormal working condition, the proportion of the two ingredients will far exceeds the normal value, and
the heat generated from burning may probably make the temperature of converter exceeds its maximum
working temperature, which will damage the catalyzer and then the converter. As a result, pay attention to
the following situations when using the vehicle: (1) idle speed rotation too long; (2) ignition time delay too
much; (3) some cylinders misfire and not work; (4) fuel injection normal but difficult to start; (5) gas
Ver:LF-20121225
LIFAN320 Service manual
mixture too thick; (6) engine oil combustion in engine, etc.
III. Do not rub the ground when driv